NatioNal iNstitute of techNology, ArunAchAl PrAdesh for all.pdfNatioNal iNstitute of techNology, ArunAchAl PrAdesh (EstablishEd by Ministry of huMan rEsourcE Development, Govt. of

Ed

ucat

ion

NatioNal iNstitute of techNology,

ArunAchAl PrAdesh (EstablishEd by Ministry of huMan rEsourcE

Development, Govt. of InDIa)

Et

hics

In G

OD

’s o

wn

land

, a fu

sion

of s

chol

astic

stud

ents

, in

nova

tive

& m

otiv

ated

rese

arch

ers &

teac

hers

and

fa

st m

ovin

g vi

sion

ary

lead

ers.

Course Structure & Syllabus

St

eepi

ng S

tone

and

Sky

reac

hing

ladd

er to

succ

ess

Re

sear

ch

PO- Yupia, Dist. – Papum Pare, Arunachal Pradesh, Pin – 791 112 Ph No : 0360-2284801/2001582

Fax No : 0360-2284972 Email – [email protected]

Serv

ice

to

Soci

ety

Comments Received : [1] Good Coverage. I hope the engineering physics lays good stress on Maxell’s Equations so basic to wireless communication that has become quite ubiquitous – Prof. (Dr.) M V Pitke, Former Professor, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai, India [2] I congratulate with you for the excellent results of your work giving rise to the start-up and the consolidation of the NIT in Arunachal Pradesh – Prof. (Dr.) Francesco Masulli, Associate Professor of Computer Science, DISi – Dept. Computer Science & Information Science, University of Genova – Via Dodecaneso 35, 16146, Genoa, Italy. [3] It was good to see a modern CSE curriculum designed by some eminent scientists. – Dr. Manik Lal Das. Associate Professor, Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information & Communication Technology.

Team that Prepared the Course Structure & Syllabus 1. Department of Computer Science & Engineering [a] Prof. (Dr.) C. T. Bhunia, Director, NIT,AP [In absence of Professor - HOD] – On Chair [b] Prof. (Dr.) Ajit Pal, Professor, CSE, IIT, Kharagpur – Member [c] Prof. (Dr.) Devadutta Sinha, Professor, CSE, University of Calcutta – Member [d] Prof. (Dr.) Samir Roy, Professor, CSE, NITTTR, Kolkata – Member [e] Dr. Bubu Bhuyan, Reader, CSE, NEHU – Member [f] Dr. P. Sen, Reader, Physics, University of Calcutta – Invitee [g] Mr. Swarnendu Chakraborty, Assistant Professor, CSE, NIT,AP – Invitee 2. Department of Electronics & communication Engineering [a] Prof. (Dr.) C. T. Bhunia, Director, NIT,AP [In absence of Professor - HOD] – On Chair [b] Prof. (Dr.) P. K. Basu, Professor, University of Calcutta – Member [c] Prof. (Dr.) Manojit Mitra, Professor, ECE, BESU, Howrah - Member [d] Prof. (Dr.) P. P. Sahu, Professor, ECE, Tezpur University – Member [e] Dr. P. Sen, Reader, Physics, University of Calcutta – Invitee [f] Dr. Pinaki Chakraborty, Assistant Professor, NIT,AP - Invitee 3. Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering [a] Prof. (Dr.) C. T. Bhunia, Director, NIT,AP [In absence of Professor - HOD] – On Chair [b] Prof. (Dr.) U. K. Sarma, Former Director, NERIST, Arunachal Pradesh – Member [c] Prof. (Dr.) S. S. Pattanaik, Professor, NITTTR, Chandigarh – Member [d] Prof. (Dr.) S. Sen, Professor, University of Calcutta – Member [e] Prof. (Dr.) P. Sarkar, Professor, NITTTR, Kolkata – Member [f] Dr. P. Sen, Reader, Physics, University of Calcutta – Invitee [e] Prof P. D. Kashyap, Associate Professor, NIT, AP - Invitee

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (Established by Ministry of Human Resources Development, Govt. Of India)

Yupia, District Papum Pare, Arunachal Pradesh – 791112 Fax: 0360 – 2284972, E-mail: [email protected]

Syllabus for B.Tech in Computer Science & Engineering

Page 16

FIRST SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS - 101 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 CHY – 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 4 PHY – 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 4 BIO – 101 Life Science 3 0 0 3 MEC – 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 2 MEC – 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4 2 EEE – 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 4 HSS – 101 Communication Skill 0 0 2 1 HSS – 102 NSS / NCC 0 0 2 1 HSS – 103 Foreign Language (French / Korean) (Audit) 0 0 2 1 15 1 20 25

MAS 101 Engineering Mathematics – I 3 1 0: 4

Subject Matter: Matrix: Introduction to matrices and their basic properties. Transpose of a matrix, verification of the properties of transposes, Symmetric and Skew symmetric matrices and their properties. Determinant of a square matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Laplace’s method of expansion of a determinant, Product of determinants, Adjoint of a determinant, Jacobi’s theorem on adjoint determinant. Singular and non-singular matrices, Adjoint of a matrix, Inverse of a non-singular matrix and its properties, orthogonal matrix and its properties, Trace of a matrix. Rank of a matrix and its determination using elementary row and column operations, Solution of simultaneous linear equations by matrix inversion method, Consistency and inconsistency of a system of homogeneous and inhomogeneous linear simultaneous equations, Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a square matrix (of order 2 or 3), Eigen values, Caley-Hamilton theorem and its applications, Diagonalisation of a square matrix with real and distinct eigen values ( up to 3rd order). Successive differentiation: Higher order derivatives of a function of single variable, Leibnitz’s theorem (statement only and its application, problems of the type of recurrence relations in derivatives of different orders . Mean Value Theorems & Expansion of Functions: Rolle’s theorem(statement only) and its application, Mean Value theorems – Lagrange & Cauchy (statement only) and their application, Taylor’s theorem with Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s form of remainders (statement only) and its application, Expansions of functions by Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorem, Maclaurin’s infinite series expansion of the functions: Integrals: Double and triple integrals and evaluation of area and volume. Change of order of integration. Reduction formula: Reduction formulae both for indefinite and definite integrals. Reading List:

1. Erwin Kreyszig,” Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern 2. Babu Ram,” Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education 3. H. K. Dass “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”,S.Chand & Co. 4. B.S. Grewal , “Engineering Mathematics”,S. Chand & Co., 5. Pulak Kundu ,” A Text book on Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, Chhaya Prakashani 6. Pal & Das ,” Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, U.N. Dhar 7. John Bird ,” Higher Engineering Mathematics”,4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier 8. L. Rade and B. Westergren,” Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering”, (5th edition, Indian Edition 2009,

Springer) 9. M. J. Strauss, G. L. Bradley and K. L. Smith ,” Calculus”, 3rd Edition, 1st Indian Edition 2007, Pearson Education) 10. S. K. Adhikari ,” A text Book of Engineering Mathematics-I”,Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) LTD 11. S. S. Sastry ,” Engineering Mathematics”,PHI, 4th Edition, 2008




Page 17

CHY 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 : 4

Subject Matter: Chemical Thermodynamics: Concept of Thermodynamic System: diathermal wall, adiabatic wall, isolated system, closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive propertyIntroduction to first law of thermodynamics: different statements, mathematical form; internal energy: physical significance, mathematical expression (ideal and real gas), Enthalpy: physical significance, mathematical expression. Cp and Cv: definition and relation; adiabatic changes; reversible and irreversible processes; application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic processes, law of Lovoisier and Laplace, Hess's law of constant heat summation, Kirchoff's law. Second law thermodynamics; Joule Thomson and throttling processes; inversion temperature; evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, entropy change in irreversible process, entropy change for irreversible isothermal expression of an ideal gas, entropy change of a mixture of gases. Work function and free energy: physical significance, mathematical expression for ideal and real gases obeying Vander Waals' equation, Gibbs Helmholtz equation. Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium Electrochemistry Conductance:Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar conductance and ion conductance, effect of temperature and concentration. Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions, transport numbers and hydration of ions.Conductometric titrations: SA vs SB & SA vs WB; precipitation titration KCl vs AgNO3. Electrochemical cell: Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic significance, single electrode potentials and its applications; hydrogen half cell, quinhydrone half cell and calomel half cell. Storage cell, fuel cell. Application of EMF measurement. Reaction Dynamics: Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero, first and second order kinetics. Arrhenius equation. Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Transition state theory, Collison theory).Catalysis: Homogeneous catalysis and heterogeneous catalysis. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: Introduction to instrumental methods such as IR, UV,VIS, NMR and Mass spectrometry. Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule: Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation, electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals.Brief study of some addition, eliminations and substitution reactions. Polymerization: Concepts, classifications and industrial applications. Polymerization processes (addition and condensation polymerization), degree of polymerization, Copolymerization,stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity and amorphicity of polymer. Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (PE, PP, PVC, bakelite), rubber (natural rubber, SBR, NBR), fibre(nylon 6.6, polyester). Conducting and semi-conducting polymers. Industrial Chemistry: Solid, liquid and gases fuels; constituents of coal, carbonization of coal. Coal analysis: Proximate and ultimate analysis. Classification of coal, petroleum (LPG, CNG), gasoline, octane number, aviation fuel, diesel, cetane number. Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas. Bio-diesel. List of Practical:

1. Acid –base titration :( Estimation of commercial caustic soda) 2. Red-ox titration: (Estimation of iron using permanganometry) 3. Complexometric titration: (Estimation of hardness of water using EDTA titration) 4. Chemical Kinetics :( Determination of relative rates of reaction of iodide with hydrogen peroxide at room

temperature (clock reaction). 5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (Determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol and water) 6. Viscosity of solutions (determination of percentage composition of sugar solution from viscosity)




Page 18

7. Conductometric titration for (a) Determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration against a standard NaOH solution. (b) Analysis of a mixture of strong and weak acid by strong base.

8. Preparation of a homo-polymer by free radical initiated chain polymerization and determination of its molecular weight by viscosity average molecular weight method.

9. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard NaOH. Reading List:

1. Rakshit P. C., “Physical Chemistry” 2. Dutta R. L. ,”Inorganic Chemistry” 3. Levine.” Physical Chemistry” 4. Finar I. L., “Organic Chemistry.” 5. Glasston Samuel, “ Text Book of Physical Chemistry” 6. Lee J. D., “Concise Inorganic Chemistry” 7. Sykes,P., “Guidebook to Mechanism in Org.Chems”, Orient Longman. 8. Chakraborty D.K. , “Solid State Chemistry”, New Age International. 9. Gupta M.C. , “Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy”, New Age. 10. Gowarikar V.R. , “Polymer Science”, New Age. 11. Mishra G.S. , “Introductory Polymer Chemistry”, New Age. 12. Nasipuri D. ,”Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 13. Kalsi P.S, “Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 14. Kalsi P.S. ,”Organic Reactions & their Mechanism”, New Age. 15. Maity and Maity ,” Engingeering Chemistry”,U & N Dhar Publisher. 16. Ray, Das, Biswas, “Engingeering Chemistry”, New Central Book Agency.

PHY 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 : 4 Subject Matter: Scalar and vector: Scalar and vector, dot and cross product, Scalar and vector fields, concept of gradient, divergence and curl; Simple Harmonic Motion: Primary concepts, superposition of SHM in two mutually perpendicular directions; Lissajous figure Damped Vibration: Differential equation and its solution, logarithmic decrement, quality factor Forced Vibration: : Differential equation and its solution, Amplitude and velocity resonance, Sharpness of resonance, Application in L-C-R circuit Optics: Interference of electromagnetic waves, conditions for sustain interference, double slit as an example. Qualitative idea of Spatial and Temporal coherent, Newton’s ring. Diffraction of light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer class, Fraunhofer diffraction for single slit and double slits. Polarization : General concept of polarization, plane of vibration and plane of polarization, qualitative discussion on plane, circularly and elliptically polarized light, polarization through reflection and Brewster’s law, double refraction , Ordinary and Extra-ordinary rays, Nicol’s prism, Polaroid, Half wave plate and Quarter wave plate . Quantum Physics: Conception of dependence of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalance, energy-momentum relation, Black body radiation Rayleigh Jeans law, Wave particle duality, Compton effect, Heisenberg’s uncertainty relation, concept of wave packet. Crystallography: Elementary ideas of crystal structure : lattice, basis, unit cell, fundamental types of lattices-Bravis lattice, simple cubic, f.c.c and b.c.c lattices, Miller indices and miller planes, Co-ordination number and atomic packing factor, X-rays: Origin of characteristics and continuous X-ray, Bragg’s law (no derivation), determination of lattice constant Nuclear Physics: nuclear binding energy, fission and fusion reactions, nuclear reactors, detection of nuclear radiation. Engineering Material: Classification of Material, Defect in solid, Role of silicon and germanium in the field of semiconductor. Transistor , rectifier and photovoltaic cells; The process for preparing microminiaturized semiconductor devices: integrated circuits (IC)




Page 19

List of Practical:

1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a good conductor by searle's method 2. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lees and Chorlton's method determination the dispersive power of the

material of a given prism 3. Use of carry Foster's bridge to determine unknown resistance 4. Determination of Young Modulus by flexure method and calculation of bending moment and shear force at a point on the beam 5. Determination of coefficient of Viscosity by Poiseulle's capillary flow method 6. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton's ring method

Reading List:

1. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 2. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 3. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 4. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 5. “ Concepts of Modern Physics: Beiser”, McGraw Hill-International Ed. 6. D.C. Tayal,” Nuclear Physics”, Himalaya Publishing House 7. Rakesh Dogra, S. K. Kataria & Sons,” Essentials of Physics”. 8. S. O. Pillai, “Solid State Physics”, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

BIO 101 Life Science 3 0 0 : 3 1. Origin of Life : History of earth, theories of origin of life nature of the earliest organism. 2. Varieties of life : Classification, Five kingdoms, viruses (TMV, HIV, Bacteriophage), Prokaryote (Bacteria-cell structure, nutrition, reproduction), Protista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia. 3. Chemicals of life : (Biomolecules)- Carbohydrates lipids, amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, identification of biomolecules in tissues. 4. Cell : The cell concept, structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, plant cells and animal cells, cell membrances, cell organelles and their function. Structure and use of compound microscope. 5. Histology: Maritimes (apical, intercalary, lateral) and their function; simple tissue (parenchyma, collenchymas, sclerenchyma); Complex tissue (xylem and phloem); Tissue systems (epidermal, ground, vascular); primary body and growth (root, stem, leaf); Secondary growth. Animal Epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscle tissue and nervous tissue and their function in body. 6. Nutrition: Autotrophic (Photosynthesis) Pigment systems, Chloroplast, light absorption by chlorophyll and transfer of energy, two pigment systems, photosynthetic unit, phosphorylation and electron transport system, Calvin-Benson Cycle (C3), Hatch Slack Pathway (C4), Crassulacan Acid Metabolism (CAM), factors affecting photosynthesis; Mineral Nutrition in plants. Heterotrophic - Forms of heterotrophic nutrition, elementary canal in humans, nervous and hormonal control of digestive systems, fate of absorbed food materials; Nutrition in humans, Reference values. 7. Energy Utilization: (Respiration) - Structure of mitochondria, cellular respiration, relationship of carbohydrate metabolism to other compounds, Glycolysis, fermentation, formation of acetyl co-A, Kreb cycle, Electron Transport System and Oxidative Phosphorylation, ATP, factors affecting respiration. 8. Transport: Plant water relationships, properties of water, diffusion, osmosis, imbibition, movement of water in flowering plants, uptake of water by roots, the ascent of water in xylem, apoplast symplast theory, Transpiration-structure of leaf and stomata in plants opening and closing mechanisim of stomata factors affecting transpiration, significance of transpiration General characteristics of blood vascular system, development of blood systems in animals, Composition of blood, circulation in blood vessels, formation of tissue fluids, the heart, functions of mammalian blood, the immune system.




Page 20

MEC 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 : 2 Subject Matter: Indian Standards: Line symbols and line groups; Sheet Layout of Rules of printing; Preferred scales; Theory of Orthographic projection; Technical sketching; Multiplanar representation: First and third angle system of projection, glass box concept; Sketching of orthographic views and line.

Reading List:

1. V. Laxminarayanan & M. L. Mathur, “A Text Book of Machine Drawing” 2. N. D. Bhatt, “Machine Drawing”

MEC 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4: 2

Subject Matter: 1. Carpentry (Wood Working) Timber, Seasoning and Preservation, Plywood and Plyboards, Carpentry Tools, Engineering applications. Different Joints 2. Metal Joining Definitions of welding, brazing and soldering processes, and their applications. Oxy acetylene gas welding process, equipment and techniques. Types of flames and their applications. Manual metal arc welding technique and equipment. AC and DC welding, electrodes, constituents and functions of electrodes. Welding positions. Types of weld joint. Common welding defects such as cracks, slag inclusion and porosity. 3. Bench work and Fitting Tools for laying out, chisels, files, hammers, hand hacksaw, their specifications and uses. 4. Jobs to be made in the Workshop

T-Lap joints and Bridle joint (Carpentry Shop) 1a. Gas Welding practice on mild steel flat/sheet upto 3 mm thick 1b. Lap joint by Gas Welding (upto 3mm thick) 1c. Manual Metal Arc Welding practice (upto 5mm thick) 1d. Square butt joint by MMA Welding 1e. Lap joint by MMA Welding

Laying out (bench work); Sawing and Finishing by Filing. Reading List:

1. M.L. Begeman and B.H. Amstead, “Manufacturing Process” John Wiley, 1968 2. W.A.J. Chapman and E.Arnold, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1, 2 & 3 3. B.S. Rghuwanshi, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1 & 2 – Dhanpt Rai and Sons.

EEE 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 : 4 Unit – I: Basic Electrical Engineering DC circuits: Definition of electric circuit, network, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, Kirchhoff’s law, Principle of superposition. Source equivalence and conversion, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton Theorem, nodal analysis, mesh analysis, star-delta conversion. Maximum power transfer theorem with proof. Electromagnetism: Biot-savart law, Ampere’s circuital law, field calculation using Biot-savart & ampere’s circuital law. Magnetic circuits, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s law, Self and mutual inductance. Energy stored in a magnetic field, B-H curve, Hysteretic and Eddy current losses, lifting power of Electromagnet.




Page 21

AC fundamental: Production of alternating voltage, waveforms, average and RMS values, peak factor, form factor, phase and phase difference, phasor representation of alternating quantities, phasor diagram, behavior of AC series , parallel and series parallel circuits, Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Effect of frequency variation in RLC series and parallel circuits, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit. Transformers: construction, Types, emf equation, voltage, current, impedence and turns ratio; auto- transformer. DC machines (motor and generator) – Construction, types, emf equation, equivalent circuit, starting, speed control, braking, applications. Single phase motors, types; need of rotating field, starting, running, speed control and applications. Unit-II: Basic Electronics Engineering P-N Junction: Energy band diagram, Formation of P-N junction, built-in-potential forward and reverse biased P-N junction, formation of depletion zone, V-I characteristics, Zener breakdown, Avalanche breakdown and its reverse characteristics, junction capacitance and varactor diode. Simple diode circuits, load line, linear piecewise model; rectifiers: half wave, full wave, its PIV, DC voltage and current, ripple factor, efficiency, Clipper & Clamper Circuits. Introduction to Transistors: Formation of PNP / NPN junctions, energy band diagram; transistor mechanism and principle of transistors, CE, CB, CC configuration, transistor characteristics: cut-off active and saturation mode, early effect. Introduction to Field Effect Transistor: Structure and characteristics of JFET and MOSFET, depletion and enhancement type, CS, CG, CD configurations. List of Practicals: List of Experiments (Electrical): 1. To verify Thevenin’s theorem. 2. To verify Norton’s theorem. 3. To verify Maximum Power Transfer theorem. 4. To verify that the phasor sum of currents at any junction in an A.C. circuit is zero. 5. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three ammeters method. 6. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three voltmeters method. 7. To perform Open circuit and Short Circuit Tests on a single phase transformer. 8. To determine the Open Circuit Characteristic of D.C. Generator List of Experiments (Electronics Lab): 1. To Study the VI Characteristics of Silicon Diode. 2. To Study the VI Characteristics of Zener Diode. 3. Design and Analysis of a Half wave Rectifier using Diode. 4. Design and Analysis of a center-tap Full wave Rectifier using Diodes 5. Design and Analysis of a Bridge Rectifier Circuit. 6. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with one voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 7. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with two voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 8. Design and Analysis of a Clamper Circuit. 9. Analysis of the characteristics of BJT (CE and CB mode) 10. Design and Analysis of fixed bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 11. Design and Analysis of emitter bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 12. Study of the characteristics of JFET. 13. Study of the characteristics of MOSFET. 14. Verification of truth tables of logic gates. Books:

1. Theraja, “Electrical technology vol 2”, 2. Sen, P.C. “ Principles of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics” John wiley and sons 3. Guru and Hiziroglu “ Electric Machinery and Transformers “ , Saunders College Pub.NY,1990 4. Malvino: Electronic Principle.




Page 22

5. Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics 6. Boylestead and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 9/e, PHI, 2006. 7. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 3/e, TMH, 200

HSS 101 Communication Skills 0 0 2: 1

Subject Matter: General Principles of Communication and Oral Communication: The Process of Communication, Principles of Communication (communication barriers, levels of Communication, Communication network, verbal, non-verbal) and Professional Communication. The Speech Mechanism, IPA symbols (vowel and consonant sounds), minimal pairs, word transcription, stress and intonation , active listening, types of listening, traits of a good listener, active versus passive listening, Constituents of Effective Writing and Vocabulary: The sentence and its parts, articles, the verb phrase, tense and aspect, the active and passive, the adjective, interrogative and negative sentences, concord, preposition. Paragraph development, summary writing and reading comprehension. word formation processes: affixation, compounding, converting, use of words in different parts of speech, idioms and phrases. Business Correspondence and Communication Strategies: Characteristics of Business Letters, Drafting: Bio-data/ Resume/Curriculum vitae (theory). Report Writing: Structure, Types of Reports (theory). Presentation Skills, public speaking and group discussion (theory) and Soft Skills (theory). List of Practical Exercises: 1. Issue Writing 2. Writing Resumes and Applications 3. Writing Memos 4. Reading Comprehension 5. Vocabulary 6. Presentation Skills 7. Group Discussion 8. Extempore 9. Debates Reading List:

1. Nira Konar, “English Language Laboratory”, PHI Publishres 2. Jones, Daniel, Cambridge English Pronouncing Dictionary with CD, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Roach, Peter, English Phonetics and Phonology with CD, CUP, India, 1983. 4. Cambridge Learners Dictionary with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2009. 5. Rajeevan, Dutt, Sasikumar, A course in Listening and Speaking I & II with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 6. Rajeevan and Dutt, Basic Communication Skills, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 7. Software: Orell Digital Language Lab Software.

HSS 102 NSS/NCC 0 0 2 : 1

HSS 103 Extra Academic Activity 0 0 2: 1 Foreign Language (French)(Audit)




Page 23

SECOND SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS - 201 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4 MEC – 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3 CSE - 201 Programming in C 0 0 8 4 CHY – 201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 3 PHY - 201 Engineering Physics - II 3 0 2 4 ECE – 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 4 HSS – 201 Histography of Science & Technology 3 0 0 3 HSS – 202 Foreign Language (German / Chinese) (Audit) 0 0 2 0 18 1 14 25

MAS 201 Engineering Mathematics – II 3 1 0: 4

Subject Matter: Coordinate Geometry Of Three Dimensions : Equation of a sphere, plane section of a sphere, tangent plane, orthogonality of spheres, definition and equation of right circular cone and right circular cylinder. Vector Calculus : Differentiation and integration of vector functions, scalar and vector fields, gradient, Directional derivative, Divergence, curl. Line integral, Surface integral and Volume integral. Green’s, Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems (without proofs) and their simple applications. Differential Equations : Formulation of Differential equations, Linear Differential Equations and reducible to linear form, Exact Equations, Reducible to exact form. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Second order ordinary differential equations with variable Coefficients, Homogeneous form, Exact Equations, Change of dependent variable, Change of Independent variable, Normal form, Variation of Parameters. Solution in series of second order LDE with variable co-efficients (C.F. only). Bessel’s and Legendre differential equations with their series solutions, Orthogonal properties, recurrence relations and generating function of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials. Partial Differential Equation: Linear and non-linear Partial Differential Equation of order one, Linear Partial Differential Equation with constant coefficient, Partial Differential Equation of order two with variable coefficients, Basic Transform: Laplace & Fourier Transform

Reading List:

1. Shanti Narayan ,”Analytic Solid Geometry”, S.Chand. 2. M.D.Raisinghania,”Vector Analysis”, S.Chand. 3. R.K.Jain & S R K Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa 4. 4.M.D.Raisinghania, “Differential equations”, S.Chand

MEC 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0: 3

Unit-I THERMODYNAMICS: Introduction to Thermodynamics, Concepts of system control volume, state, properties, equilibrium, quasi- static process, reversible & irreversible process, cycle. Zeroeth Law and Temperature, Heat and Work transfer-Defination,Sign convention,various P-dV work done(Iso baric ,Isochoric,Polytropic,adiabatic and isothermal processes) and related problems 1st Laws of Thermodynamics for closed & open systems (ii) Non Flow Energy Equation (iii) Steady State, Steady Flow Energy Equation and related problems. Statements, Equivalence of two statements, Definition of Heat Engines, Heat pumps, Refrigerators Carnot and related problems. Air Standard cycles – Otto and Diesel cycle and their efficiencies and related problems




Page 24

Unit-II FLUID MECHANICS: Properties & Classification of Fluids – ideal & real fluids, Newton’s law of viscosity, Newtonian & Non Newtonian Fluids, Compressible & Incompressible fluids Pressure at a point, Pascal’s law. Measurement of Pressure. Continuity equation. Bernoulli’s equation and its application, Unit-III STATICS: Particle and Rigid body concept; Types of forces (collinear, concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed), Vector and scalar quantities, Transmissibility of a force (sliding vector); Lame’s Theorem. Two and three dimensional force systems; Moment and Couple, Varignon’s theorem, Resultants, Free body concept. Centroid and Centre of Gravity, Moments of inertia of plane figures: M.I. of plane figures : MI of plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane; MI of plane figure with respect to an axis Parallel to the plane of the figure Unit-IV STRENGTH OF MATERIALS: Concept of simple stresses and strains. Yield strength, Normal stress Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal strain, Shearing strain, Hooke’s law, poisson’s ratio, Examples. Unit-V DYNAMICS: Kinematics and Kinetics; Rectilinear motion of particles; determination of position velocity and acceleration – under uniform rectilinear motion (uniform and non-uniform accelerated rectilinear motion), Relative motion, construction of x-t, v-t and a-t graphs (simple problems), Projectile motion, Normal and Tangential components, Radial and Transverse components, simple problems. Equation of motion, D.Alembert’s principle Reference books 1. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag ,2nd Edition 2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Mechines (2nd Edition) by S.K. Som & G. Biswas 3 Elements of Strength of Materials by Timo & Young, 4. Engineering Mechanics (Vol-II) Dynamics by Mariam & Kraige 5 Engineering Mechanics, Vol-I (Statics) by Meriam & Kraige

PHY 201 Engineering Physics - II 3 0 2: 4

Subject Matter: Vector Calculas: Physical significances of grad, div, curl, Line integral, surface integral, volume integral-physical examples in the contwxt of electricity and magnetism and statements of stokes theorem and Gauss theorem [No proof] Expression of grad, div, curl and Laplacian in Spherical and Cylindrical co-ordinate Electicity: Coulombs law in vector form, Electrostatic field and its curl, Gauss's law in integral form and covension to differential form, Electrostatic potential and field, Poissions's Eqn. Laplace's Eqn (Application to Cartesian, Spherically and Cylindrically symmetric systems-effective 1D problems) Electric current, drift velocity, current density, continuity equation, steady state current Dielectrics-concept of polarization, the relation D =εE+P, polarizability Electronic polarization and polarization in monoatomic and polyatomic gases.

Magnetosatatics & time varying Field: Lorentz force, force on a small cuent element placed in a magnetic field, Biot-Savart law and its applications, divergence of a magnetic field,vector potential, ampere's law in integral form and conversion to differential form, Faraday's law of electromagnetic induction in integral form and conversion to differential form

Electromagnetic theory: conception of displacement current, Maxwell 's field quations, Maxwell's wave equation and its solution for fee space, E.M wave in a charrge free conducting media, skin depth, physical significance of skin depth, E.M. energy flow & poynting vector

Quantum Mechanics: Generalised coordinates, Lagrange's equation of motion and Lagrangian, generalised forrce potential, momentum an energy, Hamiltonian Equation of motion and Hamiltonin. Poperties of Hamiltonian and Hamilton's equation of motion Conception of probability and probability density, operators, commutator, Formulation of quantum mechanics and basic postulates, operator correspondence, Time dependent Schrodinger's equation Formulation of Time independent Schrodinger's equation by method of separation of variables, physical interpretation of wave function, particle in a finite square well potential (1-D & 3D potential well), Discussion on degenerate levels




Page 25

Statistical Mechanics: Concept of energy levels and energy states. Microstates, macrostates and thermodynamic probability, equilibrium macrostate. MB, FD, BE statistics (No deduction necessary), fermions, bosons (definitions in terms of spin, examples), physical significance and application, classical limits of quantum statistics Fermi distribution at zero & non-zero temperature, Calculation of Fermi level in metals, also total energy at absolute zero of temperature and total number of particles, Bose-Einstein statistics – Planck’s law of blackbody radiation..

List of Practical:

1. Determination of dielectric constant of a given dielectric material. 2. Determination of resistance of ballistic galvanometer by half deflection method and study of variation of logarithmic decrement with series resistance. 3. Determination of specific charge (e/m) of electron by J.J. Thomson’s method. 4. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell. 5. Determination of Rydberg constant by studying Hydrogen/ Helium spectrum. 6. Determination of Stefan’s radiation constant. 7. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment. 8. Determination of Hall co-efficient of semiconductors. 9. Determination of band gap of semiconductors.

Reading List:

1. David J. Griffiths, “ Introduction to Electrodynamics,” 3rd ed., PHI 2. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 3. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 4. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 5. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd

CSE 201 Programming with C 0 0 8: 4 Subject Matter: Basic concept : Some basic concept of binary number, Octal number, hexadecimal number system and there conversion among them. Assembly language, high level language, Compiler and assembler(basic concept). Keyword & Identifiers: History & Importance of C, Basic structure of C programs, C fundamentals: The C character set identifier, Constants and keywords, data types & size, variable names, declaration, statement , C token, symbolic constent. Operators and Expression:Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, Increment & Decrement operators, Condition Operators, Bitwise Operators, Special operators, precedence of arithmetic opretors. Managing Input & output operations: using of printf( ) & scanf( ). Decision making : Simple If statement, if-else statement, nested if else statement, Switch statement, nested switch, the ? operator, goto statement. Decision making & branching :while statement, do-while statement, for statement. Array , String & pointer: One-dimension array, Two-dimension array and multi dimension array. String: Operation on String without using library function and using library function. Pointer: Declaration of pointer variables, accessing the variable by using pointer, pointer increment and decrement operator, pointer and array. Functions: Basic functions, function type, function with no argument & no return value, function with no argument but return value, function with argument & return value, Storage class identifier, Call by reference, Recursive function. Pointer to function. Structure & Union:Defining a structure, accessing of structure variable, structure and array, array within structure. Nested structure, structure & functions, Pointer & structure, Unions. File management system: Advantage of using file, Open ,close, read. write in the files, Operation on files. Dynamic memory Allocation: use of Malloc, calloc, realloc,free. Library functions, Linked list concept. The preprocessor: macro statements.




Page 26

List of Practical:

1. DOS System commands and Editors ( Preliminaries) 2. UNIX system commands and vi ( Preliminaries) 3. Simple Programs: simple and compound interest. To check whether a given number is a palindrome or not, evaluate summation series, factorial of a number , generate Pascal’s triangle, find roots of a quadratic equation 4. Programs to demonstrate control structure : text processing, use of break and continue, etc. 5. Programs involving functions and recursion 6. Programs involving the use of arrays with subscripts and pointers 7. Programs using structures and files.

Reading List: 1. Balaguruswamy ,” Programming with 'C'”. 2. Kerninghan and Ritchie ,”The 'C' programming language”. 3. Govil, Agrawal, Mathur & Pathak , “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”. 4. Sinha & Sinha ,”Foundations of Computing”, BPB. 5. Lois Pettersion ,”HTML (Learn Everything you need to guide HTML assist.”, SAMS NET.

CHY 201 Environmental Engineering 3 0 0: 3 Module – I

Concepts of Environment, Environmental gradients, Tolerance levels of environment factor, EU, US and Indian Environmental Law. Chemistry in Environmental Engineering: Chemistry of the atmosphere, combustion related air pollution, global environmental problems - ozone depletion, greenhouse effect, acid rain etc.

Ecological Concepts: Biotic and Abiotic components, Ecosystem Process: Energy transfer, Food Chain and Food Web, Water cycle, Oxygen cycle, Carbon cycle, Nitrogen cycle etc.,

Soil chemistry. Soil composition, properties, identification and classification.

Noise pollution Effect of noise on people, rating systems, community noise sources and criteria, traffic noise prediction, noise control. Noise standards, measurement and control.

Module – II

Waste Water Treatment: Water Treatment: water quality standards and parameters, Ground water. Water treatment processes, Pre-treatment of water, Conventional process, advanced water treatment process. DO and BOD of Waste water treatment process, primary and secondary treatment of waste water, Activated sludge treatment: Anaerobic digestion, Reactor configurations and methane production.

Water resources, characteristics of water, water pollutants, oxygen demanding wastes, surface water quality, groundwater quality, water treatment systems, biomedical wastes treatment technologies and disposal options.

Module – III

Solid waste, Definition and characteristics of industrial and hazardous wastes. Hazardous waste management, Solid Waste Management, Source classification and composition of MSW: Separation, storage and transportation, Reuse and recycling, Waste Minimization Techniques. Hazardous Waste Management, Hazardous waste and their generation, Transportation and treatment: Incinerators, Inorganic waste treatment. E.I.A., Environmental auditing, Hazardous substances and risk analysis: Hazardous substance legislation, risk assessment, hazard deification, potential carcinogens, toxicity testing in animals, human exposure assessment.

Air Pollution:

Air quality standards, emission standards,emission standards, criteria pollutants, air pollution and meteorology, atmospheric dispersion, emission controls. Air pollution and pollutants, criteria pollutants, Acid deposition, Global climate change –greenhouse gases, non-criteria pollutants, air pollution meteorology, Atmospheric dispersion. Industrial Air Emission Control. Flue gas desulphurization, NOx removal, Fugitive emissions.




Page 27

Reading List: 1. Environmental Engineering Irwin/ McGraw Hill International Edition, 1997, G. Kiely, 2. Environmental Engineering by Arcadio P. Sincero & Gergoria A. Sincero PHI 3. Principles of Environmental Engineering and Science, M. L. Davis and S. J. Masen, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2004 4. Environmental Science, Curringham & Saigo, TMH, 5. An Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert M. Masters & Wendell P. Ela - PHI Publication.

6. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science: Gilbert M Masters 7. Environmental Science and Engineering : J. G. Henry and G. W Heinke 8. Introduction to Environmental Engineering : M.L. Davis and D.A. cornwell

ECE 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 : 4

Subject Matter:

Introduction to Boolean algebra and Switching Function, Boolean minimization. Combinational Logic Design using MSI circuits : Full Adder / Subtractor, BCD Adder, LAC Adder, Decoder, MUX/DEMUX three structure, Combinational logic design using ROM array, Applications of MSI designs. ; Integrated Circuits: Difference between combinational and sequential circuits, Flip Flops, Counters, Shift Registers and PLA, FPGA; Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits: Basic models of sequential M/C, Analysis of Asynchronous and Synchronous circuits, Synthesis of completely and incompletely specified synchronous sequential M/Cs, Combination & Sequential Circuits. List of Practical:

1. Realization of NOT, OR, AND, XOR, XNOR gates using universal gates 2. A. Gray to Binary conversion & vice-versa.

B. Code conversion between BCD and EXCESS-3 3. A. ODD and even parity generation and checking.

B. 4-bit comparator circuit 4. Design of combinational circuit to drive seven-segment display 5. Design of combinational circuits using multiplexer 6. Adder/ Subtractor circuits using Full-Adder using IC and/ or logic gates. B. BCD Adder circuit using IC and/ or logic gates 7. Realization of RS, JK, and D flip flops using Universal logic gates 8. Realization of Asynchronous up/down counter 9. Realization of Synchronous Mod-N counter 10. Digital to Analog conversion

Reading List:

1. B. N Jain and R. P. Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. C. H. Roth (Jr.), “Fundamentals of Logic design”, Cengage Engineering, 2003 3. A Anand Kumar, “Fundamental of Digital Circuit”, 2nd edition, PHI. 4. S Salivahanan, “Digital Circuit & Design”, 3rd edition, Vikas. 5. M Morris Mano, “ Digital Logic Computer Design”, Pearson.

HSS 201 Histography of Science & Technology 3 0 0: 3 Subject Matter:

History of science and technology (HST): The subject is to introduce humanity’s endeavor behind science and its application over the centuries. This empowers readers in understanding creators’ and inventors’ philosophy and innovative resolve ness to solve a problem ever faced. Ability to understand science and to manipulate the same to applied deliverables should be known in details by the students to ignite their inherent ability and sleeping ingenuity. Motivations arise from the example. Lives of scientists and technologists will play immense and undisputed roles for adopting science &technology as life enterprising among readers, otherwise science &technology may remain as uninteresting subject. Path of scientific &technological revolution has a prominent role in shaping the science & technology teaching. The subject of HST should be included in the first year of four years degree course.




Page 28

Sl. No.

Topic Hours

1 Introduction to the historiography of science and technology. Different approaches to the scientific explorations.

4

2 The lives of eminent scientists- their background, opportunities, achievements.

14

3 The qualities revealed in their efforts to become scientists of first order.

2

4 Scientific eras- The course of civilization and scientific endeavours, contribution of science to the making of present day world.

4

5 Answers to the criticism that science has created a world full of pollutions.

2

Reading List:

1. Agassi, Joseph. Towards an Historiography of Science, Wesleyan University Press. 1963. 2. Kragh, Helge. An Introduction to the Historiography of Science, Cambridge University Press. 1990. 3. Kuhn, Thomas. The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago: University of Chicago, 1962 (third edn, 1996) 4. Gopalakrishnan, K.V. Inventors Who Revolutionised Our Lives, National Book Trust, India. 1999.

HSS 202 Extra Academic Activity – II 0 0 2: 0 Foreign Language (German/Chinese)




Page 29

THIRD SEMESTER Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

MAS – 301 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 EEE – 301 Circuit Theory & Network 3 0 2 4 CSE – 301 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 0 2 4 CSE – 302 Data Structure & Algorithm 3 0 2 4 MAS – 302 Optimization Technology 3 0 0 3 CSE – 303 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 2 4 HSS - 301 Behavioural Science 2 0 0 2 20 1 8 25

Name of the Module: Discrete Mathematics Module Code: MAS 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To extend student’s Logical and Mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction and to introduce most of the basic terminologies used in computer science courses and application of ideas to solve practical problems.

Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes: On successful completion of the module students will:

1. have acquired greater precision in logical argument and have gained a core mathematical understanding of discrete mathematics .

2. have been introduced to fundamental mathematical notation and had practice in its use.

3. have learned and practised basic concepts of mathematical proof (direct proof, proof by contradiction, mathematical induction.

4. be able to handle the standard logical symbols with some confidence . 5. have learned elementary combinatorial and counting techniques and how

UNIVERSITY OF KENT 6. to apply them to simple problems . 7. have learned how to state precisely and prove elementary mathematical statements

and solve problems . 8. be able to simplify complex mathematical expressions and apply general formulae

to specific contexts. 9. have a basic understanding of information technology and its use in mathematical

contexts . 10. be able to use information technology to solve mathematical problems . 11. have had an introduction to the computer algebra system .

Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week Assessment:

Continuous assessment – 50 marks Continuous assessment (Theory) (25 marks)




Page 30

1. Mid Term Test (One test, 10 marks) 2. Assignment (Two assignments, 10 marks) 3. Quiz (Five Test, 5 marks)

Continuous assessment (Practical (25 marks) 1. Regular Work (15 – marks – as shown in annexure – I) 2. Viva / test (10 marks)

Semester End Examination (50 marks) Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%

Subject Matter: 1. Sets and Propositions : Combinations of Sets, Finite and Infinite Sets, Unaccountably Infinite Sets, Mathematical

Induction, Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion , Multisets, Propositions 2. Permutations, Combinations, and Discrete Probability : The Rules of Sum and Product, Permutations, Combinations,

Generation of Permutations and Combinations, Discrete Probability , Conditional Probability, Information and Mutual Information

3. Relations and Functions : A Relational Model for Data Bases, Properties of Binary Relations, Equivalence Relations and Partitions, Partial Ordering Relations and Lattices, Chains and Antichains, A Job-Scheduling Problem, Functions and the Pigeonhole Principle

4. Graphs and Planar Graph: Basis Terminology, Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs, Eulerian Paths and Circuits, Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits, The Traveling Salesperson Problem.

5. Trees and Cut-Sets: Trees, Rooted Trees, Path Lengths in Rooted Trees, Prefix Codes, Binary Search Trees, Spanning Trees and Cut-Sets, Minimum Spanning Trees

6. Discrete Numeric Functions and Generating Functions: Manipulation of Numeric Functions, Asymptotic Behavior of Numeric Functions, Generating Functions, Combinatorial Problem

7. Recurrence Relations and Recursive Algorithms: Recurrence Relations, Linear Recurrence Relations with Constant Coefficients, Homogenous Solutions, Particular Solution

8. Group and Rings : Groups, Subgroups, Generators and Evaluation of Powers, Cosets and Lagrange’s Theorem, Permutation Groups and Burnside’s Theorem, Codes and Group Codes, Isomorphisms and Automorphisms, Homomorphisms and Normal Subgroups, Rings, Integral Domains, and Fields

9. Boolean Algebras: Lattices and Algebraic Systems, Principle of Duality, Basic Properties of Algebraic System, Defined by Lattices, Distributive and Complemented Lattices, Boolean Lattices and Boolean Algebras, Uniqueness of Finite Boolean Algebras, Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions, Propositional Calculus

Reading list:

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C.L. Liu Mc Graw Hill 2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman B, Busby R. C, Ross S.C by Pearson Education 3. Discrete Mathematical Structures: Theory & Applications by D.S Malik & M.K.Sen, Thomson India Edition.

Name of the Module: Optimization Technology Module Code: MAS 302 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. To make the students introduction of the methods of Operations Research 2. Emphasize the mathematical procedures of nonlinear programming search

techniques 3. Introduce advanced topics such as probabilistic models (Markov chain & queuing

theory) and dynamic programming




Page 31

Broad Objective of the module: A scientific approach to decision making, which seeks to determine how best to design and

operate a system, usually under conditions requiring the allocation of scarce resources.

Learning outcomes: Learning and teaching approach used:

Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 6 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Introduction to OR modelling approach and various real life situations 2. Linear programming problems and applications, Various components of LP problem formulation, Solving Linear

Programming problem using simultaneous equations and Graphical Method, Simplex Method and extensions, Sensitivity analysis - Duality theory, Revised Simplex Transportation and assignment problems

3. Network Analysis-shortest Paths, Maximal Flow including PERT-CPM. Integer programming concepts, formulation, solution and applications.

4. Dynamic Programming—Modelling, Optimization, Replacement. 5. Game Theory—Introduction, Decisions under risk, Decisions under uncertainty 6. Queuing Theory—Introduction, basic definitions & notations, axiomatic derivation of the arrival & departure

distributions for Poission Queue, Poission Queuing model, M/M/I queues in series , application.

List of Practical: Using C-Language:

1. Linear Programming ( Tranportation , Assignment , Duality , Simplex) 2. Shortest Path( Dijkstra’s , Floyd’s Algorithm) 3. Maximal Flow. 4. PERT/CPM 5. Queueing Theory 6. Integer Programming Problem (Branch & Bound Problem) N:B:-Familiarization with any O.R package.

Reading list: 1. Hamdy A. Taha, “Operations Research”, Fifth edn. , Macmillan Publishing Company, 1992. 2. V.K. Kapoor-- Operations Research 3. Kanti Swaroop-- Operations Research




Page 32

4. Hadley G., “Linear Programming”, Narosa Publishers, 1987. 5. Hillier & Lieberman—Introduction to Operations Research, 7/e (with CD),TMH 6. Hiller F. and Leibermann G. J., “Operation Research”, Holder Day Inc, 1974. 7. Operations Research – Schaum outline series, MH 8. Kalshi,” Operations Research with C”,VIKAS 9. Chakraborty & Ghosh, “Linear Programming & Game Theory”, Moulik Library.

Name of the Module: Circuit Theory & Netorks Module Code: EEE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. To make the students build a solid foundation about science and technology of the electrical

circuits namely RL, RC, LC, RLC. 2. To provide clear foundation of making different circuits using different combination and

formulate the network equations to find out the performance of each network. 3. To understand the different types of filters & operational amplifier circuits.

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory and the technology of electrical circuits,

amplifiers & filters; and to practice & install a habit of using these elements in realizing electrical circuits for filtering and amplifications etc.

Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to :

1. have clear understanding & utilization of different types of network circuits 2. design and develop different filters made of operational amplifier; and to measure their

performances to apply in particular systems.

Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 6 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter:




Page 33

1. Different types of systems & networks: continuous & Discrete, Fixed and Time varying, Linear and Non-linear, Lumped and distributed, Passive & Active Networks & Systems

2. Laplace transform of impulse and sinusoidal steps waveforms for RL, RC, LC and RLC Circuits. Transient analysis of different electrical circuits with and without initial conditions, Fourier Series and Fourier Transform

3. Network theorems and their applications in circuit analysis, Formulation of network equations, Source transformations, Loop variable analysis and node variable analysis

4. Graph of network, concept of tree branch, tree link. Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix and loop currents, Cut set matrix and node pair potentials

5. Two port networks, Open circuit Impedance and Short circuit Admittance parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, and their inter-relations

6. Indefinite admittance matrix- their applications to the analysis of active network 7. Active filter analysis and synthesis using operational amplifier 8. SPICE: How SPICE works. Model statement, models for passive and active device, D.C. circuits analysis, small signal

analysis, capacitors and inductors in D.C. Circuits, steady state and transient, plotting and printing, input and output Impedance, D.C. sensitivity analysis, harmonic decomposition (Fourier Series), Harmonic re-composition, voltage controlled components

List of Practical: 1. Transient response in R-L and R-C Network: Spice,Simulation/hardware 2. Transient response in R-L-C Series & Parallel circuits Network: Simulation/hardware 3. Determination of Impedance (Z) and Admittance(Y) parameters of two port network 4. Frequency response of LP and HP filters 5. Frequency response of BP and BR filters 6. Generation of Periodic, Exponential, Sinusoidal, Damped sinusoidal, Step, Impulse, 7. Ramp signals using MATLAB in both discrete and analog form 8. Evaluation of convolution integral, Discrete Fourier transform for periodic & non-periodic signals and simulation of

difference equations using MATLAB 9. Representation of poles and zeros in z-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in z-domain and cascade

connection of second order system using MATLAB 10. Determination of Laplace transform and inverse Laplace transformation using MATLAB 11. Spectrum analysis of different signals

Reading list:

1. Sudhakar:Circuits & Networks:Analysis & Synthesis 2/e TMH New Delhi 2. Valkenburg M. E. Van, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall. 3. Engineering circuit analysis with PSPICE and probe-Roger 4. Engg Circuit Analysis,: Hayt 6/e Tata Mcgraw-Hill 5. A.Chakravarty: Networks, Filters & Transmission Lines 6. D.Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: Electrical Circuits 7. A.V. Oppenheimer and A.S.Wilsky: Signals & Systems, PHI 8. R.V.Jalgaonkar.: Network Analysis & Synthasis.EPH. 9. Sivandam- Electric Circuits Analysis.,Vikas 10. Reza F. M. and Seely S., “Modern Network Analysis”, Mc.Graw Hill Book Company 11. Roy Choudhury D., “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publishers. 12. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis & Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons.

Name of the Module: Data Structure & Algorithm Module Code: CSE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):




Page 34

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. Design principles of algorithms and data structures. 2. Efficiency and scaling of algorithms. 3. Essential algorithms in computing. 4. Generic data structures for common problems.

Broad Objective of the module: This module covers the basic science behind the use of computers to provide effective and

efficient methods for carrying out computational tasks. Tasks looked at include data storage and retrieval, sorting and searching, semi-numerical tasks such as encryption, planning and optimisation tasks, problem space searches, and games playing. To carry out these tasks, both algorithms and structures for the storage of data need to be specified. Mathematical tools have to be developed that enable us to measure the fundamental effectiveness of algorithms, and in particular the way these algorithms scale as the size of the task being performed increases. This module introduces the basic sorting and searching methods and dynamic data structures such as linked lists and trees.

Learning outcomes: On successful completion of the course students should be able to: 1. Assess performance efficiency of sequential algorithms. 2. Design data structures to enable algorithms and design sequential algorithms for

performance. 3. Implement designed algorithms and corresponding data structures using object oriented

programming languages. 4. Demonstrate informed deployment of essential data structures such as lists, stacks, queues,

and trees. 5. Demonstrate use of algorithm design methods such as divide and conquer

Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

Data Structures

1. Introduction: Basic concept of data, structures and pointers. 2. Arrays: Représentation, implémentation, polynomial représentation. Limitations. 3. Strings: Representation, String operations, Implementing String.h library functions. 4. Recursion - Design of recursive algorithms, Tail Recursion, When not to use recursion, Removal of




Page 35

recursion. 5. Linked List: Static and dynamic implementation. Single, double, circular, multiple linked lists. 6. Stacks: Recursion and Stacks. Static and dynamic implementation. Expression evaluation. Infix,

postfix expressions, multiple stacks. Queues: Static and dynamic implementation, circular queues, and implementation.

7. Hash Tables: Hash tables implementation. Hashing techniques, single, double. 8. Storage Management: Memory Management techniques, garbage collection. 9. Trees: Binary trees, binary search trees, static and dynamic implementation.AVL tree,B+ tree,B tree

Tree operations, insert, delete, and search. 10. Heaps: Implementation, sorting etc. 11. Sorting and Searching: Different sorting techniques. Insertion sort, selection sort, bubble sort, radix

sort, quick sort, merge sort, heap sort. 12. File Structures - Sequential and Direct Access. Relative Files, Indexed Files - B+ tree as index.

Multi-indexed Files, Inverted Files, Hashed Files. 13. Graphs : Representation of graphs, BFS, DFS sort.

List of Practical: 1. Experiments should include but not limited to : Implementation of array operations: 2. Stacks and Queues: adding, deleting elements Circular Queue: Adding & deleting elements Merging

Problem : Evaluation of expressions operations on Multiple stacks & queues : 3. Implementation of linked lists: inserting, deleting, inverting a linked list. Implementation of stacks & queues

using linked lists: 4. Polynomial addition, Polynomial multiplication Sparse Matrices : Multiplication, addition. Recursive and

Nonrecursive traversal of Trees 5. Threaded binary tree traversal. AVL tree implementation 6. Application of Trees. Application of sorting and searching algorithms 7. Hash tables implementation: searching, inserting and deleting, searching & sorting techniques.

Reading list:

1. Seymour Lipschutz, G A Vijayalalashmi Pai, “Data Structure”, Schaum’s Outlines,TMH 2. Data Structures and Algorithms O.G. Kakde & U.A. Deshpandey, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS 3. Aho Alfred V., Hopperoft John E., UIlman Jeffrey D., “Data Structures and Algorithms”,Addison Wesley 4. Drozdek- Data Structures and Algorithms,Vikas 5. Heileman:data structure algorithims &Oop Tata McGraw Hill 6. Data Structures Using C – M.Radhakrishnan and V.Srinivasan, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS 7. Weiss Mark Allen, “Algorithms, Data Structures, and Problem Solving with C++”, Addison Wesley. 8. Horowitz Ellis & Sartaj Sahni, “Fundamentals of Data Structures”, Galgotria Pub. 9. Tanenbaum A. S. , “Data Structures using ‘C’ ” 10. Ajay Agarwal: Data structure Through C.Cybertech

Name of the Module: Computer Organization & Architecture Module Code: CSE 302 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To help the student develop an understanding of the nature and characteristics of the organisation and design of the modern computer systems.

Broad Objective of the module: In this module we shall focus on the Organisation & Operation of the CPU. The Intel

Pentium CPU will be used as the main case study.




Page 36

Learning outcomes: On completion of the module, students will be able:

1. to understand the key concepts that are likely to be included in the design of any modern computer system

2. to understand and to apply the basic metrics by which new and existing computer systems may be evaluated

3. to understand and to evaluate the impact that languages, their compilers and underlying operating systems have on the design of computer systems

4. to understand and to evaluate the impact that peripherals, their interconnection and underlying data operations have on the design of computer systems

5. to demonstrate the techniques needed to conduct the design of a computer 6. to examine different computer implementations and assess their strengths and weaknesses


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Concepts and Terminology: Digital computer components Hardware & Software and their dual nature, Role of Operating Systems (OS).

2. Instruction set architecture (ISA); Addressing modes, Instruction format and Instruction set of a processor; case study of a processor instruction set (8086/MIPS)

3. The ALU: ALU organization, Integer representation, Serial and Parallel Adders, is 1s and 2s complement arithmetic, Multiplication of signed binary numbers, floating point number arithmetic, Overflow detection, Status flags.

4. Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Instruction execution with timing diagram. 5. The CPU: Instruction sequencing, hardwired control unit, microprogrammrd control unit, interfacing of memory and I/O. 6. Memory Unit: Memory classification, Bipolar and MOS storage cells. Organization of RAM, address decoding, Registers and

stack, ROM and PROM-basic cell. Organization and erasing schemes, Magnetic memories-recording formats and methods. Disk and tape Units. Concept of memory map. Timing diagrams, T-States, Timing diagram Controlling arithmetic and logic instructions. Instruction sequencing with examples. Introduction to Micro- programming, Variations in Micro-programming configuration.

Reading List :

1. Hayes J. P., “Computer Architecture & Organisation”, McGraw Hill, 2. Hamacher, “Computer Organisation”, 3. Computer Organization and System Software, EXCEL BOOKS 4. Chaudhuri P. Pal, “Computer Organisation & Design”, PHI,




Page 37

5. Mano, M.M., “Computer System Architecture”, PHI. 6. Burd- System Architecture,Vikas 7. Computer Organization & Architecture (TMH WBUT Series), Ghosh & Pal, TMH

Name of the Module: Object Oriented Programming Module Code: CSE 303 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: This module aims to introduce students to object oriented programming and design using Java. Broad Objective of the module: This module is designed for those readers who wish to start learning to program in an object-

oriented programming language. It has been designed primarily as a first programming text. It is also suitable for those who already have some experience with another programming language, and who now wish to move on to an object-oriented one. The language will use here to teach object-oriented programming is Java.

Learning outcomes: Students who successfully complete this module will be able to:

1. Explain the principles of the object oriented programming paradigm specifically including abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism using Java

2. Use an object oriented programming language, and associated class libraries, to develop object oriented programs using Java

3. Design, develop, test, and debug programs using object oriented principles in conjuncture with an integrated development environment using Java

Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Introduction :Basic features & concepts of Object Oriented Programming, (OOP), Benefits, Languages and Applications of OOPs.

2. Tokens, Expressions and Control Structures : Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers & Constants, Basic Data types, User-defined Data types, Derived Data Types, Memory Management Operators, Manipulators, Expressions, Operator Overloading, Control Structures




Page 38

3. Functions in C++ : Main function, function prototyping, call by reference, inline functions, default functions, function overloading

4. Classes and Objects : Specifying a class, defining member functions, private member functions, array within a class, memory allocation for objects, arrays of objects, objects as function arguments, returning objects, pointers to members, local classes

5. Constructors & Destructors : Constructors, Parameterized Constructors, Constructors with Default arguments, Dynamic Initialization of objects, Dynamic Constructors & Destructors

6. Operator Overloading & Type Conversion: Definition & Rules of overloading Operators, Overloading Binary & Unary Operators

7. Inheritance: Definition, single, multilevel, multiple, hierarchical and hybrid inheritance, virtual base classes, abstract classes

8. Pointers, Virtual Functions and Polymorphism : Pointers, Pointers to Objects and derived classes, virtual functions, Pure virtual functions.

9. Templates: Class templates, function templates, overloading of function templates, member function templates Strings : Creating and manipulating string objects, accessing characters in strings, comparing and

10. Java Basics: History of Java, Java buzzwords, datatypes, variables, scope and life time of variables, arrays,

operators, expressions, control statements, type conversion and costing, simple java program, classes and objects – concepts of classes, objects, constructors, methods, access control, this keyword, garbage collection, overloading methods and constructors, parameter passing, recursion, string handling.

11. Packages and Interfaces: Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding CLASSPATH, importing packages, differences between classes and interfaces, defining an interface, implementing interface, applying interfaces, variables in interface and extending interfaces. Exploring packages – Java.io, java.util.

12. Exception handling and multithreading: Concepts of exception handling, benefits of exception handling, Termination or resumptive models, exception hierarchy, usage of try, catch, throw, throws and finally, built in exceptions, creating own exception sub classes. Differences between multi threading and multitasking, thread life cycle, creating threads, synchronizing threads, daemon threads, thread groups.

13. Event Handling: Events, Event sources, Event classes, Event Listeners, Delegation event model, handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, inner classes. The AWT class hierarchy, user interface components- labels, button, canvas, scrollbars, text components, check box, check box groups, choices, lists panels – scrollpane, dialogs, menubar, graphics, layout manager – layout manager types – boarder, grid, flow, card and grib bag.

14. Applets: Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications, life cycle of an applet, types of applets, creating applets, passing parameters to applets.

15. Swing: Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC architecture, components, containers, exploring swing-JApplet, JFrame and JComponent, Icons and Labels, text fields, buttons – The JButton class, Check boxes, Radio buttons, Combo boxes, Tabbed Panes, Scroll Panes, Trees, and Tables.

16. Networking: Basics of network programming, addresses, ports, sockets, simple client server program, multiple clients, Java .net package Packages – java.util

List of Practical: 1. Assignments on class, constructor, overloading, inheritance, overriding 2. Assignments on wrapper class, vectors, arrays 3. Assignments on developing interfaces- multiple inheritance, extending interfaces 4. Assignments on creating and accessing packages 5. Assignments on multithreaded programming, handling errors and exceptions, applet programming and graphics

programming 6. Assignment on Java SWING application. 7. Assignment on Client Server Programming using Java Programming.

Reading list:

1. An Introduction to programming and OO design using Java, J.Nino and F.A. Hosch, John wiley & sons. 2. An Introduction to OOP, second edition, T. Budd, pearson education. 3. Introduction to Java programming 6th edition, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson education. 4. An introduction to Java programming and object oriented application development, R.A. Johnson- Thomson. 5. Core Java 2, Vol 1, Fundamentals, Cay.S.Horstmann and Gary Cornell, seventh Edition, Pearson Education.




Page 39

6. Patrick Naughton, Herbert Schildt – “The complete reference-Java2” – TMH 7. V.Vijaya Bhaskar, P. Venkata Subba Reddy, “Object Oriented Programming Through JAVA”, SCITECH Publication

Name of the Module: Behavioral Science Module Code: HSS 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 2 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): 1. Behavioral science: An overview: definitions, Man�the critical factor, behavioral science and its historical development. 2. Industrial sociology: Concept and definitions; importance for engineers; growth; criticism of the Hawthorne studies; nature and

scope of industrial sociology, industry and community, industry and tradition in India. 3. Society and technical change: Concept of social change, meaning and definitions of social change, nature of social change.

Factors such as natural, cultural, economic, planning, technological, Indian information technology scenario, effect of technology on social institutions.

4. Society and environment: Meaning and definitions, characteristics, classification of environment, physical environment and its influence, social environment and its some basic elements, environment in industry, illumination, noise, atmospheric conditions, music and colour.

5. Human relations: Historical overview, definitions, early and later approaches to human relations, strategies for establishing healthy human relations.

6. Groups: Meaning and definitions, types of groups, characteristics, functions of formal and informal groups, merits and demerits of informal groups.

7. Motivation: Nature of drives, needs and motives, work motives, need�hierarchy theory and two factor theory of motivation, how to motivate the workers at work, factors effecting the morale of workers.

8. Labour management relations: Industrial relations; meaning, objectives and definitions, Dunlop’s theory of industrial relations, Psychological and Gandhian approach to industrial relations, industrial relations in Japan and India, industrial relation in coming years, challenges of coming years, new dimensions of industrial relations, the ways of industrial peace. Trade unions; meaning and definitions, functions of Indian trade Unions, recent emerging trends in Indian trade unions.

Books: 1. Dynamics of Behavioural Science in Industry : P.C.Rihar 2. Fundamental of Industrial Sociology : P Gisbert 3. A Genesis of Behavioural Science : N Kumar 4. Industrial Relations : A. Monapa 5. Innovation and Change in Organization : N. Kind and Anderson 6. Human Relations and Organization Behaviour, A global perspective : R.S.



Syllabus for B.Tech (CSE)

Page 40

FOURTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 401 Stochastic Process 3 1 0 4 MAS - 402 Computational Numerical Method 3 0 2 4 ECE - 401 Principle of Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 CSE – 401 Formal Language & Automata 3 0 0 3 CSE - 402 Advanced Computer Architecture 3 0 2 4 EEE – 404 Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 HSS - 401 Entrepreneurship & Innovation for Practices 3 0 0 3 21 1 6 25

Name of the Module: Stochastic Process Module Code: MAS 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The objectives of this module are to give students confidence in manipulating

and drawing conclusions from data and provide them with a critical framework for evaluating study designs and results

Broad Objective of the module: This module introduces students to the basic concepts, logic, and issues involved in

statistical reasoning. Major topics include exploratory data analysis, an introduction to research methods, probability, and statistical inference.

Learning outcomes: Following this module students will be able:

1. to add new interactive activities to fill gaps that we have identified by analyzing student log data and by gathering input from other college professors on where students typically have difficulties.

2. to increase the number of interactive activities by over 30%. 3. to added new simulation-style activities to the course in Inference and Probability


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

Probability:

1. Random Exp erimen t; Sample space; Random Events; Probability of events. Axiomatic definition of probability; Frequency Definition of probability; Finite sample spaces and equiprobable measure as special cases; Probability of Non-disjoint events (Theorems). Counting techniques applied to probability




Page 41

problems; Conditional probability; General Multiplication Theorem; Independent events; Bayes’ theorem and related problems.

2. Random variables (discrete and continuous); Probability mass function ; Probability density function and

distribution function. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Uniform, Exponential, Normal, t and χ2. Expectation

and Variance (t and χ2 excluded); Moment generating function; Reproductive Property of Binomal; Poisson and Normal Distribution (proof not required). Transformation of random variables (One variable); Chebychev inequality (statement) and problems.

3. Binomial approximation to Poisson distribution and Binomial approximation to Normal distribution (statement only); Central Limit Theorem (statement); Law of large numbers (Weak law); Simple applications.

Statistics:

4. Population; Sample; Statistic; Estimation of parameters (consistent and unbiased); Sampling distribution of sample mean and sample variance (proof not required).

5. Point estimate: Maximum likelihood estimate of statistical parameters (Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution). Interval estimation.

Testing of Hypothesis:

6. Simple and Composite hypothesis; Critical Region; Level of Significance; Type I and Type II Errors; Best Critical Region; Neyman-Pearson Theorem (proof not required); Application to Normal Population; Likelihood Ratio Test (proof not required); Comparison of Binomial Populations; Normal Populations; Testing

of Equality of Means; χ2—Test of Goodness of Fit (application only). 7. Simple idea of Bivariate distribution; Correlation and Regression; and simple problems

Reading list:

1. Murray R. Spiegel, “Probability and Statistics”, McGrawHll, Schaum’s Outline Series 2. Kishor S Trivedi, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Applications”,

Prentics Hall of India, 2000 3. A. Papoulis and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes,

McGrawHill, 4th Edition 4. Richard A Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers. Prenticshall, India, 2002. 5. Mondenhall, “Introduction to probability and statistics”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi

Name of the Module: Computational Numerical Methods Module Code: MAS 402 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: This module introduces students to the concepts of roundoff error, truncation error,

numerical stability and condition, Taylor polynomial approximations; to derive and apply some fundamental algorithms for solving scientific and engineering problems: roots of nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations, polynomial and spline interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of ordinary differential equations.

Broad Objective of the module: Application of computer oriented numerical methods has become an integral part of the life of all the

modern engineers and scientists. The advent of powerful small computers and workstation tremendously increased the speed, power and flexibility of numerical computing. Recognizing the importance of computers and numerical computing, this module is being introduced both computing & numerical methods in the engineering curriculum.

Learning outcomes: Following this course students will be able:

1. To do Numerical Analysis, which is the study of algorithms for solving problems of continuous mathematics.




Page 42

2. To know numerical methods, algorithms and their implementation in ‘C’ for solving scientific problems.

Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 6 hours per week Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Errors in computation: Overflow and underflow; Approximation in numerical computation; Truncation and round off errors; Propagation and control of round off errors; Chopping and rounding off errors; Pitfalls (hazards) in numerical computations (ill conditioned and well conditioned problems).

2. Interpolation: Lagrange’s Interpolation, Newton’s forward & backward Interpolation Formula. Extrapolation; Newton’s Divided Difference Formula; Error; Problems.

3. Numerical Differentiation: Use of Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formula only. 4. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal formula (composite); Simson’s 1/3rd formula (composite); Romberg

Integration (statement only); Problems. 5. Numerical Solution of System of Linear Equations: Gauss elimination method; Matrix Inversion; Operations Count;

LU Factorization Method (Crout’s Method); Gauss-Jordan Method; Gauss-Seidel Method; Sufficient Condition of Convergence.

6. Numerical Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Iteration Method: Bisection Method; Secant Method; Regula-Falsi Method; Newton-Raphson Method.

7. Numerical solution of Initial Value Problems of First Order Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor’s Series

Method; Euler’s Method; Runge-Kutta Method (4th order); Modified Euler’s Method and Adams-Moulton Method.

List of Practical:

1. Assignments on Interpolation: Newton forward & backward, Lagrange. 2. Assignments on Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simson’s 1/3rd Rule, Weddle’s Rule. 3. Assignments on Numerical solution of a system of Linear Equations: Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan, Matrix

Inversion, Gauss Seidel. 4. Assignments on Solution of Algebraic Equations: Bisection, Secant, Regula-Falsi, Newton- Raphson Methods. 5. Assignments on Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor Series, Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta (4

th Order). 6. Assignments on Statistical Problems: Mean, Median, Mode, Standard deviation (for simple & frequency type data),

Linear Correlation & Regression. Reading list:

1. Numerical Analysis & Algorithms, Pradeep Niyogi, TMH, 1st ed. 2. C Language and Numerical Methods by C.Xavier 3. Introductory Numerical Analysis by Dutta & Jana 4. Numerical Method:Balagurusamy 5. Numerical Mathematical Analysis by J.B.Scarborough 6. Numerical Methods (Problems and Solution) by Jain, Iyengar , & Jain




Page 43

7. Numerical Methods In Computer Applications – P.U.Wayse. EPH 8. Computer Oreinted Numerical Method- Dutta,N. ,Vikas 9. Numerical Methods with Programs in Basic Fortran Pascal & C++ - S.B.Rao, Universities Press 10. Computer Programming & Numerical Analysis – N.Dutta, Universities Press 11. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Gupta, New Age International 12. Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations – Jain M.K.,New Age International 13. Numerical Methods for Scientific & Engg Computation – Jain M.K.,New Age International 14. Numerical Analysis – Rao G.S.,New Age International 15. Discrete Mathematical Structures – Rao G.S., New Age International 16. Foundations of Discrete Mathematics – Joshi K.D., New Age International 17. Applied Discrete Structures – Joshi, New Age International 18. Groups, Rings & Modules with Applications – Adhikari, M.R.,Universities Press

Name of the Module: Principle of Communication Engineering Module Code: ECE 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives of aims of the module:

1. to make the students to understand different types of modulation and demodulation techniques for long haul communication signals to be encountered in communication engineering and to study their behaviour in time and frequency domain

2. to make students familiarization about radio signals transport by multiplexing and de multiplexing 3. to make students to know about noise problem in communication, and to solve the problem

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of modulation needed to carry signals under long haul communication, frequency division multiplexing to carry analog signals over a channel, and to reject noise from the signals. Learning outcomes : At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize the appropriate modulation techniques & multiplexing in transporting signals over a channel and ii) to reject noise from the signals Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment: Continuous assessment – 50 marks Continuous assessment (Theory) (25 marks)



Semester End Examination (50 marks) Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50% Subject Matter:




Page 44

UNIT-I Review: Review of Frequency Bands Fourier Transform and Fourier series. UNIT-II Amplitude Modulation Systems: Need for modulation, normal AM, generation and demodulation (envelope & synchronous detection), modulation index, DSBSC: generation and demodulation, Effect of phase and frequency offset on demodulation, SSB: Generation using filter and phasing method, detection. Frequency division multiplexed systems using SSB. UNIT-III Angle Modulation Systems: Concept of frequency and phase modulation, frequency deviation and modulation index, FM spectra, Carsons rule, narrowband FM, generation of Wideband FM Armstrong method, direct FM generation. Demodulation of FM-discriminatory, PLL UNIT-IV Sampling and Discrete time Modulations: Sampling Theorem – low pass and band pass, Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse Width Modulation (PWM), Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) their generation and detection-phase time division multiplying. Review of random signals and noise, signal to noise ratio in amplitude and angle modulated systems. Thermal and shot noise. UNIT-V Digital Communication: PCM, quantization noise, bandwidth, advantages over analog communication, PCM system, Differential PCM, Delta Modulation, Digital Modulation – ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, Digital Multiplexing. Power Line Carrier: Interfacing with power line, description of a typical system. List of Practical:

1. Design an AM transmitter (or Use AM Trainer kit) to study Amplitude Modulation with given input wave and carrier wave, and hence the power efficiency of AM

2. Use the AM transmitter designed in experiment number 1 to generate SSB and DSB transmitter with necessary other circuits. Study the output and power efficiency of the circuit

3. Design a FM transmitter (or Use FM Trainer kit) to study Frequency Modulation with given input wave and carrier wave, and hence the power efficiency of FM

4. Use the FM transmitter designed in experiment number 3 to generate PM with necessary other circuits. Study the output and power efficiency of the circuit of PM transmitter

5. Design an SSB-SC receiver and use it with the circuit of experiment number 2 (SSB-SC transmitter) to design a complete SSB-SC radio

6. Design PLL demodulator of PM and test the same with PM transmitter designed in experiment number 4 7. Design any practical noise filtering circuit, and study its input and output in term of signal to noise ratio 8. Design mixer circuit for any given FR amplifier, and study its performance 9. Design a 4 to 1 FDM and study its operation 10. Design a 1 to 4 demultiplexer and use it with the circuit of experiment number 9 and justify the communication by

multiplexing. Reading list:

1. Taub and D. L. Schilling, “Principles of Communication System”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nded. 2. Carlson, “Communication System”TataMcgrawHill, New Delhi, 4th Edition 3. B P Lathi, “ Communication Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition 4. L. W. Couch Li, “Digital and Analog Communication System“, , Macmillan Publishing Co, New York, 2nd Edition 5. J A Betts, “Signal Processing, Modulation and Noise”, English Universities Press Ltd, London, Latest Edition 6. G Kenedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, MC GrawHill, Latest Edition




Page 45

Name of the Module: Control Engineering Module Code: EEE 404 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: The objective of this module is

1. Show the classical design methods which have been greatly enhanced by the availability of low cost computers for system analysis and simulation.

2. View, how the graphical tools of classical design like root locus plots, NY Quist plots, Bode plots and Nichols chart can now be more easily used with computer graphics.

Broad Objective of the module: The objective is to familiarize the students with the basic of dynamical system theory while, at the same time, equipping them with the tools necessary for control system design. The emphasis is based on the design in order to show how dynamical system theory fits into practical applications. In this module various methods of control system design are discussed.

Learning outcomes: Learning and teaching approach used :

Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 4 hours per week Assessment:





Subject Matter: 1. Introduction: Concept of feedback and Automatic Control, Electrical analogy of physical system. Transfer

Function, Block diagram representation of Control Systems, Block Diagram Algebra, Signal Flow Graph, Mason’s gain formula.

2. Control system components : Error sensing devices, potentiometer, synchros, D.C. and A.C. tachometers, servomotors, modulators and demodulators. Transient analysis of closed loop systems. Transient errors and their minimisation, steady state error and their minimisation, error coefficients, P, PI and P-I-D type controllers.

3. Stability of Control Systems : R-H criteria, Nyquist criteria, Bode Plots. Polar Plots, Nichols chart, measures of relative stability. Construction of Root Loci for simple system, effects of the movement of poles and zeros.

4. Improvement of system performance through compensation. Case studies on control voltage, current, frequency, position and speed. Control of liquid level, density, flow, temperature etc.

List of Practical:

1. Familiarization with MATLAB control system toolbox, MATLAB simulink toolbox & PSPICE. 2. Determination of step response for first order & second order system with unity feedback on CRO &

calculations of control system specification. 3. Time constant, peak overshoot, setting time etc. From the response.




Page 46

4. Simulation of step response & impulse response for type -0, type-1 & type-2 5. System with unary feedback using matlab & PSPICE. 6. Determination of Root Locus, Bode-Plot, Nyquist Plot using MATLAB- Control system toolbox for 2nd order

system determination of different control system specifications from the plot. 7. Determination of PI, PD, PID controller action of first order simulated process. 8. Determination of approximate transfer function experimentally from Bode plot. 9. Evaluation of steady state error, setting time, percentage peak overshoot, gain margin, phase margin, with

addition of lead compensator & by compensator in forward path transfer function for unity feedback control system using PSPICE.

10. Study of a practical position control system & determination of control system specifications for variations of system parameters.

Reading list: 1. Kuo B.C. Automatic Control System, PHI 2. Das Gupta S : Control System Theory ; Khanna Pub. 3. Nagrath I J & Gopal M : Control Systems Engineering, New Age International Pub. 4. Ogata K : Modern Control Engg. PHI 5. Dorf R C & Bishop R.H.: Modern Control System ; Addison – Wisley 6. Bolton: Industrial Control & Instrumentation, Orient Longman 7. Nakra: Theory & Applications of Automatic Control, New Age International 8. Gopal: Modern Control System Theory, New Age International 9. Gopal: Digital Control Engineering, New Age International 10. Sinha: Control Systems, New Age International

Name of the Module: Advanced Computer Architecture Module Code: CSE 402 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: To help the student develop an understanding of the nature and characteristics of the organisation and design of the modern computer systems. Broad Objective of the module: In this course we shall focus on the Organisation & Operation of the CPU. The Intel Pentium CPU will be used as the main case study.

Learning outcomes: On completion of the class, a student should be able:





5. to demonstrate the techniques needed to conduct the design of a computer to examine different computer implementations and assess their strengths and weaknesses






Page 47

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Computer performance analysis, classification of computer architecture: SISD,SIMD,MISD,MIMD.

2. Instruction level parallelism, Review of Pipelining, Examples of some pipeline in modern processors, pipeline hazards, data hazards, control hazards. Techniques to handle hazards, performance improvement with pipelines and effect of hazards on the performance, Super scaler and VLIW architecture.

3. Vector processors- Use and effectiveness, memory to memory vector architectures, vector register architecture, vector length and stride issues, and compiler effectiveness in vector processors. Case study with real life Intel processor.

4. Memory hierarchy, Cache Introduction, mapping technique; direct, set associative and fully associative. Techniques to reduce cache misses, techniques to reduce cache penalties, technique to reduce cache hit times. Effect of main memory bandwidth, effect of bus-width, memory access time, virtual memory, memory mapped management technique.

5. RISC architectures, addressing modes, instructions formats, effect of simplification on the performance, example processors such as MIPS, PA-RISC, SPARC, Power PC, etc.

6. MIMD Multiprocessors, Centralized shared architectures, distributed shared memory architectures, synchronization and memory consistency models, message passing architectures, comelier issues. Data flow architectures, Interconnection networks.

List of Practical: 1. Review of the logic design of different ckts., e.g. a) Flip/Flop(RS, JK, D, T), b)Register,(4/8 bit Synchronized Data Transfer), c)Tri-state logic Gates 2. Familiarity with MSI-chips, e.g. a) Multiplexer , b) Decoder, c) Encoder, d) Counter, e)Shift-Register, f)adder

Truth Table verification and clarification from Data-book. 3. Design a BCD adder. 4. Design an Adder/ Subtractor composite unit. 5. Design a carry-look ahead Adder. 6. Design a ripple counter and carry-look ahead counter and assess the complexity of both the ckts. 7. Use a multiplexer unit to design a composite ALU . 8. Design a multiplex display unit using counter, multiplexer, decoder etc. 9. Design a keyboard Encoder unit in 2 Dimension. 10. Test a RAM chip and cascade two chips for vertical and horizontal expansion. Use wired OR tri-state output

interconnection. 11. Use ALU chip for multibit arithmetic operation.

Reading list: 1. Hwang, K. “Advanced Computer architecture with parallel programming”, McGraw Hill, 1993 2. Carter—Computer Architecture ( Schaum Series),TMH

3. Patterson D.A. and Hennessy , J.L. “Computer architecture a quantitative approach”, 2nd ed., Morgan Kaufman, 1996

4. Hwang & Briggs—Computer Architecture & Parallel Processing, TMH 5. Stone, H.S., “Advanced Computerat”, Addison Wesley, 1989




Page 48

6. Siegel, H.J., “Interconnection Network for Large Scale parallel Processing”, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, 1990 7. Computer Organization & Architecture (TMH WBUT Series), Ghosh & Pal,TMH

Name of the Module: Entrepreneurship & Innovation Practices Module Code: HSS 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

Broad Objective of the module: The body of knowledge in EP is to make Engineers who will just not only run after jobs, but will create jobs. The subject will focus to produce entrepreneur, innovator, business incubator and organizer in an integrated manner. The society will benefit from Entrepreneurial Activities expected to be produced after introduction of EP in syllabus. New products, new production methods, new markets, new forms of organization and new business may be created by the would-be engineers on adoption of such courses. With introduction of the course, national wealth will be created, innovations will result in, speed of wealth creation will enhance and knowledge creation will be productive. EP may be introduce right from 2nd year of the engineering course.

Learning outcomes:

Learning and teaching approach used:






Subject Matter: Sl.No Subject Matter No of Session(s) Hours

1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Meaning, Role of Entrepreneur, Factors that shape the Future Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneur Process: different approaches, Motivation for becoming an Entrepreneur

Two Sessions 2




Page 49

2 Importance of Entrepreneurship: innovations act as key figures in economic development of a country, Qualities of successful Entrepreneur, Functions of an Entrepreneur, Types of Entrepreneur, Issues & Problems faced by Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial Practices in India, Entrepreneur Development Programmes (EDPs).

Two Sessions 2

3 Contribution of Entrepreneurs: Towards R&D, creates Wealth of Nation & Self prospect with Challenge

One Session 1

4 Entrepreneur Carrier: Different Stages(Dreaming, Planning, Implementation, Survival and Growth, Advantages & Disadvantages, Setting up a new Enterprise, Succession

Two Sessions 2

5 Characteristics of Entrepreneurship: Risk taker, Perceptive, Curious, Imaginative, Persistent, Goal setting, Hardworking, Research & Management Skill, Organising & Controlling, Soft skills and Feasibility

Two Session 2

6 Women Entrepreneurship: Opportunities for promoting Women Entrepreneurship, Hurdles of Women Entrepreneurs (case Studies), Prospects of women Entrepreneurs,

Two Session 2

7 Factors & Models of Entrepreneurial Development: Entrepreneur Support System Two session 2

8 Social Entrepreneurial Initiative: Social Entrepreneurial approach to solving social Problems, Complete Business plan for enduring social Impact, Strategic Plan vs Business Plan

Two Sessions 2

9 Project Planning: Concept & Approach, Project Approach, Project inclusion, Project Cycle, Identification of Resources, Formulation & Methods of Appraisal, M&E, Favorable

considerations of Project Implementation, Preference of Project, Financing of Project, Financial, Commercial, Management and Environmental Appraisal,

Two Sessions 2

10 Forest based Industries: Mobilization of resources from the forest mainly the Non-Timber(NTFP) products, Processing units, Marketing of demand driven Forest Products in the

local, regional and distant markets. Constraints, Prospects and Potentials of the producer sellers backed up by social entrepreneur, Technical and Financial Feasibility study and analysis

of projects under self employment scheme including small entrepreneur

Two Sessions 2

11 Preparation of Feasibility Report on Forest based project proposal: Case Studies: Execution of Forest based development projects on participatory mode, scaling of forest based activities

Two Sessions 2

12 Preparation of Project Reports: Field visit/Exposure visit for a week followed by analysis, discussion and submission of Project Report

12 Sessions 12

Reading List: 1. Anitha, H.S. Financial Role of Specialized Commercial Banks – From Entrepreneurs Perspective, SEDME, March, 2003 2. Awasthi, D.N. Evaluation of Entrepreneurship Development Programmes, New Delhi: Sage Publication 1996 3. Bangs, D.H. and Pinson, L. The Real World Entrepreneur, Chicago: Upstart Publishing, Co., 1999 4. Batra, G.S. and Dangwal, R.C. Entrepreneurship and Small Industries – New Potentials, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications

Pvt.ltd., 1999 5. Bright, P.S. How to be an Entrepreneur, Bright Careers Institute, New Delhi: Nai Sarak, 2002 6. Desai, Vasant. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2002. 7. Harper, W.S. and Tan Jhiam. Small Enterprise in Developing Countries – case studies and conclusions, London: Intermediate

Technology Publications Ltd., 1979 8. Khanka, S.S. Entrepreneurial Development, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2000. 9. Mali, D.D. Entrepreneurship Development in North East, New Delhi: Mittal Publications, 1990. 10. Parthasarathi, I. ‘Entrepreneurship in Tribal Areas’(ed.) by J.V.Prabharkar Rao, Entrepreneurship and Economic Development,

New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers and Distributors, 2000. 11. Saini, J.S. and Dhameji, S.K. Entrepreneurship and Small Business, Jaipur: Rawat Publications, 1988. 12. Siropolis, Nicholas. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, Boston: Houghton Mufflin Company, 1998. 13. Suri, K.B. Small Scale Enterprises in India in Industrial Development: the Indian Experience. New Delhi: Sage Publication, 1998. 14. Hisrich, Robert D, Michael P. Peters and Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship. New York: McGraw Hill/Irwin, 2005.




Page 50

15. Miner, John B. Four Routes to Entrepreneurial Success, San Francisco: Berrett-Kochler Publisher, Inc., 1996. 16. Kuratko, Donald F. and Richard M. Hodgetts., Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process and Practice, Oh: South Western Congage

Learning, 2008. 17. Hisrich, D Robert and G. Candida Brush. Women Entrepreneurs, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, Lexington 1986. 18. Pujar, V.N. ‘Development of Women Entrepreneurs in India’, Entrepreneurship Development in India. Sani Uddin (ed). Delhi:

Mittal Publications. 1989. 19. Dutta Sujit Kumar and Dilip Kumar Ghosh. Empowering Rural Women, New Delhi: Akansha Publishing House, 2002. 20. Vinze, D.M. ‘Women Entrepreneurs in India’, Delhi: Mittal Publications, 1987.

Name of the Module: Formal Language and Automata Module Code: CSE 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: This module reveals the theoretical aspects behind programming languages: formal

notations and models of computation. It is oriented towards: 1. providing a deeper understanding of programming languages design motivations and

semantics, facilitating students to select and use the most appropriate language for a given task, and write correct programs;

2. illustrating language processing techniques: compilation and interpretation;

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study theoretical aspects and practical training towards the design and implementation of a full compiler for a toy language, both from-scratch and using automatic generation tools.

Learning outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:

1. understand and apply formal notations via regular expressions and grammars, as well as their recognizers (finite automata, push-down automata).

2. provide relevant formal definitions for given languages. 3. discuss virtual machines and intermediate languages tradeoffs. 4. understand and apply basic language processing techniques: compilation and interpretation.







Subject Matter: 1. Instruction to the theory of formal languages, Chomsky Hierarchy of languages, : Preliminaries

(strings, alphabets & languages, graphs & trees, set & relations), definition, recognition of a language by an automata - idea of grammar, DFA, NFA, equivalence of DFA and NFA, NFA with e-moves, regular sets & regular expressions : equivalence with finite automata, NFA from regular




Page 51

expressions, regular expressions from DFA, two way finite automata equivalence with one way, equivalence of Moore & Mealy machines, applications of finite automata.

2. Finite State Machines : Definition, concept of sequential circuits, state table & state assignments, concept of synchronous, asynchronous and liner sequential machines.

3. Finite State Models : Basic definition, mathematical representation, Moore versus Mealy m/c, capability & limitations of FSM, state equivalence & minimization, machine equivalence, incompletely specified machines, merger graph & compatibility graph, merger table, Finite memory, definite, information loss less & inverse machines : testing table & testing graph.

4. Structure of Sequential Machines: Concept of partitions, closed partitions, lattice of closed partitions, decomposition: serial & parallel.

5. Closure Properties of Regular Sets : Pumping lemma & its application, closure properties minimization of finite automata : minimization by distinguishable pair, Myhill-Nerode theorem.

6. Context Free Grammars: Introduction, definition, derivation trees, simplification, CNF & GNF. 7. Pushdown Automata : Definition, moves, Instantaneous Descriptions, language recognised by

PDA, deterministic PDA, acceptance by final state & empty stack, equivalence of PDA and CFL. 8. Closure Properties of CFLs : Pumping lemma & its applications, ogden’s lemma, closure

properties, decision algorithms. 9. Introduction to Z. Regular language properties and their grammars. Context sensitive languages. 10. Turing machine and the concept of computability, halting problem of TM and undecidasility.

Reading list: 1. Hopcroft JE. and Ullman JD., “Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages & Computation”, Narosa. 2. K.L.P Mishra & N. Chandrasekharan – “Theory of Computer Science”, PHI 3. Ash & Ash – “Discrete Mathematics”,TMH 4. Martin—“Introduction to Formal Languages”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1983. 5. Lewis H. R. and Papadimitrou C. H., “Elements of the theory of Computation”, P.H.I. 6. Kain, “Theory of Automata & Formal Language”, McGraw Hill. 7. Kohavi ZVI, “Switching & Finite Automata”, 2nd Edn., Tata McGraw Hill. 8. Linz Peter, “An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata”, Narosa




Page 52

FIFTH SEMESTER

Subject

Code Subject L T P Credit

ECE – 501 Microprocessors, Microcontrollers & Embedded System 3 0 2 4 CSE – 501 Operating System 3 0 2 4 CSE – 502 Design & Analysis of Algorithm 3 1 0 4 CSE – 503 Database Management system 3 0 2 4 CSE – 504 System Software & Administration 3 0 2 4 HSS – 501 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3 CSE - 505 Graph Theory & Combinatorics. 3 0 0 3 21 1 8 26

Name of the Module: Operating System Module Code: CSE 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: On completing this course the students should have acquired the following

capabilities: 1. An appreciation of the role of an operating system. 2. Become aware of the issues in the management of resources like processor,

memory and input-output. 3. Should be able to select appropriate productivity enhancing tools or utilities for specific

needs like filters or version control. 4. Obtain some insight into the design of an operating system.

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth of the theory and the technology to build a core

knowledge for making of an Operating System. This module has been discussed to interact with an OS with the Computer System on one hand and with user user computation on the other hand consolidated this view and adds practical details to it.

Learning outcomes: On completion of this course the students will be able to:

1. High level understand what is an operating system and the role it plays. 2. A high level understanding of the structure of operating systems, applications, and the

relationship between them. 3. Some knowledge of the services provided by operating systems. 4. Exposure to some details of major OS concepts.



Assessment:






Page 53



Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Introduction to OS. Operating system functions, evaluation of O.S., Different types of O.S.: batch, multi-programmed, time-sharing, real-time, distributed, parallel.

2. System Structure: Computer system operation, I/O structure, storage structure, storage hierarchy, different

types of protections, operating system structure (simple, layered, virtual machine), O/S services, system calls.

3. Process Management: Processes: Concept of processes, process scheduling, operations on processes, co-operating processes, inter- process communication. Threads: overview, benefits of threads, user and kernel threads.

4. CPU scheduling : scheduling criteria, pre-emptive & non-pre-emptive scheduling, scheduling

algorithms 5. (FCFS, SJF, RR, priority), algorithm evaluation, multi-processor scheduling.

6. Process Synchronization: background, critical section problem, critical region, synchronization hardware,

classical problems of synchronization, semaphores. 7. Deadlocks: system model, deadlock characterization, methods for handling deadlocks, deadlock prevention,

deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection, recovery from deadlock.

8. Storage Management: Memory Management : background, logical vs. physical address space, swapping, contiguous memory allocation, paging, segmentation, segmentation with paging. Virtual Memory : background, demand paging, performance, page replacement, page replacement algorithms, (FCFS, LRU), allocation of frames, thrashing.

9. File Systems: file concept, access methods, directory structure, file system structure, allocation methods (contiguous, linked, indexed), free-space management (bit vector, linked list, grouping), directory implementation (linear list, hash table), efficiency & performance.

10. I/O Management: I/O hardware, polling, interrupts, DMA, application I/O interface (block and character

devices, network devices, clocks and timers, blocking and nonblocking I/O), kernel I/O subsystem (scheduling, buffering, caching, spooling and device reservation, error handling), performance.

11. Disk Management: disk structure, disk scheduling (FCFS, SSTF, SCAN,C-SCAN) , disk reliability, disk formatting, boot block, bad blocks.

12. Protection & Security: Goals of protection, domain of protection, security problem, authentication, one

time password, program threats, system threats, threat monitoring, encryption.

13. Case Studies; Dos & Unix. List of Practical:

1. Shell programming: creating a script, making a script executable, shell syntax (variables, conditions, control structures, functions, commands).

2. Process: starting new process, replacing a process image, duplicating a process image, waiting for a process, zombie process.

3. Signal: signal handling, sending signals, signal interface, signal sets. 4. Semaphore: programming with semaphores (use functions semctl, semget, semop, set_semvalue, del_semvalue,

semaphore_p, semaphore_v). 5. POSIX Threads : programming with pthread functions(viz. pthread_create, pthread_join, pthread_exit,

pthread_attr_init, pthread_cancel) 6. Inter-process communication: pipes(use functions pipe, popen, pclose), named pipes(FIFOs, accessing FIFO)

Reading list: 1. Milenkovie M., “Operating System : Concept & Design”, McGraw Hill. 2. Tanenbaum A.S., “Operating System Design & Implementation”, Practice Hall NJ. 3. Silbersehatz A. and Peterson J. L., “Operating System Concepts”, Wiley. 4. Dhamdhere: Operating System TMH 5. Stalling, William, “Operating Systems”, Maxwell McMillan International Editions, 1992. 6. Dietel H. N., “An Introduction to Operating Systems”, Addison Wesley.




Page 54

7. J. Peterson, A. Silberschatz, and P. Galvin. Operating System Concepts, Addison Wesley, 3rd Edition, 1989. 8. M. J. Bach. Design of the Unix Operating System, Prentice Hall of India, 1986. 9. A.Silberschatz and P. Galvin. Operating System Concepts, Addison Wesley, 4th Edition, 1994.

Name of the Module: Design & Analysis of Algorithm Module Code: CSE 502 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: Specification of the concept of algorithm and analysis of its computational complexity.

Design principles of algorithms and their application to computing problems.

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth of the theory to provide a comprehensive introduction to the modern study of computer algorithms. The module presents many algorithms and covers them in considerable depth, yet makes their design and analysis accessible to all levels of readers.


1. Design algorithms for difficult problems. 2. Analyze and understand their complexity. 3. Being able to implement the algorithms in practice







Subject Matter:

1. Models of computation: RAM, TM etc. time and space complexity 2. Asymptotic Notation: Big-O, omega, theta etc.; finding time complexity of well known algorithms like-

heapsort, search algorithm etc. 3. Algorithm Design techniques : Recursion- Definition, Use, Limitations, Examples: Hanoi problem. Tail

Recursion 4. Divide and Conquer: Basic method, use, Examples: Merge sort, Quick Sort, Binary Search 5. Dynamic Programming: Basic method, use, Examples: matrix-chain multiplication, All pair shortest paths,

single-source shortest path, Travelling Salesman problem 6. Branch and Bound:Basic method, use, Examples: The 15-puzzle problem 7. Backtracking: Basic method, use, Examples: Eight queens problem, Graph coloring problem, Hamiltonian

problem




Page 55

8. Greedy Method : Basic method, use, Examples: Knapsack problem, Job sequencing with deadlines, minimum spanning tree(Prim's and Kruskal's algorithms)

9. Lower Bound Theory : Bounds on sorting and sorting techniques using partial and total orders. 10. Disjoint Set Manipulation :Set manipulation algorithm like UNION-FIND, union by rank, Path compression. 11. Properties of graphs and graph traversal algorithms: BFS and DFS 12. Matrix manipulation algorithms: Different types of algorithms and solution of simultaneous equations,

DFT & FFT algorithm; integer multiplication schemes 13. Notion of NP-completeness : Non deterministic algorithm, COOK’s theorem, P class, NP-hard class, NP-

complete class, CNF Satisfiability problem, proof a problem to be NP hard, Clique Decision Problem. 14. Approximation algorithms : Necessity of approximation scheme, performance guarantee, Polynomial time

approximation schemes: 0/1 knapsack problem

Reading list:

1. A.Aho, J.Hopcroft and J.Ullman “The Design and Analysis of algorithms” 2. D.E.Knuth “The Art of Computer Programming”, Vol. I & Vol.2 3. Horowitz Ellis, Sahani Sartaz, R. Sanguthevar " Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms". 4. Goodman: Introduction to Design and Analysis Of Algorithms TMH 5. K.Mehlhorn , “Data Structures and algorithms- Vol. I & Vol. 2 “ 6. S.Baase “Computer algorithms” 7. E.Horowitz and Shani “Fundamentals of Computer algorithms” 8. E.M.Reingold, J.Nievergelt and N.Deo- “Combinational algorithms- Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall , 1997 9. A.Borodin and I.Munro, “The computational complexity of Algebraic and Numeric problems”

Name of the Module: Microprocessors, Microcontrollers & Embedded System Module Code: ECE 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The module will introduce the architectural techniques used to design and build modern high-performance microprocessors and microcomputers. Today's microprocessors use advanced architectural techniques which were found in only the most exotic supercomputers of just a few years ago. Students will study and evaluate these techniques.

Broad Objective of the module: This module is intended for practicing computer engineers, computer scientists,

professionals in related fields, as well as faculty and students, who have an interest in the intersection of high-assurance design, microprocessor systems, and formal verification, and wish to learn about current developments in the field.

Learning outcomes: After completing the module students will be able to:

1. design a microprocessor . 2. configure or design a microprocessor-based system (likely). 3. understand efficiency in microprocessor-based systems. 4. write code or a compiler for a microprocessor which takes advantage of the advanced

architectural techniques. Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:



Continuous assessment (Practical (25 marks)




Page 56

1. Regular Work (15 – marks – as shown in annexure – I) 2. Viva / test (10 marks)


Subject Matter:

1. Architecture of microprocessor; case study with Intel series of microprocessors. 2. Assembly language programming using Intel 8085 microprocessor. 3. Interfacing of memory to a microprocessor; system bus, timing diagram, , peripheral chips (IO mapped IO &

Memory mapped IO). Interrupts and DMA. 4. Interfacing of I/O devices; modes of data transfer, synchronous, asynchronous, interrupt driven using 8255

PPI, interfacing of DAC and ADC. 5. Serial mode of data transfer using 8251. 6. Interfacing of key board and display devices using 8279, Peripherals: 8279, 8255, 8251, 8253, 8237, 8259, A/D

and D/A converters and interfacing of the same. Typical applications of a microprocessor. 7. Microprocessor versus Microcontroller architecture. 8. Memory and I/O interfacing to 8051 microcontroller. 9. 16 bit processors: 8086 and architecture, segmented memory has cycles, read/write cycle in min/max mode.

Reset operation, wait state, Halt state, Hold state, Lock operation, and interrupt processing. Addressing modes and their features.

List of Practical: 1. To develop a program to add two double byte numbers. 2. To develop a subroutine to add two floating point quantities. 3. To develop program to multiply two single byte unsigned numbers, giving a 16 bit product. 4. To develop subroutine which will multiply two positive floating points numbers? 5. To write program to evaluate P* Q*+R* & S are 8 bit binary numbers. 6. To write a program to divide a 4 byte number by another 4 byte number. 7. To write a program to divide an 8 bit number by another 8 bit number upto a fractional quotient of 16

bit. 8. Write a program for adding first N natural numbers and store the results in memory location X. 9. Write a program which decrements a hex number stored in register C.The Program should half when

the program register reads zero. 10. Write a program to introduce a time delay of 100 ms using this program as a subroutine display

numbers from 01H to OAH with the above calculated time delay between every two numbers. 11. N hex numbers are stored at consecutive memory locations starting from X. Find the largest number and store it

at location Y. 12. Interface a display circuit with the microprocessor either directly with the bus or by using I/O ports. Write a

programme by which the data stored in a RAM table is displayed. 13. To design and interface a circuit to read data from an A/D converter, using the 8255 A in the memory

mapped I/O. 14. To design and interface a circuit to convert digital data into analog signal using the 8255 A in the memory

mapped I/O. 15. To interface a keyboard with the microprocessor using 8279 chip and transfer the output to the printer. 16. To design a circuit to interface a memory chip with microprocessor with given memory map.

Reading list:

1. Microprocessor architecture, programming and applications with 8085/8085A, Wiley eastern Ltd, 1989 by Ramesh S. Gaonkar.

2. Intel Corp: The 8085 / 8085A. Microprocessor Book – Intel marketing communication, Wiley inter science publications, 1980.

3. An introduction to micro computers Vol. 2 – some real Microprocessor – Galgotia Book Source, New Delhi by Adam Osborne and J. Kane

4. MICROCONTROLLERS : PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS by PAL, AJIT, PHI




Page 57

5. Advanced Microprocessors by Ray and Bhurchandi - TMH 6. Intel Corp. Micro Controller Handbook – Intel Publications, 1994. 7. Microprocessors and Interfacing by Douglas V. Hall, McGraw Hill International Ed. 1992 8. Assembly Language Programming the IBM PC by Alan R. Miller, Subex Inc, 1987 9. The Intel Microprocessors: 8086/8088, 80186, 80286, 80386 & 80486, Bary B. Brey, Prentice Hall, India

Name of the Module: Database Management System. Module Code: CSE 503 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

1. Explain the purpose of a database management system (DBMS). 2. Explain the role of the database administrator. 3. Explain what is meant by data consistency, data integrity, data redundancy and data

independence. 4. Explain the concept of entity relationships and data normalisation. 5. Explain the concept of a client/server database. 6. Recall the relevant advantages of a client/server database over a non-client/server

database.

Broad Objective of the module: Behind the development and design of this module is to know how to design, manipulate and manage databases. The module participants are exposed to the various forms, types and models of database systems to enable them make viable choices. Supportive and complimentary concepts of managing data and documents are thoroughly examined to give a wholesome view of data/information management. The ultimate aim is to encourage the usage of database management systems for effective data management.

Learning outcomes: After completion of this module students will be able to :

1. define a Database Management System 2. give a description of the Database Management structure 3. define a Database 4. define basic foundational terms of Database 5. understand the applications of Databases 6. know the advantages and disadvantages of the different models 7. compare relational model with the Structured Query Language (SQL) 8. know the constraints and controversies associated with relational database model. 9. know the rules guiding transaction ACID 10. identify the major types of relational management systems 11. compare and contrast the types of RDBMS based on several criteria 12. understand the concept of data planning and Database design 13. know the steps in the development of Databases 14. trace the history and development process of SQL 15. know the scope and extension of SQL


Continuous assessment – 50 marks




Page 58

Continuous assessment (Theory) (25 marks) 1. Mid Term Test (One test, 10 marks) 2. Assignment (Two assignments, 10 marks) 3. Quiz (Five Test, 5 marks)



Subject Matter:

1. Introduction:Concept & Overview of DBMS, Data Models, Database Languages, Database Administrator, Database Users, Three Schema architecture of DBMS.

2. Entity-Relationship Model :Basic concepts, Design Issues, Mapping Constraints, Keys, Entity-Relationship Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-R features.

3. Relational Model : Structure of relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus, Extended Relational Algebra Operations, Views, Modifications Of the Database.

4. SQL and Integrity Constraints :Concept of DDL, DML, DCL. Basic Structure, Set operations, Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Domain Constraints, Referential Integrity Constraints, assertions, views, Nested Subqueries, Database security application development using SQL, Stored procedures and triggers.

5. Relational Database Design :Functional Dependency, Different anamolies in designing a Database., Normalization using funtional dependencies, Decomposition, Boyce-Codd Normal Form, 3NF, Nomalization using multi-valued depedencies, 4NF, 5NF

6. Internals of RDBMS :Physical data structures, Query optimization : join algorithm, statistics and cost bas optimization. Transaction processing, Concurrency control and Recovery Management : transaction model properties, state serializability, lock base protocols, two phase locking.

7. File Organization & Index Structures :File & Record Concept, Placing file records on Disk, Fixed and Variable sized Records, Types of Single-Level Index (primary, secondary, clustering), Multilevel Indexes, Dynamic Multilevel Indexes using B tree and B+ tree .

List of Practical: Structured Query Language

1. Creating Database

Creating a Database Creating a Table Specifying Relational Data Types Specifying Constraints Creating Indexes 2. Table and Record Handling

INSERT statement Using SELECT and INSERT together DELETE, UPDATE, TRUNCATE statements DROP, ALTER statements

3. Retrieving Data from a Database

The SELECT statement Using the WHERE clause Using Logical Operators in the WHERE clause Using IN, BETWEEN, LIKE , ORDER BY, GROUP BY and HAVING Clause Using Aggregate Functions




Page 59

Combining Tables Using JOINS

4. Database Management

Creating Views Creating Column Aliases Creating Database Users Using GRANT and REVOKE Cursors in Oracle PL / SQL

Writing Oracle PL / SQL Stored Procedure

Reading List:

1. Henry F. Korth and Silberschatz Abraham, “Database System Concepts”, Mc.Graw Hill. 2. Elmasri Ramez and Novathe Shamkant, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Benjamin Cummings 3. Publishing. Company. 4. Ramakrishnan: Database Management System , McGraw-Hill 5. Gray Jim and Reuter Address, “Transaction Processing : Concepts and Techniques”, Moragan Kauffman Publishers. 6. Jain: Advanced Database Management System CyberTech 7. Date C. J., “Introduction to Database Management”, Vol. I, II, III, Addison Wesley. 8. Ullman JD., “Principles of Database Systems”, Galgottia Publication. 9. James Martin, “Principles of Database Management Systems”, 1985, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 10. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B.Navathe, Addison Wesley Publishing Edition 11. “Database Management Systems”, Arun K.Majumdar, Pritimay Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill

Name of the Module: Systems Software & Administration Module Code: CSE 504 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: to understand system programming in the field of operating system, where students will be

able to realize the functionality of an operating system by programming. This module introduce an operating system, particularly UNIX and its key features.


1. List and define the key types of system administration tasks that are suitable for full or partial automation by means of programming.

2. In terms of available capabilities, likely performance, and ease of development & maintenance, explain the costs and benefits of the range of system administration programming language types: specifically, shell scripts, full featured scripting languages, and low level compiled languages.

3. For a required system administration task select the most appropriate programming implementation level from the range: shell scripts, scripting languages, and low level compiled languages; and then explain the reasons for the selection.

4. In a high level scripting language, write, test, and document system administration programs capable of supporting tasks that are serial, parallel, or event driven in nature.






Page 60




Subject Matter:

System Software

1. Assemblers: General design procedures, Design of two pass assemblers, Cross Assemblers, Macro Processors – Features of a macro facility,(macro instruction arguments, conditional macro expansion, macro calls within macros), Implementation of a restricted facility : A two pass algorithm; Macro Assemblers.

2. Loader schemes: Compile and go loaders, absolute loaders, relocating loader, Linking, Reallocation- static & dynamic linking, Direct linking loaders, Binders, Overlays, dynamic binders; Working principle of Editors, Debuggers.

System Administration:

3. Introduction:Duties of the Administrator, Administration tools, Overview of permissions. 4. Processes: Process status, Killing processes, process priority. Starting up and Shut down:Peripherals, Kernel

loading, Console, The scheduler, init and the inittab file, Run-levels, Run level scripts. 5. Managing User Accounts: Principles, password file, Password security, Shadow file, Groups and the group

file, Shells, restricted shells, user management commands, homes and permissions, default files, profiles, locking accounts, setting passwords, Switching user, Switching group, Removing users.

6. Managing Unix File Systems: Partitions, Swap space, Device files, Raw and Block files, Formatting disks, Making filesystems, Superblock, I-nodes, Filesystem checker, Mounting filesystems, Logical Volumes, Network Filesystems, Boot disks

7. Configuring the TCP/IP Networking : Kernel Configuration; Mounting the /proc Filesystem, Installing the Binaries, Setting the Hostname, Assigning IP Addresses, Creating Subnets, Writing hosts and networks Files, Interface Configuration for IP, ifconfig, netstat command, Checking the ARP Tables; Name service and resolver configuration.

8. TCP/IP Firewall : Methods of Attack, What Is a Firewall? What Is IP Filtering? Setting Up Linux for Firewalling Testing a Firewall Configuration; A Sample Firewall Configuration: IP Accounting, Configuring the Kernel for IP Accounting, Configuring IP Accounting, Using IP Accounting Results

9. IP Masquerade and Network Address Translation : Side Effects and Fringe Benefits, Configuring the Kernel for IP Masquerade, Configuring IP Masquerade.

10. The Network Information System : Getting Acquainted with NIS, NIS Versus NIS+ , The Client Side of NIS, Running an NIS Server, NIS Server Security.

11. Network file system: Preparing NFS, Mounting an NFS Volume, The NFS Daemons, The exports File. 12. System Backup & Recovery: Log files for system and applications; Backup schedules and methods (manual

and automated).

List of Practical:

1. Packet Monitoring software (tcpdump, snort, ethereal) 2. Trace route, Ping, Finger, Nmap 3. Server configuration (FTP, SMTP, DNS) 4. NFS Configuration 5. Firewall Configuration using iptables/ipchains (Linux only) 6. Experiments using Turbo C Assembler 7. Note: All the above experiments may be performed in both Unix /Linux & Windows

Reading list:




Page 61

1. L.L. Beck – “System Software “ (3rd Ed.)- Pearson Education 2. Michel Ticher – “PC System Programming” , Abacus.

3. Kirch – “ Linux network Administrator’s guide (2nd Ed.)” – O’Rielly 4. Maxwell – “Unix system administration” - TMH 5. Limoncelli –“The Practice of System & Network Administration”-Pearson 6. Wells, LINUX Installation & Administration, Vikas

7. W. R. Stevens – “Unix network programming, vol. 1(2nd Ed.)” – Pearson Education/PHI 8. W. R. Stevens – “TCP/IP illustrated, vol. 1” – PHI/Pearson Education

9. Comer – “Internetworking with TCP/IP, vol. 1(4th Ed.)” – Pearson Education/PHI

Name of the Module: Graph Theory & Combinatorics. Module Code: CSE 505 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes:



Assessment:





Subject Matter: Graph Theory: Basic concepts, Graph isomorphism, Subgraph, Degree, Walk, Path, Cycle, Trees, Spanning trees, Cut vertices and cut edges, Connectivity, Euler tours and Hamiltonian cycles. Matching, Perfect matching, Colour of a graph, Vertex colouring, Chromatic polynomial edge colouring. Planner and non-planer graphs, Euler’s formula, Kuratowski’s theorem. Test and planarity, Four colour theorem, Directed graphs, Tournaments, Network, Max Flow, Min cut theorem, Graphs and vector space. Graph enumeration. Polya’s counting theorem, Graph algorithms., Shortest path, Minimal spanning tree, Fundamental circuit, Isomorphism.; Combinatorics: Basic combinatorial numbers. Recurrence, Generating functions. Multinomials, Counting principles. Polya’s theorem. Inclusion and exclusion principle. Block design and error correcting codes. Hadamard matrix, Finite geometries. Reading list: 1. Graph Theory : Norsingh Deo, TMH 2. Graph Theory : F Harray, Narosa Publishing House 3. A first Course in Combinational : I Anderson, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1974 Mathematics 4. Algorithmic Graph Theory : Allan Gibbons, Cambridge Univ. ress, 1985




Page 62

Name of the Module: Industrial Management Module Code: HSS 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The aim of the module is to give the students:

1. knowledge of the basic principles of logistics management with a focus on distribution, together with an understanding of the Scandinavian experiences in logistics in actual practice

2. knowledge of production management, with a focus on manufacturing planning and control systems, as well as production process design and workforce issues of production

3. knowledge of industrial organization and management, with a focus on modern aspects of designing and managing a work organization

4. knowledge of the basic principles of modern purchasing strategies, methods and Supply Chain Management

Broad Objective of the module: There are certain definite objectives of an economy of every country. To fulfil these

objectives some useful measures are adopted which is in this module. Economic policy is related to the economy of the country as a whole or to a region. It is nothing but a guideline to those who have to carry out their duties effectively for obtaining desired goals.

Learning outcomes: 1. To provide students with a broad overview of staffing practice and research,

including recruiting, selection, and human resource management. 2. To acquaint students with legal guidelines which govern the practice of

staffing and related human resource decision-making and policy. 3. To present material on the external, environmental conditions that affect the

practice of staffing and overall Industrial Organization & Management. 4. To provide students with a broad overview of the field of

Industrial/Organizational Psychology, and its various sub-specialties. 5. To acquaint students with scientific psychological theory and research, as they

pertain to the world of work. 6. To inform students of the various legal and ethical issues which influence the

practice of Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment:





1. Industry: meaning of Industrialization, Industrial revolution, Need problems and prospects of Industrial change in the




Page 63

developing countries. 2. Industrial Evolution in India: Downfall of early industries, evolution of modern industry, effects of partition, industrial

policy and progress after independence. 3. Forms of Industrial Organization: a) S i n g l e Proprietorship b) Partnership c) Joint Stock companies. d) Cooperatives

and, e) S t a t e Enterprises. 4. Growth of Industry and Management: Meaning of industrial management, functions and tools of management, growth of

management concepts. 5. Objectives of Industrial Management: Defining management objectives, managerial activity and objectives, tests of

management of objectives, primary, secondary personal and social objectives of management. 6. Management Organization: Various forms of organization of departmentalization line staff, functional and committee

organization, formal and non formal organization. 7. Management and Authority. 8. Decision Making in Management. 9. Leadership, Definition, Traits, inborn traits, acquired traits, analytical etc., 10. Marketing of Industrial Products and the Sales Manager. 11. Personal Management: Recent changes in personal management function of personal departments, sections, training and

placement other functions of personal department.

Reading List:

1. Essentials of Mgmt, Koontz, TMH 2. Industrial Management - S C Jain, W S Bawa, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd. 3. Industrial Management, Vol.1 L.C. Jhamb, EPH, 4. Industrial Engineering & Production Management - Martand Telsang, S. Chand 5. Industrial & Business Management - Martand T. Telsang, S. Chand 6. Introduction to Materials Management - J Tony Arnold & Stephen N. Chapman, Pearson Education Asia 7. Production & Operations Management – Adam, Pearson Education /PHI 8. Altekar, Production Management, Jaico 9. Industrial Relations, Trade Unions & Labour Legislation - Sinha, Pearson Education Asia 10. Business Organisation & Management - Tulsian, Pearson Education Asia. 11. DV Shirbhate, “Industrial Organization & Management”




Page 64

SIXTH SEMESTER Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

CSE – 601 Computer Networking 3 0 2 4 CSE – 602 Software Engineering 3 0 0 3 HSS – 601 Engineering Ethics & IPR 3 0 0 3 HSS – 602 Disaster Management 2 0 0 2 CSE – 603 Computer System Design 0 0 2 1 CSE – 604 Computer Graphics & Multimedia Technology 3 0 2 4 CSE – 605 Compiler Design 3 0 2 4 17 0 8 21

Name of the Module: Computer Networking Module Code: CSE 601 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

1. To know Communication between applications on different computers. 2. To understand state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures, and applications. 3. Examine and comprehend the following networking concepts -basic computer networking

concepts including Circuit-switching and Packet-switching, Residential ccess networks (point-to-point, dialup modem, ADSL, cable modem), Protocol layer stack, Client-Server paradigm, and Packet-switched network delay calculation application-layer applications including Telnet, FTP, DNS, HTTP, SMTP -Other state of arts topics including Wireless and Mobile Networks, and Security in Computer Network.

4. Examine and analyze the following transport-layer concepts: -Transport-Layer services Reliable vs. un-reliable data transfer -TCP protocol -UDP protocol

5. Examine and synthesize the following network-layer concepts: -Network-Layer services –Routing -IP protocol -IP addressing

6. Examine and evaluate the following link-layer and local area network concepts: -Link-Layer services –Ethernet -Token Ring -Error detection and correction -ARP protocol.

Broad Objective of the module: This module provides students with basic and complex concepts related to computer networking, and designing and installation of local area as well as wide area computer networking. The module also provides the student with an understanding of how computer information networks affect our daily lives.

Learning outcomes: After completion of the module students will be able to:

1. Explain the roles of key elements in data communication. 2. Explain the difference between local area and wide area networks. 3. Explain the uses of WANs with respect of current practice. 4. Explain the uses, hardware requirements and advantages of WANs. 5. Describe the application and operation of protocols. 6. Distinguish types of networks. 7. Compare network topologies. 8. Describe and distinguish features of node addressing methods. 9. Describe the standards for industry network architectures.





Page 65

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Introduction to Computer Network and Physical Layer 2. Types of Networks: Broadcast and Point-to-point- LAN-MAN-WAN- Wireless networks. 3. Layered Architecture and Reference Models: Layered architecture- OSI reference model, TCP/IP reference model –

Internet Protocol Stack – Network Entities in Layers- Connection oriented and Connection less services, 4. ATM: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, Transmission of ATM Cells, ATM Adaptation

Layer, Traffic and Congestion Control, ATM LAN Emulation 5. Internetworking: Principles of Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking, The Internet Protocol, Routing Protocol,

IPv6 (IPng), ICMPv6 6. Data Transmission/The Physical Layer: Concepts and Terminology, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission

Impairments, Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission, Communication Satellites, The Public Switched Telephone Network, The Mobile Telephone System, Cable Television

7. Data Encoding: Digital Data: Digital and Analog Signals, Analog Data: Digital and Analog Signals, Spread Spectrum.

8. Data Communication Interface: Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Line Configurations, Interfacing. 9. Multiplexing: Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Synchronous Time-Division Multiplexing, Statistical Time- Division

Multiplexing. 10. Circuit Packet and Switching: Switched Networks, Circuit-Switching Networks, Switching Concepts, Routing in Circuit-

Switched Networks, Control Signalling, Packet-Switching Principles, Routing, Congestion Control, X.25 282. 11. Frame Relay: Frame Relay Protocol Architecture, Frame Relay Call Control, User Data Transfer, Network Function,

Congestion Control. 12. LAN Technology and Systems: LAN Architecture, BusITree LANs, Ring LANs, Star LANs, Wireless LANs, Ethernet and

Fast Ethernet (CSMAICD), Token Ring and FDDI, 100VG-AnyLAN, ATM LANs, Fibre Channel, Wireless LANs, Bridge Operation, Routing with Bridges.

13. Protocols and Architecture: Protocols, OSI, TCP/IP Protocol Suite. 14. Examples of networks: Novell Netware, Arpanet, and Internet. Examples of Data Communication Services: X.25 Networks,

Frame relay, Broad band ISDN and ATM. Physical Layer: Transmission media- Narrow band ISDN: Services-Architecture- Interface, Broad band ISDN and ATM- Virtual Circuits versus Circuit Switching – Transmission in ATM networks. FDDI.

15. Link Layer and Local Area Networks Data link layer: Service provided by data link layer-Error detection and correction Techniques-Elementary data link layer protocols -Sliding Window protocols - Data link layer in HDLC, Internet and ATM . Multiple Access protocols: Channel partitioning protocols: TDM-FDM-Code Division Multiple Access(CDMA) .Random Access protocols : ALOHACSMA and CSMA/CD . Local area Network: LAN addresses- Address Resolution Protocol-Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. Ethernet: Ethernet Technologies-IEEE standards- Hubs-Bridges and Switches.

16. Distributed Applications: Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.l), Network Management-SNMPV2, Electronic Mail-SMTP and MIME, Uniform Resource Locators (URL) and Universal Resource Identifiers

a. (URI), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) 17. Network Layer and Routing: Network Service model – Datagram and Virtual circuit service- Roting principles- Link state

routing-distant vector routing-hierarchical routing-multicast routing-IGMP Internet Protocol (IP): IPv4 addressing-routing and forwarding datagram-datagram format-datagram fragmentation- ICMP- DHCP- Network Address Translators (NATs)-IPv6 packet format-transition from IPv4 to IPv6-Mobile IP. Routing in the Internet: Intra Autonomous System Routing : RIP and OSPF-Inter Autonomous System Routing : BGP – Network layer in ATM.

18. Transport Layer: Transport Layer Services-Relationship between Transport Layer and Network Layer-Transport Layer in Internet-Multiplexing and De multiplexing. Connectionless Transport: UDP-Segment structure-Checksum Connection Oriented Transport: TCP-TCP connection-TCP Segment Structure-Round trip Time estimation and Time out-Reliable Data transfer-Flow control-TCP connection Management. Congestion Control: Causes and costs of congestion- Approaches to congestion control- TCP congestion control: Fairness-TCP delay modelling. ATM ABR congestion control. ATM AAL Layer protocols.

19. Application Layer and Network Security: Application Layer Protocols - WWW and HTTP-File transfer Protocol: FTP




Page 66

Commands and Replies – Domain Name System (DNS) - SMTP - SNMP- multimedia. Remote Procedure Call. Security in Computer Networks: Principles of Cryptography-Symmetric key-Public key-authentication protocols -Digital Signatures – Firewa lls. Security in different Layers: Secure E-mail- SSL – IP security.

List of Practical:

1. Experimental study of application protocols such as HTTP, FTP, SMTP, using network packet sniffers and analyzers such as Ethereal. Small exercises in socket programming in C/C++/Java.

2. Experiments with packet sniffers to study the TCP protocol. Using OS (netstat, etc) tools to understand TCP protocol FSM, retransmission timer behavior, congestion control behaviour.

3. Introduction to ns2 (network simulator) - small simulation exercises to study TCP behavior under different scenarios. 4. Setting up a small IP network - configure interfaces, IP addresses and routing protocols to set up a small IP network. Study

dynamic behaviour using packet sniffers 5. Experiments with ns2 to study behaviour (especially performance of) link layer protocols such as Ethernet and 802.11 wireless

LAN. Reading List:

1. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking – A Top-Down ApproachFeaturing the Internet, 2/e Pearson Education ,2003

2. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Pearson education ,2002 3. F. Halsall, Data Communication, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison Wesley, 1996 4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks , 4/e, Pearson education, 2003 5. Behrouz A. Fourouzan ,Data Communications and Networking, 2/e Tat McGrawhill,2000

Name of the Module: Software Engineering Module Code: CSE 602 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

1. To solve the software crisis where software is delivered late, with faults, and over budget. Software engineering aims to deliver fault free software, on time and within budget, meeting the requirements and needs of the client. The software is developed keeping in mind the future maintenance that is involved.

2. To design, implement, and modify software that is high quality, affordable, and maintainable. It's applying the engineering discipline to software such that consistently high quality software can be built within a calculated time and budget.

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory of software engineering which is an engineering approach for software development to develop large software products.

Learning outcomes: At the end of this lesson the student will be able to:

1. Identify the scope and necessity of software engineering. 2. Identify the causes of and solutions for software crisis. 3. Differentiate a piece of program from a software product.




1. Mid Term Test (One test, 10 marks)




Page 67

2. Assignment (Two assignments, 10 marks) 3. Quiz (Five Test, 5 marks)



Subject Matter:

1. Overview of System Analysis & Design , Business System Concept, System Development Life Cycle, Waterfall Model , Spiral Model, Feasibility Analysis, Technical Feasibility, Cost- Benefit Analysis, COCOMO model.

2. System Requirement Specification – DFD, Data Dictionary, ER diagram, Process Organization & Interactions. 3. System Design – Problem Partitioning, Top-Down And Bottop-Up design ;Decision tree, decision table and

structured English; Functional vs. Object- Oriented approach. 4. Coding & Documentation - Structured Programming, OO Programming, Information Hiding, Reuse,

System Documentation. 5. Testing – Levels of Testing, Integration Testing, Test case Specification, Reliability Assessment,

Validation & Verification Metrics, Monitoring & Control. 6. Software Project Management – Project Scheduling , Staffing, Software Configuration Management,

Quality Assurance, Project Monitoring. 7. Software modelling with Unified Modelling Language. 8. CASE TOOLS : Concepts, use and application.

Reading List:

1. Software Engineering – A practitioner’s approach by Roger S Pressman. 2. Software Engineering – Rajiv Mall, PHI. 3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering by Ghezzi, jazayeri, Mandrioli. 4. Software Engineering by Sommerville. 5. R. G. Pressman – Software Engineering, TMH 6. Behforooz, Software Engineering Fundamentals,OUP 7. Ghezzi, Software Engineering, PHI 8. Pankaj Jalote – An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, NAROSA. 9. Object Oriented & Classical Software Engineering(Fifth Edition),SCHACH,TMH 10. Vans Vlet, Software Engineering, SPD 11. Uma, Essentials of Software Engineering, Jaico 12. Sommerville, Ian – Software Engineering, Pearson Education 13. Benmenachen, Software Quality, Vikas 14. IEEE Standards on Software Engineering.

Name of the Module: Engineering Ethics IPR Module Code: HSS 601 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes: Learning and teaching approach used :

Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week




Page 68

Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment:





Subject Matter:

Third, Values & Ethics (VE): Society deserves to have its future engineers ethically sound and valued oriented. Values make one to take decision about right and wrong, should and shouldn't, good and bad. Values help one to understand which are more or less important, which is useful when we have to trade off meeting one value over another. Without having understood the subject of values, the integrity of engineers will not reach up to the expected mark that makes it essential to introduce the subject in engineering. DA pamphlet: said "Values are what we, as a profession, judge to be right." Doing what is right or wrong is what we mean by ethics. To behave ethically is to behave in a manner consistent with what is right or moral. Teaching values will add to integrity, professionalism, caring, teamwork, stewardships and socially responsible.

Reading list: 1. Blending the best of the East & West, Dr. Subir Chowdhury, EXCEL 2. Ethics & Mgmt. & Indian Ethos, Ghosh, VIKAS 3. Business Ethics,Pherwani,EPH 4. Ethics,Indian Ethos & Mgmt., Balachandran,Raja,Nair, Shroff Publishers 5. Business Ethics: concept and cases, Velasquez, Pearson

Name of the Module: Disaster Management Module Code: HSS 602 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Introduction – Disaster preparedness – Goals and objectives of ISDR Programme- Risk identification – Risk sharing – Disaster and development: Development plans and disaster management Alternative to dominant approach – disaster-development linkages -Principle of risk partnership UNIT II: DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND RISK REDUCTION IN GARMENT INDUSTRY Types of disasters and disaster plans: Processing machines and utilities. Sustainable livelihoods and their Protection – Recovery from disaster –fire, boiler mishap. Garment Industry health monitoring and Disaster aids. UNIT III: AWARENESS OF RISK REDUCTION Trigger mechanism – constitution of trigger mechanism – risk reduction by education – disaster information network – risk reduction by public awareness UNIT IV: DEVELOPMENT PLANNING ON DISASTER Implication of development planning – financial arrangements – areas of improvement – disaster preparedness – community based disaster management – emergency response. UNIT V: SEISMICITY Seismic waves – Earthquakes and faults – measures of an earthquake, magnitude and intensity ground damage – Tsunamis and earthquakes Text Books 1. Pardeep Sahni, Madhavi malalgoda and ariyabandu, "Disaster risk reduction in south Asia", PHI 2. Amita sinvhal, "Understanding earthquake disasters" TMH, 2010.




Page 69

Name of the Module: Computer System Design Module Code: CSE 603 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 1 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Name of the Module: Computer Graphics & Multimedia Technology Module Code: CSE 604 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: Aim of this module is to introduce techniques such as modeling, representation,

illumination, shadowing, rendering and texturing which are used in two dimensional and three dimensional computer graphics, to comprehend advanced software tools, to comprehend state of the art advances in computer graphics.

Broad Objective of the module: To chooses the former approach how to use modern graphics APIs, such as OpenGL,

Direct3D, and Java3D.The students seemed to understand the use of APIs more effectively from this module.

Learning outcomes: After completion of the module students will be able:

6. to comprehend mathematical basics which are used in computer graphics and to use them in computer graphics.

7. to make graphics programming using OpenGL. 8. to comprehend line drawing and circle drawing algorithms. 9. to comprehend transformations and to use them in computer graphics programming. 10. to comprehend two dimensional and three dimensional viewings and to carry out them in

computer graphics. 11. to comprehend illumination of graphical objects and to carry out them in computer

graphics. 12. to comprehend buffers and mappings and to use them in computer graphics. 13. to comprehend visible surface detection and to carry out it in computer graphics. 14. to describe basic physic principles which are used in games. 15. to comprehend animations and film making.



Assessment:







Page 70


Subject Matter:

1. Introduction to computer graphics & graphics systems: Overview of computer graphics, representing pictures, preparing, presenting & interacting with pictures for presentations; Visualization & image processing; RGB color model, direct coding, lookup table; storage tube graphics display, Raster scan display, 3D viewing devices, Plotters, printers, digitizers, Light pens etc.; Active & Passive graphics devices; Computer graphics software.

2. Scan conversion: Points & lines, Line drawing algorithms; DDA algorithm, Bresenham’s line algorithm, Circle generation algorithm; Ellipse generating algorithm; scan line polygon, fill algorithm, boundary fill algorithm, flood fill algorithm.

3. 2D transformation & viewing: Basic transformations: translation , rotation, scaling ; Matrix representations & homogeneous coordinates, transformations between coordinate systems; reflection shear; Transformation of points, lines , parallel lines, intersecting lines. Viewing pipeline, Window to viewport co-ordinate transformation , clipping operations , point clipping , line clipping, clipping circles , polygons & ellipse.

4. 3D transformation & viewing : 3D transformations: translation, rotation, scaling & other transformations. Rotation about an arbitrary axis in space, reflection through an arbitrary plane; general parallel projection transformation; clipping, viewport clipping, 3D viewing

5. Curves: Curve representation, surfaces , designs , Bezier curves , B-spline curves, end conditions for periodic B-spline curves, rational B-spline curves.

6. Hidden surfaces :Depth comparison, Z-buffer algorithm, Back face detection, BSP tree method, the Printer’s algorithm, scan-line algorithm; Hidden line elimination, wire frame methods , fractal - geometry.

7. Color & shading models : Light & color model; interpolative shading model; Texture;

List of Practical:

1. Point plotting, line & regular figure algorithms 2. Raster scan line & circle drawing algorithms 3. Clipping & Windowing algorithms for points, lines & polygons 4. 2-D / 3-D transformations 5. Simple fractals representation 6. Filling algorithms

Reading List:

1. Hearn, Baker – “ Computer Graphics ( C version 2nd Ed.)” – Pearson education

2. Z. Xiang, R. Plastock – “ Schaum’s outlines Computer Graphics (2nd Ed.)” – TMH

3. D. F. Rogers, J. A. Adams – “ Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics (2nd Ed.)” – TMH 4. Mukherjee Arup, Introduction to Computer Graphics, Vikas 5. Hill,Computer Graphics using open GL, Pearson Education

6. Foley, Vandam, Feiner, Hughes – “Computer Graphics principles (2nd Ed.) – Pearson Education. 7. W. M. Newman, R. F. Sproull – “Principles of Interactive computer Graphics” – TMH.

1. Introduction [Definition, Evolution, Multimedia presentation and production, Characteristics of a multimedia presentation, Components and Structure, Hardware and Software Specifications, Digitization concepts, Application domains];

2. Visual Display Systems [Introduction, Cathode ray tube (CRT), Video adapter card and cable, Liquid crystal display (LCD), Plasma display panel (PDP), Comparison between CRT and LCD];

3. Text [Introduction, Types of text, ASCII codes, Unicode standards, Font, Insertion of text, OCR, File formats]; 4. Image and Graphics [Introduction, Image types, Color and color models, Scanner, Digital camera, Interface standards,

Specification of digital images, Color management systems, Device independent color models, Gamma and gamma correction, Image processing steps and software, File formats, Image output on monitor and printer];




Page 71

5. Audio [Introduction, Nature of sound waves, Musical sound and noise, Tone and note, Psycho-acoustics and decibels, Microphone, Amplifier, Speakers, Digital audio specifications, Synthesizers, Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI), Sound card, Audio processing steps and software, File formats];

6. Video [Introduction, Video frames and frame rate, Analog video camera, Video signal formats, Television broadcasting standards, Digital video, Digital video standards, PC Video, Video processing steps and software, File formats];

7. Compression [Introduction, CODEC, Types of compression, Types of redundancies, Lossless compression techniques, Lossy compression techniques, Run length encoding, Huffman coding, Arithmetic coding, Lempel-Ziv-Welsh coding, Differential pulse code modulation, GIF standard, JPEG standard, H.261/H.263/ H.264, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-7, AMR, AAC];

8. CD- Technology [Working principles, CAV vs. CLV, Rated speed, Merits and Demerits, CD Formats, CD-DA, CD-ROM, CD-I, CD-ROM/XA, Photo-CD, Video-CD, CD-R, CD-RW, MO, DVD, CD vs. DVD, DVD variants, UDF, DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM];

9. Multimedia Architecture and Transmission [Windows multimedia support, Windows API, Graphic libraries, DirectX, OpenGL, Distributed multimedia applications, Videoconference, Video on demand, Real time transport protocols, Streaming, Windows Media Framework, Quicktime Architecture, Ogg Framework, Temporal relationships, Synchronization];

10. Multimedia Databases [Introduction, Limitations of textual descriptions of media, Content based storage and retrieval (CBSR), Image color, Image texture, Image shape, Audio speech and music discrimination, Video cut detection and shot identification, “low-level” vs. “high-level” features, Design and implementation of a prototype system]

List of Practical:

1. Sound capturing & editing using tools like SOUNDFORGE 2. Image editing using tools like Adobe Photoshop 3. Creating/editing motion video/animation clips (using tools like Flash / Adobe Premier) 4. Creation of Content using HTML (basic tags, table form, frame, link to other Image) 5. Creating stylesheet using DHTML 6. Home Page creation using HTML, DHTML.

Reading List:

1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt , Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applications , Pearson Ed. 2. Nalin K. Sharda , Multimedia Information System , PHI. 3. Fred Halsall , Multimedia Communications , Pearson Ed. 4. Koegel Buford , Multimedia Systems , Pearson Ed. 5. Fred Hoffstetter , Multimedia Literacy , McGraw Hill. 6. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt , Multimedia Fundamentals: Vol. 1- Media Coding and Content

Processing , PHI. 7. J. Jeffcoate , Multimedia in Practice: Technology and Application , PHI. 8. Prabhat K. Andleigh & Kiran Thakrar , Multimedia Systems Design , PHI. 9. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Narstedt, “Multimedia Fundamentals : Vol 1- Media Coding and Content Processing”, PHI, 2ND

Edition, 2003.(Chapters 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9) 10. Prabhat K. Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, “Multimedia Systems Design”, PHI,2003.(Chapters 1,3,7) 11. K.R Rao, Zoran S. Bojkovic and Dragorad A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques, Standards,

and Networks”, Pearson 2002. 12. Nalin K Sharad, “Multimedia information Networking”, PHI, 2002. 13. Iain E.G. Richardson, H.264 and MPEG-4 Video Compression, John Wiley 14. R. Parekh, “ Principal of Multimedia”, TMH




Page 72

Name of the Module: Compiler Design Module Code: CSE 605 Semester: 6th

Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To provide a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of programming language

translation and to provide extensive hands-on experience with compiler construction tools and techniques.

Broad Objective of the module: This course provides student with the theory and practice in the programming language translation. Learning outcomes: By the end of the subject, students should be able to:

1. design lexical and syntax analyzer phases of complier . 2. demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for programming language translation 3. demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for intermediate code generation.






Subject Matter: 1. Compilers, Analysis of the source program, The phases of the compiler, Cousins of the compiler. 2. The role of the lexical analyzer, Tokens, Patterns, Lexemes, Input buffering, Specifications of a token,

Recognition of a tokens, Finite automata, From a regular expression to an NFA, From a regular expression to NFA, From a regular expression to DFA, Design of a lexical analyzer generator (Lex).

3. The role of a parser, Context free grammars, Writing a grammar, Top down Parsing, Non-recursive Predictive parsing (LL), Bottom up parsing, Handles, Viable prefixes, Operator precedence parsing, LR parsers (SLR, LALR), Parser generators (YACC). Error Recovery strategies for different parsing techniques.

4. Syntax director definitions, Construction of syntax trees, Bottom-up evaluation of S attributed definitions, L attributed definitions, Bottom-up evaluation of inherited attributes. Type systems, Specification of a simple type checker, Equivalence of type expressions, Type conversions.

5. Source language issues (Activation trees, Control stack, scope of declaration, Binding of names), Storage organization (Subdivision of run-time memory, Activation records), Storage allocation strategies, Parameter passing (call by value, call by reference, copy restore, call by name), Symbol tables, dynamic storage allocation techniques.

6. Intermediate languages, Graphical representation, Three-address code, Implementation of three address statements (Quadruples, Triples, Indirect triples).

7. Code optimization, Introduction, Basic blocks & flow graphs, Transformation of basic blocks, Dag representation of basic blocks, The principle sources of optimization, Loops in flow graph, Peephole optimization.

8. Issues in the design of code generator, a simple code generator, Register allocation & assignment. Reading list: 1.Aho, Sethi, Ullman - “Compiler Principles, Techniques and Tools” - Pearson Education.

3. Holub - “Compiler Design in C” - PHI.




Page 73

SEVENTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit CSE – 701 Internet & Web Technology 3 0 2 4 HSS – 701 Mass Communication for Technology 3 0 0 3 XXX – 701 Research Paper Communication 0 0 2 1 CSE- - 7XX Elective – I 3 0 0 3 CSE- - 7XX Elective – II 3 0 0 3 CSE- - 702 Information Security 3 0 2 4 CSE- - 703 AI & Neural Network 3 0 2 4

18 0 8 22

Name of the Module: Internet & Web Technology Module Code: CSE 701 Semester: 7th


General objectives or aims of the module: Objective of the module is:

1. To complete an in-depth knowledge of web technology. 2. To know and to have the idea for different web applications

that most web developers are likely to use. 3. To be aware of, and to have used, the enhancements of the

web applications. 4. To know the different types of web application software.

Broad Objective of the module: To develop innovative web applications to serve the society by offering top quality,

reasonably priced products and services using different types of web application tools.

Learning outcomes: At the end of the course the participant will 1. Develop client/server applications 2. Update and retrieve the data from the databases using SQL 3. Develop server side programs in the form of servlets






Subject Matter:




Page 74

1. Introduction to HTML: HTML Common tags- List, Tables, images, forms, Frames; Cascading Style sheets; 2. Introduction to Java: Scripts, Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script 3. XML: Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting XML, Using XML

Processors: DOM and SAX 4. Java Beans: Introduction to Java Beans, Advantages of Java Beans, BDK Introspection, Using Bound properties, Bean Info

Interface, Constrained properties Persistence, Customizes, Java Beans API, Introduction to EJB’s 5. Web Servers and Servlets: Tomcat web server, Introduction to Servelets: Lifecycle of a Serverlet, JSDK, The Servelet API,

The javax.servelet Package, Reading Servelet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters. The javax.servelet HTTP package, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies-Session Tracking, Security Issues,

6. Introduction to JSP: The Problem with Servelet. The Anatomy of a JSP Page, JSP Processing. JSP Application Design with MVC Setting Up and JSP Environment: Installing the Java Software Development Kit, Tomcat Server & Testing Tomcat

7. JSP Application Development: Generating Dynamic Content, Using Scripting Elements Implicit JSP Objects, Conditional Processing – Displaying Values Using an Expression to Set an Attribute, Declaring Variables and Methods Error Handling and Debugging Sharing Data Between JSP pages, Requests, and Users Passing Control and Date between Pages – Sharing Session and Application Data – Memory Usage Considerations

8. Database Access: Database Programming using JDBC, Studying Javax.sql.* package, Accessing a Database from a JSP Page, Application – Specific Database Actions, Deploying JAVA Beans in a JSP Page, Introduction to struts framework.

List of Practical: 1. Basic use of html tag, linking image table, frame, form design. 2. DHTML- inline styles, creating style sheets with the style element, linking external style sheet, positioning elements, user

style sheet. 3. Creating event handler that respond to mouse and keyboard event: Onload, onmouseover, onmouseout, onfocus,

onblur, onsubmit, onresult, onclick, onchange. 4. Structuring data with xml, xml parser, extensible style language (xsl); customising markup language. 5. Configuring apache-tomcat server. 6. Building simple jsp: Declaring variables and methods in jsp, inserting java expression in jsp, processing request from

user, generating dynamic response for the user. Accessing database from jsp, inserting applet into jsp. Reading list:

1. Web Technology & Design - Xavier C., New Age Publication. 2. Java Server Programming, J2EE edition. (VOL I and VOL II); WROX publishers. 3. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, WILEY Dreamtech 4. The complete Reference Java 2 Fifth Edition by Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt. TMH (Chapters:25) 5. Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly. 6. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program by Dietel and Nieto PHI/Pearson Education Asia 7. Jocl Sklar, “Web Warrier guide to web design technologies”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi

Name of the Module: Mass Communication for Technology Module Code: HSS 701 Semester: 7th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): Subject Matter:

Fourth, Dissemination of Scientific & Technical knowledge (DSTK) : Difficulties with distribution of scientific and technical information is rapid increasing with unprecedented spade of science & technology. Future engineers must be made to meet with this challenge. The subject should cover body of knowledge for the establishment of adequate and effective distribution of information. Lack of information does not make a sound engineer. Engineers should be specialists in information dissemination for which a course on DSTK is of paramount importance. Engineers should be made to write articles & research papers fluently and confidently. They should be taught to deliver talks in seminars and conferences. They should be taught to how organize seminar and conferences and how to publish magazines & journals. DSTK should be a subject of 4th year.




Page 75

Name of the Module: Research Paper Communication Module Code: XXX 701 Semester: 7th


Introductory lecture is to be given to the students so that they get a clear idea of the syllabus and understand the need for having such a practice lab in the first place. Conversation practice is done on given situation topics. The students are also made to listen to prerecorded cassettes produced by British Council and also by the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. Group Discussions:- The students are made to understand the difference between the language of conversation and group discussion. Strategies of such discussions are to be taught to them. It is also helpful to use videocassettes produced by the U.G.C. on topics like group-discussion. Afterwards the class is divided into groups and the students have to discuss on given topics on current socioeconomic- political-educational importance. Interview sessions: students are taught the do’s and don’ts of facing a successful interview. They then have to face rigorous practices of mock-interviews. There would be simulations of real life interview sessions where students have to face an interview panel Presentations: The secrets of an effective presentation are taught to the students. Then each and every student has to make lab presentations with the help of the overhead projector/ using power point presentation and other audio-visual aids in the laboratory. They also have to face the question answer sessions at the end of their presentation Classes are also allotted to prepare the students for competitive examinations like the TOEFL by making the students listen to specially produced CD/ cassettes of such examinations. REFERENCES: 1. Business Correspondence & Report Writing by R.C. Sharma and K.Mohan, TMH 2. How to prepare for Group Discussion & Interview (With Audio Cassette) by Prasad, TMH 3. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to conversation practice (with Cassette) by Sasikumar, TMH Name of the Module: Information Security Module Code: CSE 702 Semester: 7th


General objectives or aims of the module: Computer security is a branch of computer technology known as information security as

applied to computers and networks. The objective of computer security includes protection of information and property from theft, corruption, or natural disaster, while allowing the information and property to remain accessible and productive to its intended users. The term computer system security means the collective processes and mechanisms by which sensitive and valuable information and services are protected from publication, tampering or collapse by unauthorized activities or untrustworthy individuals and unplanned events respectively

Broad Objective of the module: The objective of this module is mainly for an organizations to give effective network security strategies by the following ways:

1. Security breaches can be very expensive in terms of business disruption and the financial losses that may result.

2. Increasing volumes of sensitive information are transferred across the internet or intranets connected to it.

3. Networks that make use of internet links are becoming more popular because they are cheaper than dedicated leased lines. This, however, involves different users sharing internet links to transport their data.

4. Directors of business organizations are increasingly required to provide effective information security.

Learning outcomes: By the end of the subject, students should be able to: 1. Identify some of the factors driving the need for network security.




Page 76

2. Identify and classify particular examples of attacks. 3. Define the terms vulnerability, threat and attack. 4. Identify physical points of vulnerability in simple networks. 5. Compare and contrast symmetric and asymmetric encryption systems and their vulnerability to

attack, and explain the characteristics of hybrid systems. 6. Explain the implications of implementing encryption at different levels of the OSI reference model. 7. Explain what is meant by data integrity and give reasons for its importance. 8. Describe methods of providing assurances about data integrity. 9. Describe the use of hash functions and explain the characteristics of one-way and collision-free

functions. 10. Describe and distinguish between different mechanisms to assure the freshness of a message. 11. Explain the role of third-party agents in the provision of authentication services. 12. Discuss the effectiveness of passwords in access control and the influence of human behavior. 13. Identify types of firewall implementation suitable for differing security requirements. 14. Apply and explain simple filtering rules based on IP and TCP header information. 15. Distinguish between firewalls based on packet-filtering routers, application level gateways and

circuit level gateways. Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 10 hours per week Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Information Technology in 21st Century :Introduction, Recent Progress of Computer Technologies, Newer technologies ,

Molecular Electronics, Bio/Chemical Computers, Autonomic Computing, Quantum Computing, Current and Future Communication Technologies , Personal Communication , Cellular Communication/Cordless , telephone/DCS etc , Wireless data/ LAN/Wireless Ethernet, Protocols, Standards, etc, Paging/VSAT , Mobile Satellite Service , Wireless ATM, Internet , Local Loop Transport Technology , Fiber Free Optical Communication/Network , DSL Technologies, ADSL.VDSL, xDSL/ Comparison with Modem/ISDN, Multimedia Communication and Standards , UTN Personal Communication , 2G to 3G , Beyond 3G , e-business etc , Knowledge age etc.

2. Advanced Error Control Techniques in Network : Introduction, Basic BEC Techniques, Different Modified Techniques,Sastry’s and Morris Modifications Other Modifications, Two Level Coding, Parity Selection in Two Level Coding, Packet Combining Scheme, Modified Packet Combining Scheme, ARQs for Variable Error Rate Channels/ YAO Technique, Chakraborty’s Technique, New Schemes, ARQ Schemes Under Practical Situations, GBN and SRQ under different schemes, Issues of sending different signal waveforms for repeated retransmitted copies, Application of multilevel coding scheme in variable error rate channel, Majority Technique, Analysis of the majority scheme for SW ARQ.

3. Data /Network Security Techniques and Approaches :Introduction, Cryptography, Conventional Encryption, Classical Cipher, Substitution Codes, Transposition codes, Cryptanalysis of classical ciphers, General Attacks, Secret and Private Key Cryptography, Stream Cipher, Block Cipher, DES, Modes of operation of DES, Automatic Variable Key, Proof of DES, Merits and Demerits of DES,Quantification of Performance, TDES, IDEA, Advanced Encryption Standard/AES, Comparison of




Page 77

Secret Key Systems, Modes of operation of AES Limitations of AES, Limitation of Secret or Private Key Crypto systems , Key Transport Protocols, Needham – Schroeder Protocol, Key Agreement Protocol, Diffie-Hellman Protocol, Station to Station Protocol, Merkles’s Puzzle Technique of key agreement, Quantum Security, Public Key Cryptography RSA Algorithm, Hoe Secured is RSA Algorithm , Limitations of RSA Algorithm, Trapdoor Knapsack Problem , McEliece’s Public Key ; Comparison of RSA and TRAP DOOR Public Key Crypto systems; PUBLICKEY CRYPTOGRAPHIC MECHANISMS , Digital Signature ,Digital Signature under RSA algorithm ; CHECK FUNCTIONS for authenticity, integrity and norepudiation of the message content, Non repudiation by digital signature of RSA, Strength of Mechanism ; PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) Modern Crypto Systems ,Integrated Solution of Security and Error Control; Internet Security .

4. IT and Looking into FUTURE IT : Information and Knowledge, PROOF OF TOM STONIER’s THEOREM; Tom Stonier’s Theorem With Shannon’s Theorem , PROPOSING LAWS OF INFORMATION , MASS ENERGY EQUIVALENCY; Present Imbalance in IT Era, Digital Divide, DD BETWEEN THE DEVELOPED AND THE DEVELOPING, DD TREND IN FUTURE, DD BETWEEN INDIA AND CHINA DD WITHIN A COUNTRY, DD in LANGUAGE ZONE; Looking Differently, Looking into Future IT

Reading list:

1. C.TBhunia - “Information Technology Network & Internet” – New Age Publication.

2. Atul Kahate-“Cryptography and Network Security” - Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 07-2008.

Name of the Module: Artificial Intelligence & Neural Network Module Code: CSE 703 Semester: 7th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module:

1. To introduce the fundamental concepts of artificial intelligence; 2. To equip students with the knowledge and skills in logic programming using Prolog; 3. To explore the different paradigms in knowledge representation and reasoning; 4. To understand the contemporary techniques in machine learning; 5. To evaluate the effectiveness of hybridization of different artificial intelligence

techniques.

Broad Objective of the module: 1. To produce highly competent computer scientists, knowledge and software specialists

and systems analyst who are able to develop, maintain, and utilize intelligent systems in e-learning, e-commerce, tele-medicine, automation, and bio-technology industries.

2. To produce leaders & critical thinkers in artificial intelligence for the knowledge economy.

Learning outcomes: After completion of the module, the students should be able to:

1. understand the history, development and various applications of artificial intelligence; 2. familiarize with propositional and predicate logic and their roles in logic programming; 3. understand the programming language Prolog and write programs in declarative

programming style; 4. learn the knowledge representation and reasoning techniques in rule-based systems,

case-based systems, and model-based systems; 5. appreciate how uncertainty is being tackled in the knowledge representation and

reasoning process, in particular, techniques based on probability theory and possibility theory (fuzzy logic);

6. master the skills and techniques in machine learning, such as decision tree induction, artificial neural networks, and genetic algorithm;





Page 78

Assessment:





Subject Matter: 1. Artificial Intelligence (AI): its roots and scope : Early history and applications; the development of formal logic;

the Turing test; overview of AI application areas: game playing, automated theorem proving, expert systems, natural language understanding and semantics, planning and robotics, and machine learning.

2. Knowledge representation Technique using semantic network & conceptual dependency :The Propositional Calculus and Predicate Calculus; using inference rules to produce predicate calculus expressions; strategies and structures for state space search; heuristic search; ie; DFS, BFS, bidirectional search, Best first search, A & A* algorithm, problem reduction AO* search, constraint satisfaction, Mini Max search, recursion-based search; admissibility, monotonicity and informedness of search algorithms.

3. Knowledge representation and reasoning :Rule-based production systems; case-based reasoning systems and model based reasoning systems; reasoning under uncertain situations: stochastic methods, fuzzy logic and fuzzy set theory; fuzzy expert systems.

4. Machine learning :Decision tree induction algorithms; artificial neural networks; genetic algorithms. 5. Hybrid intelligent techniques and maintenance of intelligent systems :Hybridization of neural networks, fuzzy

logic, genetic algorithms and other intelligent techniques for problem solving; maintenance of the completeness, correctness and consistency of intelligent systems.

Elective – I (Open to all branches / all students)

CSE – 701A : Bio-informatics CSE – 702A : Quantum Computing CSE – 703A : Robotics CSE – 704A : Data Mining & Warehousing CSE – 705A : Data Compression CSE – 706A : Real Time Systems CSE – 707A : Software Project Management CSE – 708A : Software Quality Engineering CSE – 709A : Neural Networks CSE – 710A : Fuzzy Systems CSE – 711A : Parallel Algorithms CSE – 712A : Real Time Operating Systems BIO-INFORMATICS CSE – 701A Unit -I Introduction to Bioinformatics: Definition and History of Bioinformatics, Internet and Bioinformatics, Introduction to Data Mining, Applications of Data Mining to Bioinformatics Problems and Applications of Bioinformatics Unit –II Bioinformatics Softwares: Clustal V, Clustal W 1.7, RasMol, Oligo, Molscript, Treeview, Alscript, Genetic Analysis Software, Phylip Unit -III Biocomputing: Introduction to String Matching Algorithms, Database Search Techniques, Sequence Comparison and Alignment Techniques, Use of Biochemical Scoring Matrices, Introduction to Graph Matching Algorithms, Automated Genome Comparison and its




Page 79

Implication, Automated Gene Prediction, Automated Identification of Bacterial Operons and Pathways; Introduction to Signaling Pathways and Pathway Regulation. Gene Arrays, Analysis of Gene Arrays Unit -IV Systems Biology-an introduction Unit -V Markov chains and applications: Machine Learning Methods,Hidden Markov models,Applications of HMM in gene identification and Profiles HMMs, Neural Networks and Support Vector machines Reading List 1. Claverie, J.M. and Notredame C. 2003 Bioinformatics for Dummies. Wiley Editor. 2. Letovsky, S.I. 1999 Bioinformatics. Kluwer Academic Publishers. 3. Baldi, P. and Brunak, S. 1998 Bioinformatics. The MIT Press. 4. Setubal, J. and Meidanis, J. 1996 Introduction to Computational Molecular Biology. PWS Publishing Co., Boston. 5. Lesk, A.M. 2002 Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford University Press. 6. Rastogi, S.C., Mendiratta, N. and Rastogi, P. 2004 Bioinformatics: Concepts, Skills & Applications. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi. 7. Vyas, S.P. and Kohli, D.V., Methods in Biotechnology and Bioengineering. 8. Singer, M. and Barg, P. Exploring Genetic Mechanism. 9. Fogel, G.B. and Corne, D.W., Evolutionary Computation in Bioinformatics. 10. Genetic Library Construction and Screening: Advanced Techniques and Applications: Lab Manual 11. Patterson, B.K., Techniques in Quantification and Localization of Gene Expression. 12. Mont, D.W., Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis. 13. Evens, W.J. and Grant, G.R., Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics: An Introduction. 14. Liu, B.H., Statistical Genomics: Linkage Mapping and QTL Analysis 15. Bowtell, D. and Sambrook, J. DNA Microarrays. 16. Pierre Baldi and Soren Brunak, Bioinformatics: The Machine Learning Approach. 17. Jae K. Lee, Statistical Bioinformatics, John Wiley & Sons Inc.

QUANTUM COMPUTING CSE – 702A

AIM To understand the fundamental principles of quantum computing.

OBJECTIVES • To understand the building blocks of a quantum computer. • To understand the principles, quantum information and limitation of quantum operations formalizing. • To understand the quantum error and its correction.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Global Perspectives, Quantum Bits, Quantum Computation, Quantum Algorithms, Quantum Information, Postulates of Quantum Mechanisms.

UNIT II QUANTUM COMPUTATION Quantum Circuits – Quantum algorithms, Single Orbit operations, Control Operations, Measurement, Universal Quantum Gates, Simulation of Quantum Systems, Quantum Fourier transform, Phase estimation, Applications, Quantum search algorithms – Quantum counting – Speeding up the solution of NP – complete problems – Quantum Search for an unstructured database.

UNIT III QUANTUM COMPUTERS Guiding Principles, Conditions for Quantum Computation, Harmonic Oscillator Quantum Computer, Optical Photon Quantum Computer – Optical cavity Quantum electrodynamics, Ion traps, Nuclear Magnetic resonance.

UNIT IV QUANTUM INFORMATIONS Quantum noise and Quantum Operations – Classical Noise and Markov Processes, Quantum Operations, Examples of Quantum noise and Quantum Operations – Applications of Quantum operations, Limitations of the Quantum operations formalism, Distance Measures for Quantum information.




Page 80

UNIT V QUANTUM ERROR CORRECTION Introduction, Shor code, Theory of Quantum Error –Correction, Constructing Quantum Codes, Stabilizer codes, Fault – Tolerant Quantum Computation, Entropy and information – Shannon Entropy, Basic properties of Entropy, Von Neumann, Strong Sub Additivity, Data Compression, Entanglement as a physical resource.

Reading List 1. Micheal A. Nielsen. & Issac L. Chiang, “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”, Cambridge University Press, Fint South Asian edition, 2002.

ROBOTICS

CSE – 703A

OBJECTIVES:

• To understand the basic concepts associated with the design and functioning and applications of Robots To study about the drives and sensors used in Robots

• To learn about analyzing robot kinematics and robot programming UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOT Robot – Definition – Robot Anatomy – Co-ordinate Systems, Work Envelope, types and classification – Specifications – Pitch, Yaw, Roll, Joint Notations, Speed of Motion, Pay Load – Robot Parts and Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications UNIT II ROBOT DRIVE SYSTEMS AND END EFFECTORS Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D.C. Servo Motors, Stepper Motor, A.C. Servo Motors – Salient Features, Applications and Comparison of Drives End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers, Magnetic Grippers, Vacuum Grippers; Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers; Internal Grippers and External Grippers; Selection and Design Considerations UNIT III SENSORS AND MACHINE VISION Requirements of a sensor, Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor, LVDT, Resolvers, Optical Encoders, Pneumatic Position Sensors), Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle, Structured, Lighting Approach, Time of Flight Range Finders, Laser Range Meters), Proximity Sensors (Inductive, Hall Effect, Capacitive, Ultrasonic and Optical Proximity Sensors), Touch Sensors, (Binary Sensors, Analog Sensors), Wrist Sensors, Compliance Sensors, Slip Sensors. Camera, Frame Grabber, Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion, Image Storage, Lighting Techniques. Image Processing and Analysis – Data Reduction: Edge detection, Feature Extraction and Object Recognition - Algorithms. Applications – Inspection, Identification, Visual Serving and Navigation. UNIT IV ROBOT KINEMATICS AND ROBOT PROGRAMMING Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics and Differences; Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two, Three Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional), Four Degrees of Freedom (In 3 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. Teach Pendant Programming, Lead through programming, Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands, Sensor Commands, End effecter commands, and Simple programs UNIT V IMPLEMENTATION AND ROBOT ECONOMICS RGV, AGV; Implementation of Robots in Industries – Various Steps; Safety Considerations for Robot Operations; Economic Analysis of Robots – Pay back Method, EUAC Method, Rate of Return Method. Reading List 1. M.P.Groover, “Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications”, McGraw-Hill, 2001 REFERENCES: 1. Fu.K.S. Gonzalz.R.C., and Lee C.S.G., “Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1987




Page 81

2. Yoram Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1992 3. Janakiraman.P.A., “Robotics and Image Processing”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1995

Data Mining & Warehousing CSE – 704A UNIT I DATA WAREHOUSING Data warehousing Components –Building a Data warehouse –- Mapping the Data Warehouse to a Multiprocessor Architecture – DBMS Schemas for Decision Support –Data Extraction, Cleanup, and Transformation Tools –Metadata. UNIT II BUSINESS ANALYSIS Reporting and Query tools and Applications – Tool Categories – The Need for Applications – Cognos Impromptu – Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) – Need –Multidimensional Data Model – OLAP Guidelines – Multidimensional versus Multirelational OLAP – Categories of Tools – OLAP Tools and the Internet. UNIT III DATA MINING Introduction – Data – Types of Data – Data Mining Functionalities – Interestingness of Patterns – Classification of Data Mining Systems – Data Mining Task Primitives –Integration of a Data Mining System with a Data Warehouse – Issues –Data Preprocessing. UNIT IV ASSOCIATION RULE MINING AND CLASSIFICATION Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods – Mining Various Kinds of Association Rules – Correlation Analysis – Constraint Based Association Mining – Classification and Prediction - Basic Concepts - Decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification – Classification by Backpropagation – Support Vector Machines – Associative Classification – Lazy Learners – Other Classification Methods – Prediction UNIT V CLUSTERING AND APPLICATIONS AND TRENDS IN DATA MINING Cluster Analysis - Types of Data – Categorization of Major Clustering Methods – Kmeans – Partitioning Methods – Hierarchical Methods - Density-Based Methods –Grid Based Methods – Model-Based Clustering Methods – Clustering High Dimensional Data - Constraint – Based Cluster Analysis – Outlier Analysis – Data Mining Applications. Reading List: 1. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “ Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, TataMcGraw – Hill Edition, Tenth Reprint 2007. 2. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, SecondEdition, Elsevier, 2007. 3. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar, “ Introduction To Data Mining”,Person Education, 2007. 4. K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay “, Insight into Data mining Theory and Practice”, Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006. 5. G. K. Gupta, “ Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006. 6. Daniel T.Larose, “Data Mining Methods and Models”, Wile-Interscience, 2006.

DATA COMPRESSION CSE – 705A Unit - I: Introduction Compression Techniques: Loss less compression, Lossy Compression, Measures of prefonnance, Modeling and coding, Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossless compression: A brief introduction to information theory, Models: Physical models, Probability models, Markov models, composite source model, Coding: uniquely decodable codes, Prefix codes. Unit – II: Huffman coding The Huffman coding algorithm: Minimum variance Huffman codes, Adaptive Huffman coding: Update procedure, Encoding procedure, Decoding procedure. Golomb codes, Rice codes, Tunstall codes, Applications of Hoffman coding: Loss less image compression, Text compression, Audio Compression.




Page 82

Unit-III: Arithmetic Coding Coding a sequence, Generating a binary code, Comparison of Binary and Huffman coding, Applications: Bi-level image compression-The JBIG standard, JBIG2, Image compression. Dictionary Techniques: Introduction, Static Dictionary: Diagram Coding, Adaptive Dictionary. The LZ77 Approach, The LZ78 Approach, Applications: File Compression-UNIX compress, Image Compression: The Graphics Interchange Format (GIF), Compression over Modems: V.42 bits, Predictive Coding: Prediction with Partial match (ppm): The basic algorithm, The ESCAPE SYMBOL, length of context, The Exclusion Principle, The Burrows- Wheeler Transform: Move-to-front coding, CALIC, JPEG-LS, Multi-resolution Approaches, Facsimile Encoding, Dynamic Markoy Compression. Unit – IV: Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossy Coding Distortion criteria, Models, Scalar Ouantization: The Quantization problem, Uniform Quantizer, Adaptive Quantization, Non uniform Quantization. Unit-V: Vector Quantization Advantages of Vector Quantization over Scalar Quantization, The Linde-Buzo- Gray Algorithm, Tree Structured Vector Quantizers. Structured Vector Quantizers. Books: 1. Khalid Sayood, Introduction to Data Compression, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers

Real-time systems CSE – 706A

AIM: To study the adaptation of architecture and development methods to support real-time systems OBJECTIVES:

To characterize the problem space real-time systems address and what are the specialized requirements of real-time systems

To describe the solutions for standard problems of real-time systems To characterize the solution space real-time systems employ and how these solutions tend to differ from other

systems To describe and justify adaptations to the development process to support real-time systems To understand the evaluation of real time systems

UNIT I INTRODUCTION Introduction - Issues in Real Time Computing, Structure of a Real Time System. Task Classes, Performance Measures for Real Time Systems, Estimating Program Run times. Task Assignment and Scheduling - Classical Uniprocessor scheduling algorithms, UniProcessor scheduling of IRIS Tasks, Task Assignment, Mode Changes, and Fault Tolerant Scheduling. UNIT II PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES AND TOOLS Programming Language and Tools – Desired Language characteristics, Data Typing, Control structures, Facilitating Hierarchical Decomposition, Packages, Run-time (Exception) Error handling, Overloading and Generics, Multitasking, Low Level programming, Task scheduling, Timing Specifications, Programming Environments,Run-time Support. UNIT III REAL TIME DATABASES Real time Databases - Basic Definition, Real time Vs General Purpose Databases, Main Memory Databases, Transaction priorities, Transaction Aborts, Concurrency Control Issues, Disk SchedulingAlgorithms, Two-phase Approach to improve Predictability, Maintaining Serialization Consistency, Databases for Hard Real Time systems.




Page 83

UNIT IV COMMUNICATION Real-Time Communication - Communications Media, Network Topologies Protocols, Fault Tolerant Routing. Fault Tolerance Techniques - Fault Types, Fault Detection. Fault Error containment Redundancy, Data Diversity, Reversal Checks, Integrated Failure handling. UNIT V EVALUATION TECHNIQUES Reliability Evaluation Techniques - Obtaining Parameter Values, Reliability Models for Hardware Redundancy, Software Error models. Clock Synchronization - Clock, A Nonfault-Tolerant Synchronization Algorithm, Impact of Faults, Fault Tolerant Synchronization in Hardware, Fault Tolerant Synchronization in Software. Reading List: 1. C.M. Krishna, Kang G. Shin, “Real-Time Systems”, McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1997. 2. Stuart Bennett, “Real Time Computer Control-An Introduction”,Second edition, Prentice Hall PTR, 1994. 3. Peter D. Lawrence, “Real time Micro Computer System Design – An Introduction”, McGraw Hill, 1988. 4. S.T. Allworth and R.N. Zobel, “Introduction to real time software design”, Macmillan,II Edition, 1987. 5. R.J.A Buhur, D.L. Bailey, “ An Introduction to Real-Time Systems”, Prentice-Hall International, 1999. 6. Philip.A.Laplante “Real Time System Design and Analysis” PHI , III Edition, April 2004

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT CSE – 707A UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS Conventional Software Management – Evolution of Software Economics – Improving Software Economics – Conventional versus Modern Software Project Management. UNIT II SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FRAMEWORK Lifecycle Phases – Artifacts of the Process – Model Based Software Architectures – Workflows of the Process – Checkpoints of the Process. UNIT III SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT DISCIPLINES Iterative Process Planning – Organization and Responsibilities – Process Automation – Process Control and Process Instrumentation – Tailoring the Process. UNIT IV MANAGED AND OPTIMIZED PROCESS Data Gathering and Analysis – Principles of Data Gathering – Data Gathering Process – Software Measures – Data Analysis – Managing Software Quality – Defect Prevention. UNIT V CASE STUDIES COCOMO Cost Estimation Model – Change Metrics – CCPDS–R. Reading List: 1. Walker Royce “Software Project Management A Unified Framework”, Pearson Education,2004 2. Humphrey Watts, “Managing the software process”, Addison Wesley, 1989. (Unit IV) 3. Ramesh Gopalaswamy, “Managing Global Projects”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001. 4. Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, “Software Project Management”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

SOFTWARE QUALITY ENGINEERING




Page 84

CSE – 708A UNIT-I: Introduction Defining Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes and Specification, Cost of Quality, Defects, Faults, Failures, Defect Rate and Reliability, Defect Prevention, Reduction, and Containment, Overview of Different Types of Software Review, Introduction to Measurement and Inspection Process, Documents and Metrics. UNIT-II: Software Quality Metrics Product Quality Metrics: Defect Density, Customer Problems Metric, Customer Satisfaction Metrics, Function Points, In-Process Quality Metrics: Defect Arrival Pattern, Phase-Based Defect Removal Pattern, Defect Removal Effectiveness, Metrics for Software Maintenance: Backlog Management Index, Fix Response Time, Fix Quality, Software Quality Indicators. UNIT-III: Software Quality Management and Models Modeling Process, Software Reliability Models: The Rayleigh Model, Exponential Distribution and Software Reliability Growth Models, Software Reliability Allocation Models, Criteria for Model Evaluation, Software Quality Assessment Models: Hierarchical Model of Software Quality Assessment. UNIT-IV: Software Quality Assurance Quality Planning and Control, Quality Improvement Process, Evolution of Software Quality Assurance (SQA), Major SQA Activities, Major SQA Issues, Zero Defect Software, SQA Techniques, Statistical Quality Assurance, Total Quality Management, Quality Standards and Processes. UNIT-V: Software Verification, Validation & Testing: Verification and Validation, Evolutionary Nature of Verification and Validation, Impracticality of Testing all Data and Paths, Proof of Correctness, Software Testing, Functional, Structural and Error-Oriented Analysis & Testing, Static and Dynamic Testing Tools, Characteristics of Modern Testing Tools. Reading List: 1. Jeff Tian, Software Quality Engineering (SQE), Wiley-Interscience, 2005; ISBN 0-471-71345-7. 2. Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, Stephen H. Kan, Addison-Wesley (2002), ISBN: 0201729156

Neural Networks CSE – 709A

Basic concepts of neurocomputing: Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) and their biological roots and motivations. ANNs as numerical data/signal/image processing devices. Encoding (training phase) and decoding (active phase).Taxonomy of neural networks: feedforward and recurrent networks with supervised and unsupervised learning laws. Static and dynamic processing systems. Basic data structures: mapping of vector spaces, clusters, principal components. Basic terminology related to an artificial neuron: a summing dendrite, synapses and their weights, pre- and post-synaptic signals, activation potential and activation function. Excitatory and inhibitory synapses. The biasing input. Types of activating functions. The Perceptron The Perceptron and its learning law. Classification of linearly separable patterns. Linear Networks. Adaline --- the adaptive linear element. Linear regression. The Wiener-Hopf equation. The Least-Mean-Square (Widrow-Hoff) learning algorithm. Method of steepest descent. Adaline as a linear adaptive filter. A sequential regression algorithm. Multi-Layer Feedforward Neural Networks: aka Multi-Layer Perceptrons. Supervised Learning. Approximation and interpolation of functions. Back-Propagation Learning law. Fast training algorithms. Applications of multilayer perceptrons: Image coding, Paint-quality inspection, Nettalk. Self-Organising systems. Unsupervised Learning. Local learning laws. Generalised Hebbian Algorithm. The Oja's and Sanger's rules. Principal component analysis --- Karhunen-Loeve transform. Competitive Learning:




Page 85

MinNet and MaxNet networks. Clustering. Learning Vector Quantisation. Codebooks. Application in data compression. Self-Organising Feature Maps Kohonen networks. Radial-Basis function networks Radial-Basis function (RBF) networks and their application in function interpolation, approximation and modelling probability distributions. Recurrent networks Hopfield networks.

FUZZY SYSTEMS CSE – 710A Module I Introduction to fuzzy sets and systems-crispness, vagueness, uncertainty and fuzziness. Basics of fuzzy sets, membership functions, support of a fuzzy set heig ht, normalized fuzzy set, α cuts. Properties of Fuzzy set .Operation on fuzzy set-complement, intersection, union, equality & subsethood. Law of excluded middle, law of contradiction, concentration, dialation, contrast intensification.Type- 2 fuzzy sets. Module II Extension Principle and its application. Fuzzy relation, operations on fuzzy relation, projection, max-mini composition, cylindrical extension.Reflexivity,symmetry and transcitivity.Fuzzy prepositions,fuzzy connectives, linguistic variables, linguistic hedges, Fuzzy quantifiers. Approximate reasoning orfuzzy inference, generalized modus ponens (GMP), generalized modus Tollens (GMT) Fuzzy rulebased system. Fuzzification and defuzzifiction,centroid,centre of sums. Module III Applications-Fuzzy logic controllers, Types of FLC- Types of Fuzzy rule formats. Block diagram of fuzzy logic controller.multi input multi output control system. Fuzzy control of a cement kiln,Automatic train operating system, Fuzzy pattern recognition. Inverted pendulum, aircraft landingcontrol, air conditioner control. Reading List: 1.Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications , 2/e, McGraw Hill 2. Zimmerman, H.J.,Fuzzy Set Theory and its Applications 4/e,Springer.2001. 3. Ganesh, M., Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic, PHI,2006. 4. Driankov, D., Hellendoorn, H., Reinfrank, M., An Introduction to Fuzzy Control , Narosa,1996 PARALLEL ALGORITHMS CSE – 711A Unit-I: Sequential model, need of alternative model, parallel computational models such as PRAM, LMCC, Hypercube, Cube Connected Cycle, Butterfly, Perfect Shuffle Computers, Tree model, Pyramid model, Fully Connected model, PRAM-CREW, EREW models, simulation of one model from another one. Unit-II: Performance Measures of Parallel Algorithms, speed-up and efficiency of PA, Costoptimality,An example of illustrate Cost-optimal algorithms- such as summation,Min/Max on various models. Unit-III: Parallel Sorting Networks, Parallel Merging Algorithms on CREW/EREW/MCC/,Parallel Sorting Networks on CREW/EREW/MCC/, linear array Unit-IV: Parallel Searching Algorithm, Kth element, Kth element in X+Y on PRAM, Parallel Matrix Transportation and Multiplication Algorithm on PRAM, MCC, Vector-Matrix Multiplication, Solution of Linear Equation, Root finding. Unit-V: Graph Algorithms - Connected Graphs, search and traversal, Combinatorial Algorithms- Permutation, Combinations, Derrangements.




Page 86

Reading List: 1. M.J. Quinn, “Designing Efficient Algorithms for Parallel Computer” by Mc GrawHill. 2. S.G. Akl, “Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms” 3. S.G. Akl, ”Parallel Sorting Algorithm” by Academic Press

Real Time Operating Systems CSE – 712A 1. Introduction to Operating System : Computer Hardware Organization, BIOS and Boot Process, Multi-threading concepts, Processes,

Threads, Scheduling

2. Basics of real-time concepts : Terminology: RTOS concepts and definitions, real-time design issues, examples, Hardware

Considerations: logic states, CPU, memory, I/O, Architectures, RTOS building blocks, Real-Time Kernel

3. Process Management: Concepts, scheduling, IPC, RPC, CPU Scheduling, scheduling criteria, scheduling algorithms

4. Threads: Multi-threading models, threading issues, thread libraries

5. Mutex: creating, deleting, prioritizing mutex, mutex internals

6. Inter-process communication: buffers, mailboxes, queues, semaphores, deadlock, priority inversion, Pipes

7. Memory Management: process stack management, run-time buffer size, swapping, overlays, block/page management, replacement

algorithms, real-time garbage collection

8. Kernel Design Issues: structure, process states, data structures, inter-task communication mechanism, Linux Scheduling

Reading List: 1. MicroC/OS-II : The Real-Time Kernel by J. J. Labrosse 2. Real-Time and Embedded Guide by Herman B. 3. Real-Time System Design and Analysis by Philips A. Laplante 4. Linux for Embedded and Real-Time Applications by Doug Abbott Elective – II (Open to all branches / all students) CSE – 705B : Information & Coding Theory

CSE – 706B : Pattern Recognition & Image Processing

CSE – 707B : Embedded System Design

CSE – 708B : Digital audio & speech Process

CSE – 709B : Computational Geometry

CSE – 710B : Computational Complexity

CSE – 711B : Parallel Algorithms

CSE – 712B : Natural Language Processing




Page 87

INFORMATION CODING TECHNIQUES

CSE – 705B

AIM

To introduce the fundamental concepts of information theory: data compaction, data compression, data transmission, error detection and correction.

OBJECTIVES

• To have a complete understanding of error–control coding.

• To understand encoding and decoding of digital data streams.

• To introduce methods for the generation of these codes and their decoding techniques.

• To have a detailed knowledge of compression and decompression techniques.

• To introduce the concepts of multimedia communication.

UNIT I INFORMATION ENTROPY FUNDAMENTALS

Uncertainty, Information and Entropy – Source coding Theorem – Huffman coding –Shannon Fano coding – Discrete Memory less channels – channel capacity – channel coding Theorem – Channel capacity Theorem.

UNIT II DATA AND VOICE CODING

Differential Pulse code Modulation – Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation – Adaptive subband coding – Delta Modulation – Adaptive Delta Modulation – Coding of speech signal at low bit rates (Vocoders, LPC).

UNIT III ERROR CONTROL CODING

Linear Block codes – Syndrome Decoding – Minimum distance consideration – cyclic codes – Generator Polynomial – Parity check polynomial – Encoder for cyclic codes – calculation of syndrome – Convolutional codes.

UNIT IV COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES

Principles – Text compression – Static Huffman Coding – Dynamic Huffman coding – Arithmetic coding – Image Compression – Graphics Interchange format – Tagged Image File Format – Digitized documents – Introduction to JPEG standards.

UNIT V AUDIO AND VIDEO CODING

Linear Predictive coding – code excited LPC – Perceptual coding, MPEG audio coders – Dolby audio coders – Video compression – Principles – Introduction to H.261 & MPEG Video standards.

Reading List




Page 88

1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition, 2001.

2. Fred Halsall, “Multimedia Communications, Applications Networks Protocols and Standards”, Pearson Education, Asia 2002; Chapters: 3,4,5.

3. Mark Nelson, “Data Compression Book”, BPB Publication 1992.

4. Watkinson J, “Compression in Video and Audio”, Focal Press, London, 1995.

Pattern Recognition & Image Processing CSE – 706B

UNIT I:

Basic Concepts, Pattern Recognition Systems, Fundamental Problems in pattern recognition system design, Design concepts and Methodologies â€“ Character recognition â€“ Speech recognition â€“ Finger print Recognition â€“ Pattern Recognition Model.

UNIT II:

Decision Functions â€“ Linear Decision functions â€“ Distance functions. Minimum distance classification, clustering concepts, Cluster seeking algorithms, Maximum distance, K- means Algorithms.

UNIT III:

Bayes classified decision function â€“ For Bayeâ€™s classifier Bayeâ€™s Classifier for normal patterns. Trainable pattern classifiers â€“ deterministic approach, perception approach reward â€“ punishment concept.

UNIT IV:

Gradient approach â€“ Gradient Descent algorithms â€“ LMSE Algorithms â€“ Multi category classification.

UNIT V:

Trainable pattern classifiers, statistical approach â€“ stochastic approximation methods, Robbin Minro algorithms â€“ increment correction algorithms, LMSE algorithms. Syntactic patter recognition â€“ formulation â€“ syntax directed recognition â€“ picture descript.

UNIT VI:

Digital Image fundamentals: Representation, elements â€“ image transforms â€“ Fast Fourier transform, DCT and DWT.

UNIT VII:

Image enhancement- Spatial domain - frequency domain methods â€“ Histogram, Modification techniques â€“ Image Smoothing, image sharpening.




Page 89

UNIT VIII:

Image encoding - Fidelity criteria, Encoding process, Mapping â€“ Quantizer coder â€“ Image Segmentation â€“ Masks â€“ Point detection â€“ Line Detection â€“ Edge Detection.

Reading List:

1. Digital Image Processing â€“ by R.C. Gonzalez & R.E. Woods, Addison Wesley.

2. Pattern Recognition Principles â€“ J.T.TOU.R.C. Gonzalez, Addison Wesley.

3. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing â€“ by A.K. Jain, PHI Pearson Education

EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

CSE – 707B

AIM

To introduce to the functional building blocks of an embedded system for developing a real time system application.

OBJECTIVES

i. Introduce to features that build an embedded system.

ii. To help the understanding of the interaction that the various components within an embedded system have with each other.

iii. Techniques of inter facing between processors & peripheral device related to embedded processing.

iv. To enable writing of efficient programs on any dedicated processor.

v. To present in lucid manner the basic concepts of systems programming like operating system, assembler compliers etc and to understand the management task needed for developing embedded system.

1. INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM

Introduction to functional building blocks of embedded systems – Register, memory devices, ports, timer, interrupt controllers using circuit block diagram representation for each categories.

2. PROCESSOR AND MEMORY ORGANIZATION




Page 90

Structural units in a processor; selection of processor & memory devices; shared memory; DMA; interfacing processor, memory and I/O units; memory management – Cache mapping techniques, dynamic allocation - Fragmentation.

3. DEVICES & BUSES FOR DEVICES NETWORK

I/O devices; timer & counting devices; serial communication using I2C, CAN, USB buses; parallel communication using ISA, PCI, PCI/X buses, arm bus; interfacing with devices/ports, device drivers in a system – Serial port & parallel port.

4. I/O PROGRAMMING SCHEDULE MECHANISM

Intel I/O instruction – Transfer rate, latency; interrupt driven I/O - Non-maskable interrupts; software interrupts, writing interrupt service routine in C & assembly languages; preventing interrupt overrun; disability interrupts.

Multi threaded programming – Context switching, premature & non-premature multitasking, semaphores.

Scheduling – Thread states, pending threads, context switching, round robin scheduling, priority based scheduling, assigning priorities, deadlock, watch dog timers.

5. REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM (RTOS)

Introduction to basic concepts of RTOS, Basics of real time & embedded system operating systems, RTOS – Interrupt handling, task scheduling; embedded system design issues in system development process – Action plan, use of target system, emulator, use of software tools.

Reading List:

1. Rajkamal, ‘Embedded System – Architecture, Programming, Design’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.

2. Daniel W. Lewis ‘Fundamentals of Embedded Software’, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.

3. David E. Simon, ‘An Embedded Software Primer’, Pearson Education, 2004.

4. Frank Vahid, ‘Embedded System Design – A Unified hardware & Software Introduction’, John Wiley, 2002.

5. Sriram V. Iyer, Pankaj Gupte, ‘Embedded Real Time Systems Programming’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

6. Steve Heath, ‘Embedded System Design’, II edition, Elsevier, 2003.




Page 91

Digital audio & speech Process

CSE – 708B

Objective: The objective of this course is to study different aspects of the speech communication process and the principles of discrete-time processing of speech and music. This course covers the basic principles of digital speech processing such as speech production and perception, techniques and estimation methods for digital speech processing.

Audio Processing: Auditory perception and psychoacoustics - Masking, frequency and loudness perception, spatial perception, Digital Audio, Audio Coding - High quality, low-bit-rate audio coding standards, MPEG, AC-3, Multichannel audio - Stereo, 3D binaural and Multichannel surround sound.

Digital Models For The Speech Signal: Process of speech production, Acoustic theory of speech production, Lossless tube models, and Digital models for speech signals.

Time Domain Models For Speech Processing: Time dependent processing of speech, Short time energy and average magnitude, Short time average zero crossing rate, Speech vs silence discrimination using energy & zero crossings, Pitch period estimation, Short time autocorrelation function, Short time average magnitude difference function, Pitch period estimation using autocorrelation function, Median smoothing. Digital Representations of The Speech Waveform: Sampling speech signals, Instantaneous quantization, Adaptive quantization, Differential quantization, Delta Modulation, Differential PCM, Comparison of systems, direct digital code conversion.

Short Time Fourier Analysis: Linear Filtering interpretation, Filter bank summation method, Overlap addition method, Design of digital filter banks, Implementation using FFT, Spectrographic displays, Pitch detection, Analysis by synthesis, Analysis synthesis systems.

Homomorphic Speech Processing: Homomorphic systems for convolution, Complex cepstrum, Pitch detection, Formant estimation, Homomorphic vocoder.

Linear Predictive Coding Of Speech: Basic principles of linear predictive analysis, Solution of LPC equations, Prediction error signal, Frequency domain interpretation, Relation between the various speech parameters, Synthesis of speech from linear predictive parameters, Applications.

Speech Enhancement: Spectral subtraction & filtering, Harmonic filtering, parametric resynthesis, Adaptive noise cancellation.

Speech Synthesis: Principles of speech synthesis, Synthesizer methods, Synthesis of intonation, Speech synthesis for different speakers, Speech synthesis in other languages, Evaluation, Practical speech synthesis.

Automatic Speech Recognition: Introduction, Speech recognition vs. Speaker recognition, Signal processing and analysis methods, Pattern comparison techniques, Hidden Markov Models, Artificial Neural Networks.

Reading List:




Page 92

1. L. R. Rabiner and R. W. Schafer, “Digital Processing of Speech Signals," Pearson Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd., 2004.

2. D. O’Shaughnessy, “Speech Communications: Human and Machine,” Universities Press, 2001.

3. L. R. Rabiner and B. Juang, “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition,” Pearson Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd., 2004.

4. Z. Li and M.S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia,” Pearson Education (Asia)

Parallel Algorithms

CSE – 711B

Parallel Models (SIMD, MIMD, PRAMs, Interconnection Networks); Performance Measures (Time, Processors,

Space, Work); Interconnection Architectures (Linear Array, Meshes, Trees, Mesh of Trees, Hypercubes, Butterfly

Networks,Cube Connected Cycles, Benes Networks); Techniques (Balanced Trees, Pointer Jumping, Divide and

Conquer, Partitioning, Pipelining, Systolic Computation, Acccelerated Cascading, Prefix Computation, List

Ranking, Euler Tour, Tree Contraction); Sorting, Searching, Merging; Matrix Operations; Graph Algorithms

(Connected Components, Spanning Trees, Shortest Paths); Complexity (Lower bounds, NC Class and P-

Completeness).

Reading List:

1. R. Greenlaw, H.J. Hoover, W.L. Ruzzo, Limits to Parallel Computation: P-Completeness Theory, Oxford

University Press, New York, 1995.

2. V. Kumar, A. Grama, A. Gupta, G. Karypis, Introduction to Parallel Computing, The Benjamin/Cummings

Publishing Company, Redwood City, California, 1994.

3. T. Cormen, C. Leiserson, R. Rivest, Introduction to Algorithms, The MIT Press, Cambridge, 1992.

4. S. G. Akl, The Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms, Prentice Hall, 1989.

5. M. J. Quinn, Parallel Computing, McGraw Hill, 1994.




Page 93

6. F.T. Leighton, Introduction to Parallel Algorithms and Architectures: Arrays, Trees, Hypercubes, Morgan

Kaufmann Publishers, San Mateo, California, 1992.

7. D.P. Bovet, P. Crescenzi, Introduction to The Theory of Complexity, Prentice Hall, N.Y., 1994.

8. Al Geist, et al., PVM: Parallel Virtual Machine - a User's Guide and Tutorial for Networked Parallel

Computing, The MIT Press, Cambridge, 1994.

9. B. Wilkinson, M. Allen. Parallel Programming – Techniques and Applications Using Networked

Workstations and Parallel Computers, Prentice Hall, 1999.

10. S. G. Akl, Parallel Computation – Models and Methods, Prentice Hall, 1997.

11. P. S. Pacheco, Parallel Programming with MPI, Morgan Kaufman, San Francisco, 1997.

Computational Complexity

CSE – 710B

Definite topics (Arora-Barak Chs 1-7, plus some of Chs 8,11)

Resources for computation (time, space, nondeterminism, randomness) and their associated complexity

classes.Relationships among resources (P vs. NP and more) Reductions & completeness ,Provably intractable

problems: hierarchy thms, EXPSPACE-completeness, Space complexity: PSPACE, L, NL, Randomized

computation: RP, BPP, Alternation: the polynomial hierarchy (PH), time-space tradeoffs for SAT

Relativization (why diagonalization can't resolve P vs NP), Basic circuit complexity (P/poly, NC)

Interactive proofs (AM, MA, IP), Probabilistically checkable proofs (PCP) and nonapproximability

Possible topics (material from Arora-Barak Chs 8,13,14,16,17,19):

Proofs of IP=PSPACE, PCP Thm(s)

Unique Games Conjecture, Parity not in AC^0, Average-case complexity, Counting: #P, Toda's Thm, approximate

counting, Communication complexity and applications, Algebraic complexity: VNP, VP, Permanent vs.

Determinant, Quantum computation: BQP, Shor's Factoring algorithm

Reading List:

1. Computational Complexity: A Modern Approach, by Sanjeev Arora and Boaz Barak




Page 94

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

CSE – 712B

AIM

The aim is to expose the students to the basic principles of language processing and typical applications of natural

language processing systems

OBJECTIVE

• To provide a general introduction including the use of state automata for language processing

• To provide the fundamentals of syntax including a basic parse

• To explain advanced feature like feature structures and realistic parsing methodologies

• To explain basic concepts of remotes processing

• To give details about a typical natural language processing applications

UNIT I INTRODUCTION

Introduction: Knowledge in speech and language processing – Ambiguity – Models and Algorithms – Language,

Thought and Understanding. Regular Expressions and automata: Regular expressions – Finite-State automata.

Morphology and Finite-State Transducers: Survey of English morphology – Finite-State Morphological parsing –

Combining FST lexicon and rules – Lexicon-Free FSTs: The porter stammer – Human morphological processing

UNIT II SYNTAX

Word classes and part-of-speech tagging: English word classes – Tagsets for English – Part-of-speech tagging –

Rule-based part-of-speech tagging – Stochastic part-of-speech tagging – Transformation-based tagging – Other

issues. Context-Free Grammars for English: Constituency – Context-Free rules and trees – Sentence-level

constructions – The noun phrase – Coordination – Agreement – The verb phase and sub categorization –

Auxiliaries – Spoken language syntax – Grammars equivalence and normal form – Finite-State and Context-Free

grammars – Grammars and human processing. Parsing with Context-Free Grammars: Parsing as search – A Basic

Top-Down parser – Problems with the basic Top-Down parser – The early algorithm – Finite-State parsing

methods.

UNIT III ADVANCED FEATURES AND SYNTAX

Features and Unification: Feature structures – Unification of feature structures – Features structures in the grammar

– Implementing unification – Parsing with unification constraints – Types and Inheritance. Lexicalized and




Page 95

Probabilistic Parsing: Probabilistic context-free grammar – problems with PCFGs – Probabilistic lexicalized CFGs

– Dependency Grammars – Human parsing.

UNIT IV SEMANTIC

Representing Meaning: Computational desiderata for representations – Meaning structure of language – First order

predicate calculus – Some linguistically relevant concepts – Related representational approaches – Alternative

approaches to meaning. Semantic Analysis: Syntax-Driven semantic analysis – Attachments for a fragment of

English – Integrating semantic analysis into the early parser – Idioms and compositionality – Robust semantic

analysis. Lexical semantics: relational among lexemes and their senses – WordNet: A database of lexical relations

– The Internal structure of words – Creativity and the lexicon.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS

Word Sense Disambiguation and Information Retrieval: Selectional restriction-based disambiguation – Robust

word sense disambiguation – Information retrieval – other information retrieval tasks. Natural Language

Generation: Introduction to language generation – Architecture for generation – Surface realization – Discourse

planning – Other issues. Machine Translation: Language similarities and differences – The transfer metaphor – The

interlingua idea: Using meaning – Direct translation – Using statistical techniques – Usability and system

development.

Reading List:

1. Daniel Jurafsky & James H.Martin, “ Speech and Language Processing”, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte.

Ltd., 2002.

2. James Allen, “Natural Language Understanding”, Pearson Education, 2003.

EIGHTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

XXX – 801 Industrial Training 0 0 2 1 XXX – 802 Project Works 0 0 16 8 XXX – 803 Seminar 0 0 2 1 XXX - 804 Grand Viva 0 0 12 6 0 0 32 16

ElEctivE – I (Open tO all branches / all students)

Department of CSE CSE – 701A : Bio-informatics CSE – 702A : Quantum Computing CSE – 703A : Robotics CSE – 704A : Data Mining & Warehousing CSE – 705A : Data Compression




Page 96

CSE – 706A : Real Time Systems CSE – 707A : Software Project Management CSE – 708A : Software Quality Engineering CSE – 709A : Neural Networks CSE – 710A : Fuzzy Systems CSE – 711A : Parallel Algorithms CSE – 712A : Real Time Operating Systems Department of ECE ECE – 701A : Mobile Communication ECE – 702A : Nano Technology ECE – 703A : Personal Communication Networks ECE – 704A : Fault Tolerant System ECE – 705A : CAD of VLSI Circuits ECE – 706A : EMI/EMC Techniques ECE – 707A : Television Engineering ECE – 708A : Multimedia Signal Processing ECE – 709A : Atmospheric Engineering ECE – 710A : Computational Electromagnetics Department of EEE EEE – 701A : Energy Audit EEE – 702A : Power System Planning & Management EEE – 703A : Nuclear Power Plant EEE – 704A : Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTs) EEE – 705A : Electrophysiology EEE – 706A : Photovoltaic Device and System

ElEctivE – II (Open tO all branches / all students)

Department of CSE CSE – 705B : Information & Coding Theory CSE – 706B : Pattern Recognition & Image Processing CSE – 707B : Embedded System Design CSE – 708B : Digital audio & speech Process CSE – 709B : Computational Geometry CSE – 710B : Computational Complexity CSE – 711B : Parallel Algorithms CSE – 712B : Natural Language Processing Department of ECE ECE – 705B : Bio-Medical Electronics ECE – 706B : Opto Electronics ECE – 707B : Microwave Circuit & Devices ECE – 708B : Molecular Electronics ECE – 709B : Optical Systems Design ECE – 710B : Quantum Phenomenon in Electrical Engineering ECE – 711B : Radar and Sonar Engineering Department of EEE EEE – 705B : Power Quality Issue & Remedial Measures EEE – 706B : Restructing in Power System




Page 97

EEE – 707B : Non-Liner & Optimal Control EEE – 708B : Computational Methods in Power system Analysis EEE – 709B : Power Semiconductor Devices & ICs EEE – 710B : Sustainable Energy Systems

Audit electives (OptiOnAl) XXX – 809 : Green Technology. XXX – 810 : Theory of Forecasting XXX – 811 : Safety & Reliability Engineering XXX – 812 : Bio-medical Instrumentation XXX – 813 : Waste Management XXX – 814 : Knowledge Management XXX – 815 : Project Management XXX – 815 : Cost Estimation Techniques XXX – 816 : Re- engineering XXX – 817 : Research Techniques & Methodology XXX – 818 : Human Computer Interface XXX – 819 : Quality Engineering XXX – 820 : Technology Management Strategy XXX – 821 : Engineering Product Development

KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

MODULE 1

Introduction: Definition, evolution, need, drivers, scope, approaches in Organizations, strategies in organizations, components and functions, -understanding knowledge; Learning organization: five components of learning organization, knowledge sources, and documentation.

MODULE 2

Essentials Of Knowledge Management, knowledge creation process,knowledge management techniques, Knowledge creation process, systems and tools, organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies, building the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization.

MODULE 3

Knowledge management system life cycle, managing knowledge workers, -knowledge audit, and knowledge management practices in organizations, few case studies.

MODULE 4

Futuristic KM: Knowledge Engineering, Theory of Computation, Data Structure.(NOTE: Proportionate weightage - based on number of hours allotted -should be given to both the parts while setting question papers) Reading List:




Page 98

1. Knowledge Management – a resource book – A Thohothathri Raman, Excel, 2004. 2. Knowledge Management- Elias M. Awad Hasan M. Ghazri, Pearson Education 3. The KM Toolkit – Orchestrating IT, Strategy & Knowledge Platforms, Amrit Tiwana, Pearson, PHI, 2nd Edition. 4. The Fifth Discipline Field Book – Strategies & Tools For Building A learning Organization – Peter Senge Et Al. – Nicholas Brealey –1994 5. Knowledge Management – Sudhir Warier, Vikas publications 6. Leading with Knowledge, Madanmohan Rao, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Project Management MODULE 1 Introduction – Definitions – classifications – project risk – scope MODULE 2 Project management – definitions – overview – project plan – management principles applied to project management – project management life cycles and uncertainty MODULE 3 Project planning – scope – problem statement – project goals – objectives –success criteria – assumptions – risks – obstacles – approval process –projects and strategic planning MODULE 4 Project implementation – project resource requirements – types of resources– men – materials – finance MODULE 5 Project monitoring – evaluation – control – project network technique –planning for monitoring and evaluation – project audits – project management information system – project scheduling – PERT & CPM –project communication – post project reviews MODULE 6 Project team management – recruitment – organizing – human resources –team operating rules – project organization – various forms of project organizations – project organization charting – project contracts – principles – compilation of contracts – practical aspects – legal aspects – global tender –negotiations – insurance MODULE 7 Closing the project – types of project termination – strategic implications –project in trouble – termination strategies – evaluation of termination possibilities – termination procedures MODULE 8




Page 99

Project inventory management – nature of project inventory – supply and transportation of materials – use of PERT & CPM techniques Reading List: 1. Project Management – for 21st Centrury-Beenet P Lientz, Kathyn P rea- Academic Press, 1995 2. Project Management –Denislok 3. Project management - David I Cleland - Mcgraw Hill International Edition, 1999 4. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. 5. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication

COST ESTIMATING 1. Process Planning Types of Production - Standardization, Simplification - Production design and selection - Process planning, selection and analysis - Process planning, selection and analysis - Steps involved in manual experience based planning and computer aided process planning - Retrieval, generative - Selection of processes analysis - Breakeven analysis. 2. Estimating and Costing Importance and aims of Cost estimation - Functions of estimation - Costing - Importance and aims of Costing - Difference between costing and estimation - Importance of realistic estimates - Estimation procedure. 3. Element of Cost Introduction - Material Cost - Determination of Material Cost Labour Cost - Determination of Direct Labour Cost - Expenses - Cost of Product (Ladder of cost) - Illustrative examples. Analysis of overhead expenses - Factory expenses - Depreciation - Causes of depreciation - Methods of depreciation - Administrative expenses - Selling and Distributing expenses - Allocation of overhead expenses. 4. Product Cost Estimation Estimation in forging shop - Losses in forging - Forging cost - Illustrative examples. Estimation in welding shop - Gas cutting - Electric welding - illustrative examples. Estimation in foundry shop - Estimation of pattern cost and casting cost - Illustrative examples. 5. Estimation of Machining Time Estimation of machining time for Lathe operations - Estimation of machining time for drilling, boring, shaping, planning, milling and grinding operations - Illustrative examples. Text Books: 1. M.Adithan and B.S. Pabla, " Estimating and Costing ", Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1989. 2. A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, " Product Design and Manufacturing ", Prentice Hall Pvt. Ltd., 1997. 3. Nanua Singh, " System approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing ", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1996. 4. Joseph G. Monks, " Operations Management, Theory & Problems ", McGraw Hill Book Company, 1982. 5. G.B.S. Narang and V.Kumar, " Production and Costing ", Khanna Publishers, 1995.




Page 100

6. T.R. Banga and S.C. Sharma, " Estimating and Costing ", Khanna Publishers, 1986. Re- engineering Objective: To provide a greater understanding of effective solutions to change problems that need to combine technological, organizational and people-orientated strategies by adopting a process based approach to change management. To introduce the contingencies that affect management and the most effective measures for dealing with them. To introduce strategic IS/IT planning and how it must relate to business strategy. To demonstrate the use and validity of organizational development models through current real-life case studies. Business process reengineering An overview. Concepts and techniques. Changing business processes: the importance of technology as a driver for organisation. BPRE & TQM Benchmarking, ISO standards. Implementation of BPRE-business process management, principles, Business models, barriers. Change management Change and the manager: change and the human resource: the cultural web and the past: the cultural attributes of change. The importance of communication and the resistance to change Building the culture for successful strategy implementation; the influence IT will have on the internal appearance of organisations in the future. The concept of the learning organisation and its influence on systems development: restructuring the organisation.



Syllabus for B. Tech. in Electronics & Communication Engineering

1

Course Structure B. Tech. NIT(AP) effective from January, 2012 Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering

Semester – I Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

MAS 101 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 CHY 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 4 PHY 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 4 BIO 101 Life Science 3 0 0 3 MEC 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 2 MEC 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4 2 EEE 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 4 HSS 101 Communication Skill 0 0 2 1 HSS 102 NSS / NCC 0 0 2 1 HSS 103 Foreign Language (French / Korean) (Audit) 0 0 2 1

Total 15 1 20 25 Semester – II

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS 201 Engineering Mathematics – II 3 1 0 4 CHY 201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 3 PHY 201 Engineering Physics – II 3 0 2 4 CSE 201 Programming in C 0 0 8 4 ECE 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 4 MEC 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3 HSS 201 Histography of Science & Technology 3 0 0 3 HSS 202 Foreign Language (German / Chinese) (Audit) 0 0 2 0

Total 18 1 14 25 Semester – III

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 301 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 EEE – 301 Circuit Theory & Network 3 0 2 4 CSE – 301 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 0 2 4 CSE – 302 Data Structure & Algorithm 3 0 2 4 ECE – 301 Electronics Circuit & Devices – I 3 0 2 4 ECE – 302 Electronics Instrument & Measurement 3 0 2 4 HSS – 301 Behavioral Science 2 0 0 2 20 1 8 25 Semester – IV

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 401 Stochastic Processes 3 1 0 4 MAS – 402 Computational Numerical Method 3 0 2 4 ECE – 401 Principal of Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 ECE – 402 Signal & System 3 0 0 3 ECE – 403 Electronics Circuit & Devices 3 0 2 4 EEE – 404 Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 HSS – 401 Entrepreneurship & Innovation for Practices 3 0 0 3 21 1 6 25




2

Semester – V

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit ECE – 501 Microprocessor, Microcontroller & Embedded System 3 0 2 4 ECE – 502 RF & Microwave Engineering 3 0 2 4 ECE – 503 Digital Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 CSE – 503 Database Management System 3 0 2 4 ECE – 504 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 2 4 HSS – 501 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3 ECE – 505 Telecommunication Engineering 3 0 0 3 21 0 10 26

Semester – VI

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit CSE – 601 Computer Networking 3 0 2 4 ECE – 601 Fibre Optics Communication 3 0 0 3 HSS – 601 Engineering Ethics & IPR 3 0 0 3 HSS – 602 Disaster Management 2 0 0 2 ECE – 602 Electronics System & Design 0 0 2 1 ECE – 603 Power Electronics Devices & Circuit 3 0 2 4 CSE – 606 Soft Computing 3 0 2 4 17 0 8 21

Semester – VII Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

CSE – 701 Internet & Web Technology 3 0 2 4 HSS – 701 Mass Communication for Technology 3 0 0 3 XXX – 701 Research Paper Communication 0 0 2 1 ECE – 7XX Elective – I 3 0 0 3 ECE – 7XX Elective – II 3 0 0 3 ECE - 702 Propagation & Antenna 3 0 2 4 ECE - 703 VLSI Design 3 0 2 4 18 0 8 22

Semester – VIII Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

ECE – 801 Industrial Training 0 0 2 1 ECE – 802 Project Works 0 0 16 8 ECE – 803 Seminar 0 0 2 1 ECE - 804 Grand Viva 0 0 12 6

0 0 32 16




3

Course Details

Semester – I

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS 101 Engineering Mathematics – I 3 1 0 4 CHY 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 4 PHY 101 Engineering Physics – I 3 0 2 4 BIO 101 Life Science 3 0 0 3 MEC 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 2 MEC 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4 2 EEE 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 4 HSS 101 Communication Skill 0 0 2 1 HSS 102 NSS / NCC 0 0 2 1 HSS 103 Foreign Language (French / Korean) (Audit) 0 0 2 1

Total 15 1 20 25

MAS 101 Engineering Mathematics – I 3 1 0 : 4 UNIT-I Matrix: Introduction to matrices and their basic properties. Transpose of a matrix, verification of the properties of transposes, Symmetric and Skew symmetric matrices and their properties. Determinant of a square matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Laplace’s method of expansion of a determinant, Product of determinants, Adjoint of a determinant, Jacobi’s theorem on adjoint determinant. Singular and non-singular matrices, Adjoint of a matrix, Inverse of a non-singular matrix and its properties, orthogonal matrix and its properties, Trace of a matrix. Rank of a matrix and its determination using elementary row and column operations, Solution of simultaneous linear equations by matrix inversion method, Consistency and inconsistency of a system of homogeneous and inhomogeneous linear simultaneous equations, Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a square matrix (of order 2 or 3), Eigen values, Caley-Hamilton theorem and its applications, Diagonalisation of a square matrix with real and distinct eigen values ( up to 3rd order). UNIT-II Successive differentiation: Higher order derivatives of a function of single variable, Leibnitz’s theorem (statement only and its application, problems of the type of recurrence relations in derivatives of different orders . UNIT-III Mean Value Theorems & Expansion of Functions: Rolle’s theorem(statement only) and its application, Mean Value theorems – Lagrange & Cauchy (statement only) and their application, Taylor’s theorem with Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s form of remainders (statement only) and its application, Expansions of functions by Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorem, Maclaurin’s infinite series expansion of the functions: UNIT-IV Integrals: Double and triple integrals and evaluation of area and volume. Change of order of integration. UNIT-V Reduction formula: Reduction formulae both for indefinite and definite integrals. BOOKS: 1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern 2. Babu Ram, “ Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education 3. H. K. Dass “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”,S.Chand & Co. 4. B.S. Grewal , “Engineering Mathematics”,S. Chand & Co., 5. Pulak Kundu , “A Text book on Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, Chhaya Prakashani




4

6. Pal & Das , “Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, U.N. Dhar 7. John Bird , “Higher Engineering Mathematics”,4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier 8. L. Rade and B. Westergren, “ Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering”, (5th edition, Indian

Edition 2009, Springer) 9. M. J. Strauss, G. L. Bradley and K. L. Smith , “Calculus”, 3rd Edition, 1st Indian Edition 2007, Pearson

Education) 10. S. K. Adhikari , “A text Book of Engineering Mathematics-I”,Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) LTD 11. S. S. Sastry , “ Engineering Mathematics”,PHI, 4th Edition, 2008 CHY 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I Chemical Thermodynamics: Concept of Thermodynamic System: diathermal wall, adiabatic wall, isolated system, closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive propertyIntroduction to first law of thermodynamics: different statements, mathematical form; internal energy: physical significance, mathematical expression (ideal and real gas), Enthalpy: physical significance, mathematical expression. Cp and Cv: definition and relation; adiabatic changes; reversible and irreversible processes; application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic processes, law of Lovoisier and Laplace, Hess's law of constant heat summation, Kirchoff's law. Second law thermodynamics; Joule Thomson and throttling processes; inversion temperature; evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, entropy change in irreversible process, entropy change for irreversible isothermal expression of an ideal gas, entropy change of a mixture of gases. Work function and free energy: physical significance, mathematical expression for ideal and real gases obeying Vander Waals' equation, Gibbs Helmholtz equation. Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium UNIT-II Electrochemistry Conductance: Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar conductance and ion conductance, effect of temperature and concentration. Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions, transport numbers and hydration of ions.Conductometric titrations: SA vs SB & SA vs WB; precipitation titration KCl vs AgNO3. UNIT-III Electrochemical cell: Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic significance, single electrode potentials and its applications; hydrogen half cell, quinhydrone half cell and calomel half cell. Storage cell, fuel cell. Application of EMF measurement. UNIT-IV Reaction Dynamics: Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero, first and second order kinetics. Arrhenius equation. Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Transition state theory, Collison theory).Catalysis: Homogeneous catalysis and heterogeneous catalysis. UNIT-V Instrumental Methods of Analysis: Introduction to instrumental methods such as IR, UV, VIS, NMR and Mass spectrometry. UNIT-VI Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule: Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation, electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals.Brief study of some addition, eliminations and substitution reactions. UNIT-VII Polymerization: Concepts, classifications and industrial applications. Polymerization processes (addition and condensation polymerization), degree of polymerization, Copolymerization,stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity and amorphicity of polymer. Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (PE, PP, PVC, bakelite), rubber (natural rubber, SBR, NBR), fibre(nylon 6.6, polyester). Conducting and semi-conducting polymers.




5

Industrial Chemistry: Solid, liquid and gases fuels; constituents of coal, carbonization of coal. Coal analysis: Proximate and ultimate analysis. Classification of coal, petroleum (LPG, CNG), gasoline, octane number, aviation fuel, diesel, cetane number. Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas. Bio-diesel. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Acid –base titration :( Estimation of commercial caustic soda) 2. Red-ox titration: (Estimation of iron using permanganometry) 3. Complexometric titration: (Estimation of hardness of water using EDTA titration) 4. Chemical Kinetics :( Determination of relative rates of reaction of iodide with hydrogen peroxide at

room temperature (clock reaction). 5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (Determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol

and water) 6. Viscosity of solutions (determination of percentage composition of sugar solution from viscosity) 7. Conductometric titration for

(a) Determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration against a standard NaOH solution.

(b) Analysis of a mixture of strong and weak acid by strong base. 8. Preparation of a homo-polymer by free radical initiated chain polymerization and determination of its

molecular weight by viscosity average molecular weight method. 9. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard NaOH.

BOOKS: 1. Rakshit P. C., “Physical Chemistry” 2. Dutta R. L. ,”Inorganic Chemistry” 3. Levine.” Physical Chemistry” 4. Finar I. L., “Organic Chemistry.” 5. Glasston Samuel, “ Text Book of Physical Chemistry” 6. Lee J. D., “Concise Inorganic Chemistry” 7. Sykes,P., “Guidebook to Mechanism in Org.Chems”, Orient Longman. 8. Chakraborty D.K. , “Solid State Chemistry”, New Age International. 9. Gupta M.C. , “Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy”, New Age. 10. Gowarikar V.R. , “Polymer Science”, New Age. 11. Mishra G.S. , “Introductory Polymer Chemistry”, New Age. 12. Nasipuri D. ,”Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 13. Kalsi P.S, “Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 14. Kalsi P.S. ,”Organic Reactions & their Mechanism”, New Age. 15. Maity and Maity ,” Engingeering Chemistry”,U & N Dhar Publisher. 16. Ray, Das, Biswas, “Engingeering Chemistry”, New Central Book Agency.

PHY 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I Scalar and vector: Scalar and vector, dot and cross product, Scalar and vector fields, concept of gradient, divergence and curl; UNIT-II General Properties of Matter: Elasticity, Viscosity, Surface tension. UNIT-III Acoustics: Simple Harmonic Motion, Damped Vibration, Forced Vibration UNIT-IV Thermal Physics: Kinetic Theory of Gas, conductivity & Radiation




6

UNIT-V Physical Optics: Introduction to Interference, Diffraction, Polarization UNIT-VI Elementary Solid State Physics: Elementary ideas of crystal structure : lattice, basis, unit cell, fundamental types of lattices-Bravis lattice, simple cubic, f.c.c and b.c.c lattices, Miller indices and miller planes, Co-ordination number and atomic packing factor, X-rays: Origin of characteristics and continuous X-ray, Bragg’s law (no derivation), determination of lattice constant UNIT-VII Fundamental of Quantum Physics: Wave particle duality, Compton effect, Photo electric effect, Heisenberg’s uncertainty relation, concept of wave packet. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a good conductor by searle's method 2. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lees and Chorlton's method 3. Determination the dispersive power of the material of a given prism 4. Use of carry Foster's bridge to determine unknown resistance 5. Determination of Young Modulus by flexure method and calculation of bending moment and shear force at a

point on the beam 6. Determination of coefficient of Viscosity by Poiseulle's capillary flow method 7. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton's ring method BOOKS: 1. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 2. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 3. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 4. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 5. “ Concepts of Modern Physics: Beiser”, McGraw Hill-International Ed. 6. D.C. Tayal,” Nuclear Physics”, Himalaya Publishing House 7. Rakesh Dogra, S. K. Kataria & Sons,” Essentials of Physics”. 8. S. O. Pillai, “Solid State Physics”, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

BIO 101 Life Science 3 0 0 : 3 UNIT-I Origin of Life : History of earth, theories of origin of life nature of the earliest organism. UNIT-II Varieties of life : Classification, Five kingdoms, viruses (TMV, HIV, Bacteriophage), Prokaryote (Bacteria-cell structure, nutrition, reproduction), Protista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia. UNIT-III Chemicals of life : (Biomolecules)- Carbohydrates lipids, amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, identification of biomolecules in tissues. UNIT-IV Cell : The cell concept, structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, plant cells and animal cells, cell membrances, cell organelles and their function. Structure and use of compound microscope. UNIT-V Histology: Maritimes (apical, intercalary, lateral) and their function; simple tissue (parenchyma, collenchymas, sclerenchyma); Complex tissue (xylem and phloem); Tissue systems (epidermal, ground, vascular); primary body and growth (root, stem, leaf); Secondary growth. Animal Epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscle tissue and nervous tissue and their function in body. UNIT-VI




7

Nutrition: Autotrophic (Photosynthesis) Pigment systems, Chloroplast, light absorption by chlorophyll and transfer of energy, two pigment systems, photosynthetic unit, phosphorylation and electron transport system, Calvin-Benson Cycle (C3), Hatch Slack Pathway (C4), Crassulacan Acid Metabolism (CAM), factors affecting photosynthesis; Mineral Nutrition in plants. Heterotrophic - Forms of heterotrophic nutrition, elementary canal in humans, nervous and hormonal control of digestive systems, fate of absorbed food materials; Nutrition in humans, Reference values. UNIT-VII Energy Utilization: (Respiration) - Structure of mitochondria, cellular respiration, relationship of carbohydrate metabolism to other compounds, Glycolysis, fermentation, formation of acetyl co-A, Kreb cycle, Electron Transport System and Oxidative Phosphorylation, ATP, factors affecting respiration. UNIT-VIII Transport: Plant water relationships, properties of water, diffusion, osmosis, imbibition, movement of water in flowering plants, uptake of water by roots, the ascent of water in xylem, apoplast symplast theory, Transpiration-structure of leaf and stomata in plants opening and closing mechanisim of stomata factors affecting transpiration, significance of transpiration General characteristics of blood vascular system, development of blood systems in animals, Composition of blood, circulation in blood vessels, formation of tissue fluids, the heart, functions of mammalian blood, the immune system. MEC 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 : 2 Indian Standards: Line symbols and line groups; Sheet Layout of Rules of printing; Preferred scales; Theory of Orthographic projection; Technical sketching; Multiplanar representation: First and third angle system of projection, glass box concept; Sketching of orthographic views and line. BOOKS: 1. V. Laxminarayanan & M. L. Mathur, “A Text Book of Machine Drawing” 2. N. D. Bhatt, “Machine Drawing”

MEC 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4 : 2

UNIT-I Carpentry (Wood Working) :Timber, Seasoning and Preservation, Plywood and Plyboards, Carpentry Tools, Engineering applications. Different Joints UNIT-II Metal Joining :Definitions of welding, brazing and soldering processes, and their applications. Oxy acetylene gas welding process, equipment and techniques. Types of flames and their applications. Manual metal arc welding technique and equipment. AC and DC welding, electrodes, constituents and functions of electrodes. Welding positions. Types of weld joint. Common welding defects such as cracks, slag inclusion and porosity. UNIT-III Bench work and Fitting :Tools for laying out, chisels, files, hammers, hand hacksaw, their specifications and uses. UNIT-IV Jobs to be made in the Workshop T-Lap joints and Bridle joint (Carpentry Shop) 1a. Gas Welding practice on mild steel flat/sheet upto 3 mm thick 1b. Lap joint by Gas Welding (upto 3mm thick) 1c. Manual Metal Arc Welding practice (upto 5mm thick) 1d. Square butt joint by MMA Welding 1e. Lap joint by MMA Welding Laying out (bench work); Sawing and Finishing by Filing.




8

BOOKS: 1. M.L. Begeman and B.H. Amstead, “Manufacturing Process” John Wiley, 1968 2. W.A.J. Chapman and E.Arnold, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1, 2 & 3 3. B.S. Rghuwanshi, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1 & 2 – Dhanpt Rai and Sons.

EEE 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 : 4 Unit – I: Basic Electrical Engineering

DC circuits: Definition of electric circuit, network, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, Kirchhoff’s law, Principle of superposition. Source equivalence and conversion, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton Theorem, nodal analysis, mesh analysis, star-delta conversion. Maximum power transfer theorem with proof. Electromagnetism: Biot-savart law, Ampere’s circuital law, field calculation using Biot-savart & ampere’s circuital law. Magnetic circuits, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s law, Self and mutual inductance. Energy stored in a magnetic field, B-H curve, Hysteretic and Eddy current losses, Lifting power of Electromagnet. AC fundamental: Production of alternating voltage, waveforms, average and RMS values, peak factor, form factor, phase and phase difference, phasor representation of alternating quantities, phasor diagram, behavior of AC series , parallel and series parallel circuits, Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Effect of frequency variation in RLC series and parallel circuits, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit. Measuring Instruments: Introduction to galvanometer (Moving coil and moving iron) Ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter, energy meter, use of shunt and multiplier. Electrical Machines: Fundamentals of D.C. and A.C. rotating machines. Transformers: construction, Types, emf equation, voltage, current, impedence and turns ratio; auto- transformer. Unit-II: Basic Electronics Engineering P-N Junction: Energy band diagram, Formation of P-N junction, built-in-potential forward and reverse biased P-N junction, formation of depletion zone, V-I characteristics, Zener breakdown, Avalanche breakdown and its reverse characteristics, junction capacitance and varactor diode. Simple diode circuits, load line, linear piecewise model; rectifiers: half wave, full wave, its PIV, DC voltage and current, ripple factor, efficiency, Clipper & Clamper Circuits. Introduction to Transistors: Formation of PNP / NPN junctions, energy band diagram; transistor mechanism and principle of transistors, CE, CB, CC configuration, transistor characteristics: cut-off active and saturation mode, early effect. Introduction to Field Effect Transistor: Structure and characteristics of JFET and MOSFET, depletion and enhancement type, CS, CG, CD configurations. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: Electrical : 1. To verify Thevenin’s theorem. 2. To verify Norton’s theorem. 3. To verify Maximum Power Transfer theorem. 4. To verify that the phasor sum of currents at any junction in an A.C. circuit is zero. 5. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three ammeters method.




9

6. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three voltmeters method. 7. To perform Open circuit and Short Circuit Tests on a single phase transformer. 8. To determine the Open Circuit Characteristic of D.C. Generator Electronics: 1. To Study the VI Characteristics of Silicon Diode. 2. To Study the VI Characteristics of Zener Diode. 3. Design and Analysis of a Half wave Rectifier using Diode. 4. Design and Analysis of a center-tap Full wave Rectifier using Diodes 5. Design and Analysis of a Bridge Rectifier Circuit. 6. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with one voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 7. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with two voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 8. Design and Analysis of a Clamper Circuit. 9. Analysis of the characteristics of BJT (CE and CB mode) 10. Design and Analysis of fixed bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 11. Design and Analysis of emitter bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 12. Study of the characteristics of JFET. 13. Study of the characteristics of MOSFET. 14. Verification of truth tables of logic gates. BOOKS: 1. Sen, P.C. “ Principles of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics” John wiley and sons 2. Guru and Hiziroglu “ Electric Machinery and Transformers “ , Saunders College Pub.NY,1990 3. Malvino: Electronic Principle. 4. Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics 5. Boylestead and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 9/e, PHI, 2006. 6. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics. 7. H. Cotton, “Advanced Electrical Technology”.

HSS 101 Communication Skills 2 0 2 : 3 UNIT-I General Principles of Communication and Oral Communication: The Process of Communication, Principles of Communication (communication barriers, levels of Communication, Communication network, verbal, non-verbal) and Professional Communication. The Speech Mechanism, IPA symbols (vowel and consonant sounds), minimal pairs, word transcription, stress and intonation , active listening, types of listening, traits of a good listener, active versus passive listening, UNIT-II Constituents of Effective Writing and Vocabulary: The sentence and its parts, articles, the verb phrase, tense and aspect, the active and passive, the adjective, interrogative and negative sentences, concord, preposition. Paragraph development, summary writing and reading comprehension. word formation processes: affixation, compounding, converting, use of words in different parts of speech, idioms and phrases. UNIT-III Business Correspondence and Communication Strategies: Characteristics of Business Letters, Drafting: Bio-data/ Resume/Curriculum vitae (theory). Report Writing: Structure, Types of Reports (theory). Presentation Skills, public speaking and group discussion (theory) and Soft Skills (theory).




10

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Issue Writing 2. Writing Resumes and Applications 3. Writing Memos 4. Reading Comprehension 5. Vocabulary 6. Presentation Skills 7. Group Discussion 8. Extempore 9. Debates

BOOKS: 1. Nira Konar, “English Language Laboratory”, PHI Publishres 2. Jones, Daniel, Cambridge English Pronouncing Dictionary with CD, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Roach, Peter, English Phonetics and Phonology with CD, CUP, India, 1983. 4. Cambridge Learners Dictionary with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2009. 5. Rajeevan, Dutt, Sasikumar, A course in Listening and Speaking I & II with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 6. Rajeevan and Dutt, Basic Communication Skills, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 7. Software: Orell Digital Language Lab Software.

HSS 102 NSS/NCC 0 0 2 : 1 HSS-103 Foreign Language (French)(Audit) 0 0 2 : 1




11

Semester – II

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS 201 Engineering Mathematics – II 3 1 0 4 CHY 201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 3 PHY 201 Engineering Physics – II 3 0 2 4 CSE 201 Programming in C 0 0 8 4 ECE 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 4 MEC 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3 HSS 201 Historiography of Science & Technology 3 0 0 3 HSS 202 Foreign Language (German / Chinese) (Audit) 0 0 2 0

Total 18 1 14 25

MAS 201 Engineering Mathematics – II 3 1 0 : 4 UNIT-I Coordinate Geometry Of Three Dimensions : Equation of a sphere, plane section of a sphere, tangent plane, orthogonality of spheres, definition and equation of right circular cone and right circular cylinder. UNIT-II Vector Calculus : Differentiation and integration of vector functions, scalar and vector fields, gradient, Directional derivative, Divergence, curl. Line integral, Surface integral and Volume integral. Green’s, Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems (without proofs) and their simple applications. UNIT-III Differential Equations : Formulation of Differential equations, Linear Differential Equations and reducible to linear form, Exact Equations, Reducible to exact form. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Second order ordinary differential equations with variable Coefficients, Homogeneous form, Exact Equations, Change of dependent variable, Change of Independent variable, Normal form, Variation of Parameters. Solution in series of second order LDE with variable co-efficients (C.F. only). Bessel’s and Legendre differential equations with their series solutions, Orthogonal properties, recurrence relations and generating function of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials. UNIT-IV Partial Differential Equation: Linear and non-linear Partial Differential Equation of order one, Linear Partial Differential Equation with constant coefficient, Partial Differential Equation of order two with variable coefficients, UNIT-V Basic Transform: Laplace & Fourier Transform BOOKS: 1. Shanti Narayan ,”Analytic Solid Geometry”, S.Chand. 2. M.D.Raisinghania,”Vector Analysis”, S.Chand. 3. R.K.Jain & S R K Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa 4. 4.M.D.Raisinghania, “Differential equations”, S.Chand




12

MEC 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 : 3 UNIT-I Thermodynamics: Introduction to Thermodynamics, Concepts of system control volume, state, properties, equilibrium, quasi- static process, reversible & irreversible process, cycle. Zeroeth Law and Temperature, Heat and Work transfer-Defination,Sign convention,various P-dV work done(Iso baric ,Isochoric,Polytropic,adiabatic and isothermal processes) and related problems, 1st Laws of Thermodynamics for closed & open systems (ii) Non Flow Energy Equation (iii) Steady State, Steady Flow Energy Equation and related problems. Statements, Equivalence of two statements, Definition of Heat Engines, Heat pumps, Refrigerators Carnot and related problems. Air Standard cycles – Otto and Diesel cycle and their efficiencies and related problems UNIT-II Fluid mechanics: Properties & Classification of Fluids – ideal & real fluids, Newton’s law of viscosity, Newtonian & Non Newtonian Fluids, Compressible & Incompressible fluids Pressure at a point, Pascal’s law. Measurement of Pressure. Continuity equation. Bernoulli’s equation and its application, UNIT-III Statics: Particle and Rigid body concept; Types of forces (collinear, concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed), Vector and scalar quantities, Transmissibility of a force (sliding vector); Lame’s Theorem. Two and three dimensional force systems; Moment and Couple, Varignon’s theorem, Resultants, Free body concept. Centroid and Centre of Gravity, Moments of inertia of plane figures : M.I. of plane figures : MI of plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane; MI of plane figure with respect to an axis Parallel to the plane of the figure UNIT-IV Strength of materials: Concept of simple stresses and strains. Yield strength, Normal stress Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal strain, Shearing strain, Hooke’s law, poisson’s ratio, Examples. UNIT-V Dynamics: Kinematics and Kinetics; Rectilinear motion of particles; determination of position velocity and acceleration – under uniform rectilinear motion (uniform and non-uniform accelerated rectilinear motion), Relative motion, construction of x-t, v-t and a-t graphs (simple problems), Projectile motion, Normal and Tangential components, Radial and Transverse components, simple problems. Equation of motion, D.Alembert’s principle BOOKS 1. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag ,2nd Edition 2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Mechines (2nd Edition) by S.K. Som & G. Biswas 3 Elements of Strength of Materials by Timo & Young, 4. Engineering Mechanics (Vol-II) Dynamics by Mariam & Kraige 5 Engineering Mechanics, Vol-I (Statics) by Meriam & Kraige PHY 201 Engineering Physics - II 3 0 2 : 4

UNIT-I Classical Mechanics: Generalised coordinates, Lagrange's equation of motion and Lagrangian, generalised forrce potential, momentum an energy, Hamiltonian Equation of motion and Hamiltonin. Poperties of Hamiltonian and Hamilton's equation of motion UNIT-II Electicity: Coulombs law in vector form, Electrostatic field and its curl, Gauss's law in integral form and covension to differential form, Electrostatic potential and field, Poissions's Eqn. Laplace's Eqn (Application to Cartesian, Spherically and Cylindrically symmetric systems-effective 1D problems) Electric current, drift velocity, current density, continuity equation, steady state curren,t Dielectrics-concept of polarization.




13

UNIT-III Magnetosatatics & time varying Field: Lorentz force, force on a small cuent element placed in a magnetic field, Biot-Savart law and its applications, divergence of a magnetic field,vector potential, ampere's law in integral form and conversion to differential form, Faraday's law of electromagnetic induction in integral form and conversion to differential form UNIT-IV Electromagnetic theory: conception of displacement current, Maxwell 's field quations, Maxwell's wave equation and its solution for fee space, E.M wave in a charrge free conducting media, skin depth, physical significance of skin depth, E.M. energy flow & poynting vector UNIT-V Quantum Mechanics: Conception of probability and probability density, operators, commutator, Formulation of quantum mechanics and basic postulates, operator correspondence, Time dependent Schrodinger's equation Formulation of Time independent Schrodinger's equation by method of separation of variables, physical interpretation of wave function, Free partical and particle in a box, particle in a finite square well potential (1-D & 3D potential well), Discussion on degenerate levels UNIT-VI Statistical Mechanics: Concept of energy levels and energy states. Microstates, macrostates and thermodynamic probability, equilibrium macrostate. MB, FD, BE statistics (No deduction necessary), fermions, bosons (definitions in terms of spin, examples), physical significance and application, classical limits of quantum statistics Fermi distribution at zero & non-zero temperature, Bose-Einstein statistics – Planck’s law of blackbody radiation..

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Determination of dielectric constant of a given dielectric material. 2. Determination of resistance of ballistic galvanometer by half deflection method and study of variation of

logarithmic decrement with series resistance. 3. Determination of specific charge (e/m) of electron by J.J. Thomson’s method. 4. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell. 5. Determination of Rydberg constant by studying Hydrogen/ Helium spectrum. 6. Determination of Stefan’s radiation constant. 7. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment. 8. Determination of Hall co-efficient of semiconductors. 9. Determination of band gap of semiconductors. BOOKS: 1. David J. Griffiths, “ Introduction to Electrodynamics,” 3rd ed., PHI 2. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 3. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 4. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 5. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd

CSE 201 Programming in C 0 0 8 : 4

UNIT-I Basic concept : Some basic concept of binary number, Octal number, hexadecimal number system and there conversion among them. Assembly language, high level language, Compiler and assembler(basic concept). UNIT-II Keyword & Identifiers: History & Importance of C, Basic structure of C programs, C fundamentals: The C character set identifier, Constants and keywords, data types & size, variable names, declaration, statement , C token, symbolic constent.




14

UNIT-III Operators and Expression:Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, Increment & Decrement operators, Condition Operators, Bitwise operators, Special operators, precedence of arithmetic opretors. Managing Input & output operations: using of printf( ) & scanf( ). UNIT-IV Decision making : Simple If statement, if-else statement, nested if else statement, Switch statement, nested switch, the ? operator, goto statement. Decision making & branching :while statement, do-while statement, for statement. UNIT-V Array , String & pointer: One-dimension array, Two-dimension array and multi dimension array. String: Operation on String without using library function and using library function. Pointer: Declaration of pointer variables, accessing the variable by using pointer, pointer increment and decrement operator, pointer and array. UNIT-VI Functions: Basic functions, function type, function with no argument & no return value, function with no argument but return value, function with argument & return value, Storage class identifier, Call by reference, Recursive function. Pointer to function. UNIT-VII Structure & Union:Defining a structure, accessing of structure variable, structure and array, array within structure. Nested structure, structure & functions, Pointer & structure, Unions. UNIT-VIII File management system: Advantage of using file, Open ,close, read. write in the files, Operation on files. Dynamic memory Allocation: use of Malloc, calloc, realloc,free. Library functions, Linked list concept. The preprocessor: macro statements. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. DOS System commands and Editors ( Preliminaries) 2. UNIX system commands and vi ( Preliminaries) 3. Simple Programs: simple and compound interest. To check whether a given number is a palindrome or not,

evaluate summation series, factorial of a number , generate Pascal’s triangle, find roots of a quadratic equation 4. Programs to demonstrate control structure : text processing, use of break and continue, etc. 5. Programs involving functions and recursion 6. Programs involving the use of arrays with subscripts and pointers 7. Programs using structures and files.

BOOKS: 1. Balaguruswamy ,” Programming with 'C'”. 2. Kerninghan and Ritchie ,”The 'C' programming language”. 3. Govil, Agrawal, Mathur & Pathak , “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”. 4. Sinha & Sinha ,”Foundations of Computing”, BPB. 5. Lois Pettersion ,”HTML (Learn Everything you need to guide HTML assist.”, SAMS NET.

CHY-201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 : 3

Unit-1 Concepts of Environment, Environmental gradients, Tolerance levels of environment factor, EU, US and Indian Environmental Law. Chemistry in Environmental Engineering: Chemistry of the atmosphere, combustion related air pollution, global environmental problems - ozone depletion, greenhouse effect, acid rain etc. Ecological Concepts: Biotic and Abiotic components, Ecosystem Process: Energy transfer, Food Chain and Food Web, Water cycle, Oxygen cycle, Carbon cycle, Nitrogen cycle etc.,




15

Soil chemistry. Soil composition, properties, identification and classification. Noise pollution Effect of noise on people, rating systems, community noise sources and criteria, traffic noise prediction, noise control. Noise standards, measurement and control. Unit – II Waste Water Treatment: Water Treatment: water quality standards and parameters, Ground water. Water treatment processes, Pre-treatment of water, Conventional process, advanced water treatment process. DO and BOD of Waste water treatment process, primary and secondary treatment of waste water, Activated sludge treatment: Anaerobic digestion, Reactor configurations and methane production. Water resources, characteristics of water, water pollutants, oxygen demanding wastes, surface water quality, groundwater quality, water treatment systems, biomedical wastes treatment technologies and disposal options. Unit – III Solid waste, Definition and characteristics of industrial and hazardous wastes. Hazardous waste management, Solid Waste Management, Source classification and composition of MSW: Separation, storage and transportation, Reuse and recycling, Waste Minimization Techniques. Hazardous Waste Management, Hazardous waste and their generation, Transportation and treatment: Incinerators, Inorganic waste treatment. E.I.A., Environmental auditing, Hazardous substances and risk analysis: Hazardous substance legislation, risk assessment, hazard deification, potential carcinogens, toxicity testing in animals, human exposure assessment. Unit-IV Air quality standards, emission standards,emission standards, criteria pollutants, air pollution and meteorology, atmospheric dispersion, emission controls. Air pollution and pollutants, criteria pollutants, Acid deposition, Global climate change –greenhouse gases, non-criteria pollutants, air pollution meteorology, Atmospheric dispersion. Industrial Air Emission Control. Flue gas desulphurization, NOx removal, Fugitive emissions.

BOOKS: 1. Environmental Engineering Irwin/ McGraw Hill International Edition, 1997, G. Kiely, 2. Environmental Engineering by Arcadio P. Sincero & Gergoria A. Sincero PHI 3. Principles of Environmental Engineering and Science, M. L. Davis and S. J. Masen, McGraw Hill

International Edition, 2004 4. Environmental Science, Curringham & Saigo, TMH, 5. An Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert M. Masters & Wendell P. Ela - PHI

Publication. 6. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science : Gilbert M Masters 7. Environmental Science and Engineering : J. G. Henry and G. W Heinke 8. Introduction to Environmental Engineering : M.L. Davis and D.A. cornwell

ECE 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 : 4

Unit-1 Introduction to Boolean algebra and Switching Function, Boolean minimization. Unit-1I Combinational Logic Design using MSI circuits : Full Adder / Subtractor, BCD Adder, LAC Adder, Decoder, MUX/DEMUX three structure, Combinational logic design using ROM array, Applications of MSI designs.

Unit-1II Integrated Circuits: Difference between combinational and sequential circuits, Flip Flops, Counters, Shift Registers and PLA, FPGA Unit-1V Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits: Basic models of sequential M/C, Analysis of Asynchronous and Synchronous circuits, Synthesis of completely and incompletely specified synchronous sequential M/Cs, Combination & Sequential Circuits.




16

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Realization of NOT, OR, AND, XOR, XNOR gates using universal gates 2. A. Gray to Binary conversion & vice-versa. B. Code conversion between BCD and EXCESS-3 3. A. ODD and even parity generation and checking. B. 4-bit comparator circuit 4. Design of combinational circuit to drive seven-segment display 5. Design of combinational circuits using multiplexer 6. Adder/ Subtractor circuits using Full-Adder using IC and/ or logic gates. B. BCD Adder circuit using IC and/

or logic gates 7. Realization of RS, JK, and D flip flops using Universal logic gates 8. Realization of Asynchronous up/down counter 9. Realization of Synchronous Mod-N counter 10. Digital to Analog conversion

BOOKS: 1. B. N Jain and R. P. Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. B. B. Bray, “ The Intel Microprocessors- 8086/8088, 80186, 80286, 80386, and 80486- Architecture,

Programming and Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 2000. 3. D.V. Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing programming & Hardware”, TMH, 2001. 4. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals: Architecture, Programming &

Interfacing”, TMH, 2008. 5. C. H. Roth (Jr.), “Fundamentals of Logic design”, Cengage Engineering, 2003

HSS 201 Historiography of Science & Technology 3 0 0 : 3

History of science and technology (HST): The subject is to introduce humanity’s endeavor behind science and its application over the centuries. This empowers readers in understanding creators’ and inventors’ philosophy and innovative resolve ness to solve a problem ever faced. Ability to understand science and to manipulate the same to applied deliverables should be known in details by the students to ignite their inherent ability and sleeping ingenuity. Motivations arise from the example. Lives of scientists and technologists will play immense and undisputed roles for adopting science &technology as life enterprising among readers, otherwise science &technology may remain as uninteresting subject. Path of scientific &technological revolution has a prominent role in shaping the science & technology teaching. The subject of HST should be included in the first year of four years degree course.

HSS 202 FOREIGN LANGUAGE (GERMAN/CHINESE) (AUDIT) 0 0 2 : 0




17

Semester – III

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 301 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 EEE – 301 Circuit Theory & Network 3 0 2 4 CSE – 301 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 0 2 4 CSE – 302 Data Structure & Algorithm 3 0 2 4 ECE – 301 Electronics Circuit & Devices – I 3 0 2 4 ECE – 302 Electronics Instrument & Measurement 3 0 2 4 HSS – 301 Behavioral Science 2 0 0 2 20 1 8 25 Name of the Module: Discrete Mathematics Module Code: MAS 301 Semester: 3rd Credit : 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: To extend student’s Logical and Mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction and to introduce most of the basic terminologies used in computer science courses and application of ideas to solve practical problems.

Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes: Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter: Unit-1 Sets and Propositions: Combinations of Sets, Finite and Infinite Sets, Unaccountably Infinite Sets, Mathematical Induction, Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion, Multi-sets Propositions.




18

Unit-1I Permutations, Combinations, and Discrete Probability :The Rules of Sum and Product, Permutations, Combinations, Generation of Permutations and Combinations, Discrete Probability , Conditional Probability, Information and Mutual Information. Unit-1II Relations and Functions :A Relational Model for Data Bases, Properties of Binary Relations, Equivalence Relations and Partitions, Partial Ordering Relations and Lattices, Chains and Antichains, A Job-Scheduling Problem, Functions and the Pigeonhole Principle. Unit-IV Graphs and Planar Graph: Basis Terminology, Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs, Eulerian Paths and Circuits, Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits, The Traveling Salesperson Problem. Unit-V Trees and Cut-Sets: Trees, Rooted Trees, Path Length sin Rooted Trees, Prefix Codes, Binary Search Trees, Spanning Trees and Cut-Sets, Minimum Spanning Trees. Unit-V1 Discrete Numeric Functions and Generating Functions: Manipulation of Numeric Functions, Asymptotic Behavior of Numeric Functions, Generating Functions, Combinatorial Problem Unit-VI1 Recurrence Relations and Recursive Algorithms: Recurrence Relations, Linear Recurrence Relations with Constant Coefficients, Homogenous Solutions, Particular Solution. Unit-VII1 Group and Rings : Groups, Subgroups, Generators and Evaluation of Powers, Cosets and Lagrange’s Theorem, Permutation Groups and Burnside’s Theorem, codes and Group Codes, Isomorphisms and Automorphisms, Homomorphisms and Normal Subgroups, Rings, Integral Domains, and Fields. Unit-1X Boolean Algebras: Lattices and Algebraic Systems, Principle of Duality, Basic Properties of Algebraic System, Defined by Lattices, Distributive and Complemented Lattices, Boolean Lattices and Boolean Algebras, Uniqueness of Finite Boolean Algebras, Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions, Propositional Calculus BOOKS: 1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C.L Liu Mc Graw Hill 2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman B, Bus by R. C, Ross S. Cby Pearson Education 3. Discrete Mathematical Structures: Theory & Applications by D. S Malik & M.K.Sen, Thomson India Edition

Name of the Module: Circuit Theory and Network Module Code: EEE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. To make the students build a solid foundation about science and

technology of the electrical circuits namely RL, RC, LC, RLC. 2. To provide clear foundation of making different circuits using different

combination and formulate the network equations to find out the performance of each network.

3. To understand the different types of filters & operational amplifier circuits.




19

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory and the technology of electrical circuits, amplifiers & filters; and to practice & install a habit of using these elements in realizing electrical circuits for filtering and amplifications etc.


1. have clear understanding & utilization of different types of network circuits

2. design and develop different filters made of operational amplifier; and to measure their performances to apply in particular systems.

Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session :1 hour per week Laboratory practical :2 hours per week Self study :6 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter: UNIT-I Different types of systems & networks: continuous & Discrete, Fixed and Time varying, Linear and Non-linear, Lumped and distributed, Passive & Active Networks & Systems. Laplace transform of impulse and sinusoidal steps waveforms for RL, RC, LC and RLC Circuits. Transient analysis of different electrical circuits with and without initial conditions, Fourier Series and Fourier Transform UNIT-II Network theorems and their applications in circuit analysis, Formulation of network equations, Source transformations, Loop variable analysis and node variable analysis.

UNIT-III Graph of network, concept of tree branch, tree link. Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix and loop currents, Cut set matrix and node pair potentials .

UNIT-IV Two port networks, Open circuit Impedance and Short circuit Admittance parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, and their inter-relations.

UNIT-V Indefinite admittance matrix- their applications to the analysis of active network.




20

Active filter analysis and synthesis using operational amplifier SPICE: How SPICE works. Model statement, models for passive and active device, D.C. circuits analysis, small signal analysis, capacitors and inductors in D.C. Circuits, steady state and transient, plotting and printing, input and output Impedance, D.C. sensitivity analysis, harmonic decomposition (Fourier Series), Harmonic re-composition, voltage controlled components

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 1. Transient response in R-L and R-C Network: Spice,Simulation/hardware 2. Transient response in R-L-C Series & Parallel circuits Network: Simulation/hardware 3. Determination of Impedance (Z) and Admittance(Y) parameters of two port network 4. Frequency response of LP and HP filters 5. Frequency response of BP and BR filters 6. Generation of Periodic, Exponential, Sinusoidal, Damped sinusoidal, Step, Impulse, 7. Ramp signals using MATLAB in both discrete and analog form 8. Evaluation of convolution integral, Discrete Fourier transform for periodic & non-periodic signals and

simulation of difference equations using MATLAB 9. Representation of poles and zeros in z-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in z-domain and

cascade connection of second order system using MATLAB 10. Determination of Laplace transform and inverse Laplace transformation using MATLAB 11. Spectrum analysis of different signals BOOKS: 1. Sudhakar: Circuits & Networks: Analysis & Synthesis 2/e TMH New Delhi 2. Valkenburg M. E. Van, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall. 3. Engineering circuit analysis with PSPICE and probe-Roger 4. Engg Circuit Analysis,: Hayt 6/e Tata Mcgraw-Hill 5. A. Chakravarty: Networks, Filters & Transmission Lines 6. D. Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: Electrical Circuits 7. A.V. Oppenheimer and A.S.Wilsky: Signals & Systems, PHI 8. R.V.Jalgaonkar.: Network Analysis & Synthasis.EPH. 9. Sivandam- Electric Circuits Analysis.,Vikas 10. Reza F. M. and Seely S., “Modern Network Analysis”, Mc.Graw Hill Book Company 11. Roy Choudhury D., “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publishers. 12. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis & Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons.

Name of the Module: Computer Organization & Architecture Module Code: CSE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit : 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To help the student develop an understanding of the nature and characteristics of the organisation and design of the modern computer systems.




21

Broad Objective of the module: In this module we shall focus on the Organisation & Operation of the CPU. The Intel Pentium CPU will be used as the main case study.






5. to demonstrate the techniques needed to conduct the design of a computer 6. to examine different computer implementations and assess their strengths and

weaknesses


Assessment:





Subject Matter: Unit-1 Concepts and Terminology: Digital computer components Hardware & Software and their dual nature, Role of Operating Systems(OS). Unit-1I The ALU: ALU organization, Integer representation, Serial and Parallel Adders, is 1 sand 2s complement arithmetic, Multiplication of signed binary numbers, Floating point number arithmetic, Over flow detection, Status flags. Unit-1II Memory Unit: Memory classification, Bipolar and MOS storage cells. Organization of RAM, address decoding, Registers and stack, ROM and PROM-basic cell. Organization and erasing schemes, Magnetic memories-recording form at sand methods. Disk and tape Units. Concept of memory map. Timing diagrams, T-States, Timing diagram Controlling arithmetic and logic instructions. Memory hierarchy, Cache Introduction, Techniques to reduce cache misses, technique store duce cache penalties, technique to reduce cache hit times. Effect of main memory band width, effect of bus-width, memory access time, virtual memory, etc. Unit-1V




22

General Organization: Instruction work formats, Addressing modes registers, Von-Neumann concept, Inter connecting system components, Inter facing buses, Timing diagrams, Examples from popular machines. Review of Pipelining, Examples of some pipeline in modern processors, pipeline ehazards, data hazards, control hazards. Techniques to handle hazards, performance improvement with pipeline sand effect to hazards on the performance. Unit-V Vector processors-Use and effectiveness, memory to memory vector architectures, vector register architecture, vector length and stride issues, compiler effectiveness in vector processors. SISD, MISD, MIMD, Single instruction multiple data stream(SIMD) architectures. Array processors, comparison with vector processors, example of array processors such as MMX Technology. RISC architectures, addressing modes, instructions formats, effect of simplification on the performance, example processors such as MIPS, PA-RISC, SPARC, PowerPC, etc.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Review of the different logic design ckts., e.g. a) Flip/Flop(RS, JK, D, T), b)Register,(4/8 bit Synchronized

Data Transfer), c)Tri-state logic Gates 2. Familiarity with state of art IC-chips, e.g. a) Multiplexer , b) Decoder, c) Encoder, d) Counter, e)Shift-Register, f)adderTruth Table verification and

clarification from Data-book. 3. Design a BCD adder. 4. Design an Adder/Subtracter composite unit . 5. Design a carry-look ahead Adder. 6. Design a ripple counter and carry-look ahead counter and assess the complexity of both the ckts. 7. Use a multiplexer unit to design a composite ALU . 8. Design a multiplex display unit using counter, multiplexer, decoder etc. 9. Design a keyboard Encoder unit in 2 Dimension. 10. Test a RAM chip and cascade two chips for vertical and horizontal expansion. Use wired OR tri-state output

interconnection. 11. Use ALU chip for multi bit arithmetic operation. BOOKS: 1. Hayes J. P., “Computer Architecture & Organization”, Mc Graw Hill, 2. Hamacher, “Computer Organization”, 3. Computer Organization and System Software, EXCELBOOKS 4. Chaudhuri P. Pal, “Computer Organisation & Design”, PHI, 5. Mano, M. M., “Computer System Architecture”, PHI. 6. Burd-System Architecture, Vikas 7. Computer Organization & Architecture (TMHWBUT Series), Ghosh & Pal, TMH


General objectives or aims of the module: 1. Design principles of algorithms and data structures. 2. Efficiency and scaling of algorithms.




23

3. Essential algorithms in computing. 4. Generic data structures for common problems.

Broad Objective of the module: This module covers the basic science behind the use of computers to

provide effective and efficient methods for carrying out computational tasks. Tasks looked at include data storage and retrieval, sorting and searching, semi-numerical tasks such as encryption, planning and optimisation tasks, problem space searches, and games playing. To carry out these tasks, both algorithms and structures for the storage of data need to be specified. Mathematical tools have to be developed that enable us to measure the fundamental effectiveness of algorithms, and in particular the way these algorithms scale as the size of the task being performed increases. This module introduces the basic sorting and searching methods and dynamic data structures such as linked lists and trees.

Learning outcomes: On successful completion of the course students should be able to: 1. Assess performance efficiency of sequential algorithms. 2. Design data structures to enable algorithms and design sequential

algorithms for performance. 3. Implement designed algorithms and corresponding data structures using

object oriented programming languages. 4. Demonstrate informed deployment of essential data structures such as

lists, stacks, queues, and trees. 5. Demonstrate use of algorithm design methods such as divide and conquer

Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practical :2 hours per week Self study :8 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter: Unit-1 Introduction to Data structure, Time and Space analysis of Algorithms, Order Notations, Linear Data Structures: List: array and link list representation, insertion, deletion and searching elements in a list, traversing a list, Sparse matrices, doubly link lists- traversing, inserting, deleting, searching in a doubly link list, Stack:- Array and Link list representation, operations on stacks, its application in prefix, postfix and infix expression, Queue: array and link list representation, insertion and deletion operations on queue, Dequeues, and Circular queue implementation and operations associated. Unit-1I




24

Non-linear Data Structure: Introduction to Tree, Representation of Tree, Binary Trees, Tree traversals, Introduction and representation of binary search tree. Unit-1II Binary Search Tree: Searching, insertion and deletion operation in a Binary Search Tree. AVL tree: representation, searching, inserting and deleting in AVL tree, B-trees- representation, searching, insertion and deletion in a B Tree Unit-1V Graphs: Introduction to graph theory, array and link list representations, Breadth-first and Depth-first Search. Minimum Spanning tree algorithms-Kruskal‟s algorithms, shortest path algorithms- Warshall‟s algorithms. Unit-V Sorting and Searching Algorithms: Bubble sort, Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Quick sort, Merge Sort, Heap sort. Linear Search, Binary Search, Hashing: Hashing functions, searching using hash technique, Collision avoidance techniques- linear probing, separate chaining. LIST OF PROGRAMS: 1. Array implementation of Stacks, Queue, and Circular queue and dequeue data structures. 2. Link List implementation of Stacks, Queue, Circular queue and dequeue data structures. 3. Implementation on conversion of infix expression to prefix and postfix using Stack, 4. Implementation on evaluation of expression using Stack. 5. Link list representation of binary tree and perform insertion, deletion operation on it. 6. Implementation of tree traversals techniques(in order, preorder and post order traversals). 7. Implementation of binary search tree and perform searching on it. 8. Implementation of Breath first search in a graph. 9. Implementation of Depth first search in a graph. 10. Implementation of Kruskals algorithms. 11. Implementation of Warshalls algorithms. 12. Implementation of Insertion sort techniques. 13. Implementation of Bubble sort techniques. 14. Implementation of Selection sort techniques. 15. Implementation of Heap sort techniques. 16. Implementation of Binary search techniques. 17. Implementation of Hashing using chaining and linear probing technique. BOOKS: 1. Aho Alfred V., Hopperoft John E., UIlman Jeffrey D., “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Addison Wesley. 2. S Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, 4th Ed, TMH-2006. 3. Horowitz Ellis & Sartaj Sahni, “Fundamentals of Data Structures”, Galgotia Publ. 4. Y Langsum, M J Augenstein, A M Tenenbaum,“Data Structures using C &C++”, 2nd Ed, PHI. 5. M.Radhakrishnan, V.Srinivasan, “Data Structure Using C”, ISTE/Excel Books

Name of the Module: Electronics Circuit & Devices - I Module Code: ECE301 Semester: 3rd Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: 1. to make the students to build a solid foundation about science & technology of the basic

electronic elements, circuits and devices, namely , junction theory, electrons, holes, diodes and transistors




25

2. to make the students to study the characteristics and hence functions & performance parameters of basic electronics devices

3. to provide a clear foundation of making different circuits using different combinations of different diodes and transistors

4. to understand the measurement parameters and criteria of circuits likes rectifiers, bias circuits, amplifiers etc

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory and the technology of basic electronic elements, devices and circuits; and to practice &instill a habit of using these elements & devices in realizing electronic circuits for rectifications, biasing, amplifications and oscillations etc. Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) have clear understanding & utilization of semiconductor devices & fabrication, ii) design and develop different electronic circuits made of different diodes and transistors; and to measure their performances to apply in particular systems. Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Junction Theory: Conduction in solids. Pure and doped semiconductor, Metal Semiconductor

Junction, Concept of holes, Electron and hole mobility, Band Diagram, Ohmic & rectifying effects, Depletion & capacitance effects, Semiconductor-semiconductor junction, p=n junction, homo & hetero junction, Equilibrium band diagram, Potential diagrams of p-n junction

2. p-n diodes: p-n junction diodes, diode mechanism & I-V characteristics, biased p-n diode, Schottky diode, Avalanche and Zener effect, Zener diode and its I-V characteristics, Degeneration, Large doping, Tunnel diode & its I-V characteristics, Backward diode, Equivalent circuits of diodes, Half wave and Full wave rectifier circuits, clipping and clamping circuits

3. Transistors Theory and Circuits: Metal-insulator-semiconductor junctions, Band diagram, n-p-n and p-n-p junctions (bipolar junction transistor/BJT), transistors characteristics: Emitter, Collector and Base terminals, I-V characteristics, transfer characteristics, input-output characteristics, current /voltage gain, mutual conductance, transfer resistance (transresistance & transconductance). Biasing and Stability of transistors’ bias circuits in different modes: Self Bias-CE, CB, CC, Compensation techniques, Low and High frequency model of transistor. T and ∏ models & parameters, Voltage & current amplifier. Audio and Radio Amplifier, Power




26

amplifiers – Class A, B, AB, C, Push pull & Tuned amplifier. Analysis of the amplifiers circuits with gain, input & output resistance, power dissipation & stability

4. Differential amplifiers: Differential Amplifier: Common mode & Differential mode gain, Constant current source (current mirror etc.) level shifter, Comparator, Schmit Trigger. Instrumentation Amplifier, Log & Anti-log amplifier, Trans-conductancemultiplier, Precision Rectifier

List of Practical: 1. Design, implementation and measurement with graphical analysis of input and output of

clipping and clampers circuits with p-n junction diode 2. Study of the input output of self bias transistor circuits of different modes: CE< CB, CC

Measurement of the gain and the transconductance, and a comparison of the modes. 3. Design, implementation and measurement of gain, input and output resistance of CE mode

voltage amplifier 4. Design, implementation and measurement input and output resistance of a RF amplifier with

CE mode 5. Design, implementation and measurement with graphical analysis of heat dissipation of a Class

C amplifier 6. Design, implementation and measurement of gain of any push pull amplifier 7. Design, implementation and measurement of differential & common mode gain of a differential

amplifier 8. Experiment with OPAMP Inverting and Non inverting Reading list: 1. Millman&Halkias, “Integrated Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,3rd Edition 2. Chattopadhyaya, Rakhist, Saha and Porkait, “Foundation of Electronics”, Prentice Hall of India,

New Delhi, 2nd Edition 3. S M Sze, “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, Wiley Interscience, Latest Edition 4. Manis Mukherjee, “Foundation of Electronics Devices” Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2nd

Edition 5. Neaman, “ Semiconductor Physics & Devices”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,3rd Edition 6. Horowitz & Hill, “The Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press, Latest Edition 7. R L Smith, Electronics: Circuits & Devices, John Wiley & Sons Ltd

Name of the Module: Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation Module Code: ECE 302 Semester: 3rd Credit : 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The aim of this module is to introduce the basics measurement techniques of Moving coil, Moving Iron, dynamometer, Wattmeter. Construction and principle of operation of Sweep and sweep synchronization. Measurement of various parameters by CRO Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes: After following this course students will be able to:

1. Know the basic measurement techniques of Moving coil, Moving Iron, dynamometer, Wattmeter. Construction and principle of operation of Sweep and sweep synchronization. Measurement of various parameters by CRO.

2. Digital Instrumentation like DVM, DMM, frequency counter 3. Transducers and actuators




27






Subject Matter:

1. Basic Measurement Techniques: Moving coil, Moving Iron, dynamometer, Wattmeter, Electro-static Instruments,

2. Errors in Measurement : Definition of accuracy, precision speed of response, non-linearity, techniques of linearization, classification of errors. Statistical analysis. Introduction to reliability.

3. AC Bridges: Wheatstone Bridge Principle, Kelvin, Wein, Anderson Density and Scherring Bridges, measurement of inductance, capacitance and frequency

4. Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: Construction and principle of operation. Sweep and sweep synchronization. Measurement of various parameters by CRO. High frequency and low frequency limitations – sampling and storage oscilloscopes.

5. Frequency domain instruments : Wave analyzer, spectrum analyzer 6. Digital Instrumentation – DVM, DMM, frequency counter 7. Transducers and actuators: piezoelectric sensors, LVDT, Measurement of pressure, Temperature and

flow 8. Special Purpose Instruments: Signal generators, Q-meter

List of Practical:

1. Instrument workshop – observe the construction of PMMC, Dynamometer, Electro thermal and Rectifier type instrument, Oscilloscope and digital multimeter.

2. Calibrate moving iron and electrodynamometer type ammeter/voltmeter by potentiometer 3. Calibrate dynamometer type Wattmeter by potentiometer 4. Calibrate A. C. energy meter 5. Measure the resistivity of material using Kelvin Double Bridge 6. Measurement of power using Instrument transformer 7. Measurement of power in Polyphase circuits 8. Measurement of Frequency by Wien Bridge using Oscilloscope 9. Measurement of Inductance by Anderson Bridge 10. Measurement of Capacitance by De Sauty Bridge 11. Study of static characteristic (accuracy, precision, hysteresis, repeatability, linearity) of a measuring instrument. 12. Study of dynamic characteristic (fidelity, speed of response) 13. Acquaintance with basic structure of DMM and measurement of different electrical parameters.




28

14. Statistical analysis of errors in measurement using computer simulation 15. Study of advanced A/D converter along with its associate circuitry 16. Study of advanced D/A converter 17. Realization of Data Acquisition System 18. Wave and spectrum analysis using digital storage oscilloscope & spectrum analyzer.

Reading list:

1) Electronic Instrumentation – by Kalsi (2/e) (TMH) 2) Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measuring Instruments: by Helpic& Cooper – PHI/Pearson Education 3) Instrumentation, Measurement and Analysis (2/e) by Nakra&Chowdhury 4) Electrical Measuring Instruments & Measurements – by Golding &Wides 5) A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instruments – A.K. Sawhany (DhanpatRai) 6) Elements & Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement (3/e) – by J. Carr (Pearson) 7) Digital Instrumentation – by Bowens (TMH)

Name of the Module: Behavioral Science Module Code: HSS 301 Semester: 3rd Credit : 2 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter: Unit-1 Behavioural science: An overview: definitions, Man the critical factor, behavioural science and its historical development. Unit-1I Industrial sociology: Concept and definitions; importance for engineers; growth; criticism of the Hawthorne studies; nature and scope of industrial sociology, industry and community, industry and tradition in India. Unit-1II Society and technical change: Concept of social change, meaning and definitions of social change, nature of social change. Factors such as natural, cultural, economic, planning, technological, Indian information technology scenario, effect of technology on social institutions. Unit-IV Society and environment: Meaning and definitions, characteristics, classification of environment, physical environment and its influence, social environment and its some basic elements, environment in industry, illumination, noise, atmospheric conditions, music and colour. Unit-V Human relations: Historical overview, definitions, early and later approaches to human relations, strategies for establishing healthy human relations. Unit-V1 Groups: Meaning and definitions, types of groups, characteristics, functions of formal and informal groups, merits and demerits of informal groups. Unit-VI1 Motivation: Nature of drives, needs and motives, work motives, need hierarchy theory and two factor theory of motivation, how to motivate the workers at work, factors effecting the morale of workers. Unit-VII1 Labour management relations: Industrial relations; meaning, objectives and definitions, Dunlop’s theory of industrial relations, Psychological and Gandhian approach to industrial relations, industrial relations in Japan and India, industrial relation in coming years, challenges of coming years, new dimensions of industrial relations, the




29

ways of industrial peace. Trade unions; meaning and definitions, functions of Indian trade Unions, recent emerging trends in Indian trade unions.





30

Semester – IV

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 401 Schotastic Processes 3 1 0 4 MAS – 402 Computational Numerical Method 3 0 2 4 ECE – 401 Principal of Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 ECE – 402 Signal & System 3 0 0 3 ECE – 403 Electronics Circuit & Devices 3 0 2 4 EEE – 404 Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 HSS – 401 Entrepreneurship & Innovation for Practices 3 0 0 3 21 1 6 25

Name of the Module: Schotastic Processes Module Code: MAS 401 Semester: 4th Credit : 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter: UNIT-I Probability Random Exp erimen t : Sample space; Random Events; Probability of events. Axiomatic definition of probability; Frequency Definition of probability; Finite sample spaces and equiprobable measure as special cases; Probability of Non-disjoint events (Theorems). Counting techniques applied to probability problems; Conditional probability; General Multiplication Theorem; Independent events; Bayes’ theorem and related problems.Random variables (discrete and continuous); Probability mass function ; Probability density function and distribution function. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Uniform, Exponential, Normal, t and χ2. Expectation and Variance (t and χ2 excluded); Moment generating function; Reproductive Property of Binomal; Poisson and Normal Distribution (proof not required). Transformation of random variables (One variable); Chebychev inequality (statement) and problems. Binomial approximation to Poisson distribution and Binomial approximation to Normal distribution (statement only); Central Limit Theorem (statement); Law of large numbers (Weak law); Simple applications. UNIT-II Statistics: Population; Sample; Statistic; Estimation of parameters (consistent and unbiased); Sampling distribution of sample mean and sample variance (proof not required). Point estimate: Maximum likelihood estimate of statistical parameters (Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution). Interval estimation. UNIT-III Testing of Hypothesis: Simple and Composite hypothesis; Critical Region; Level of Significance; Type I and Type II Errors; Best Critical Region; Neyman-Pearson Theorem (proof not required); Application to Normal Population; Likelihood Ratio Test (proof not required); Comparison of Binomial Populations; Normal Populations; Testing of Equality of Means; χ2—Test of Goodness of Fit (application only). Simple idea of Bivariate distribution; Correlation and Regression; and simple problems




31

BOOKS: 1. Murray R. Spiegel, “Probability and Statistics”, McGrawHll, Schaum’s Outline Series 2. Kishor S Trivedi, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and Computer Applications”,

Prentics Hall of India, 2000 3. A. Papoulis and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes,

McGrawHill, 4th Edition 4. Richard A Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers. Prenticshall, India, 2002. 5. Mondenhall, “Introduction to probability and statistics

Name of the Module: Computational Numerical Methods Module Code: MAS 402 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: This module introduces students to the concepts of roundoff error, truncation

error, numerical stability and condition, Taylor polynomial approximations; to derive and apply some fundamental algorithms for solving scientific and engineering problems: roots of nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations, polynomial and spline interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of ordinary differential equations.

Broad Objective of the module: Application of computer oriented numerical methods has become an integral part of the

life of all the modern engineers and scientists. The advent of powerful small computers and workstation tremendously increased the speed, power and flexibility of numerical computing. Recognizing the importance of computers and numerical computing, this module is being introduced both computing & numerical methods in the engineering curriculum.

Learning outcomes: Following this course students will be able:

1. To do Numerical Analysis, which is the study of algorithms for solving problems of continuous mathematics.

2. To know numerical methods, algorithms and their implementation in ‘C’ for solving scientific problems.




Continuous assessment (Practical (25 marks) 1. Regular Work (15 – marks – as shown in annexure – I)




32

2. Viva / test (10 marks) Semester End Examination (50 marks) Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%

Subject Matter:

1. Errors in computation: Overflow and underflow; Approximation in numerical computation; Truncation and round off errors; Propagation and control of round off errors; Chopping and rounding off errors; Pitfalls (hazards) in numerical computations (ill conditioned and well conditioned problems).

2. Interpolation: Lagrange’s Interpolation, Newton’s forward & backward Interpolation Formula. Extrapolation; Newton’s Divided Difference Formula; Error; Problems.

3. Numerical Differentiation: Use of Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formula only. 4. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal formula (composite); Simson’s 1/3rd formula (composite);

Romberg Integration (statement only); Problems. 5. Numerical Solution of System of Linear Equations: Gauss elimination method; Matrix Inversion;

Operations Count; LU Factorization Method (Crout’s Method); Gauss-Jordan Method; Gauss-Seidel Method; Sufficient Condition of Convergence.

6. Numerical Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Iteration Method: Bisection Method; Secant Method; Regula-Falsi Method; Newton-Raphson Method.

7. Numerical solution of Initial Value Problems of First Order Ordinary Differential Equations:

Taylor’s Series Method; Euler’s Method; Runge-Kutta Method (4th order); Modified Euler’s Method and Adams-Moulton Method.

List of Practical:

1. Assignments on Interpolation: Newton forward & backward, Lagrange. 2. Assignments on Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal Rule, Simson’s 1/3rd Rule, Weddle’s Rule. 3. Assignments on Numerical solution of a system of Linear Equations: Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordan,

Matrix Inversion, Gauss Seidel. 4. Assignments on Solution of Algebraic Equations: Bisection, Secant, Regula-Falsi, Newton- Raphson

Methods. 5. Assignments on Ordinary Differential Equations: Taylor Series, Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta (4

th Order). 6. Assignments on Statistical Problems: Mean, Median, Mode, Standard deviation (for simple & frequency

type data), Linear Correlation & Regression. Reading list:

1. Numerical Analysis & Algorithms, Pradeep Niyogi, TMH, 1st ed. 2. C Language and Numerical Methods by C.Xavier 3. Introductory Numerical Analysis by Dutta & Jana 4. Numerical Method:Balagurusamy 5. Numerical Mathematical Analysis by J.B.Scarborough 6. Numerical Methods (Problems and Solution) by Jain, Iyengar , & Jain 7. Numerical Methods In Computer Applications – P.U.Wayse. EPH 8. Computer Oreinted Numerical Method- Dutta,N. ,Vikas 9. Numerical Methods with Programs in Basic Fortran Pascal & C++ - S.B.Rao, Universities Press 10. Computer Programming & Numerical Analysis – N.Dutta, Universities Press 11. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Gupta, New Age International 12. Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations – Jain M.K.,New Age International 13. Numerical Methods for Scientific & Engg Computation – Jain M.K.,New Age International




33

14. Numerical Analysis – Rao G.S.,New Age International 15. Discrete Mathematical Structures – Rao G.S., New Age International 16. Foundations of Discrete Mathematics – Joshi K.D., New Age International 17. Applied Discrete Structures – Joshi, New Age International 18. Groups, Rings & Modules with Applications – Adhikari, M.R.,Universities Press

Name of the Module: Principle of Communication Engineering Module Code: ECE 401 Semester: 4th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):



2. to make students familiarization about radio signals transport by multiplexing and de multiplexing

3. to make students to know about noise problem in communication, and to solve the problem

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of modulation needed to carry signals under long haul communication, frequency division multiplexing to carry analog signals over a channel, and to reject noise from the signals. Learning outcomes : At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize the appropriate modulation techniques & multiplexing in transporting signals over a channel and ii) to reject noise from the signals Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment:








34

Subject Matter: UNIT-I Review: Review of Frequency Bands Fourier Transform and Fourier series. UNIT-II Amplitude Modulation Systems: Need for modulation, normal AM, generation and demodulation (envelope & synchronous detection), modulation index, DSBSC: generation and demodulation, Effect of phase and frequency offset on demodulation, SSB: Generation using filter and phasing method, detection. Frequency division multiplexed systems using SSB. UNIT-III Angle Modulation Systems: Concept of frequency and phase modulation, frequency deviation and modulation index, FM spectra, Carsons rule, narrowband FM, generation of Wideband FM Armstrong method, direct FM generation. Demodulation of FM-discriminatory, PLL UNIT-IV Sampling and Discrete time Modulations: Sampling Theorem – low pass and band pass, Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse Width Modulation (PWM), Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) their generation and detection-phase time division multiplying. Review of random signals and noise, signal to noise ratio in amplitude and angle modulated systems. Thermal and shot noise. UNIT-V Digital Communication: PCM, quantization noise, bandwidth, advantages over analog communication, PCM system, Differential PCM, Delta Modulation, Digital Modulation – ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, Digital Multiplexing. Power Line Carrier: Interfacing with power line, description of a typical system. List of Practical:






6. Design PLL demodulator of PM and test the same with PM transmitter designed in experiment number 4

7. Design any practical noise filtering circuit, and study its input and output in term of signal to noise ratio

8. Design mixer circuit for any given FR amplifier, and study its performance 9. Design a 4 to 1 FDM and study its operation 10. Design a 1 to 4 demultiplexer and use it with the circuit of experiment number 9 and justify the

communication by multiplexing. Reading list:

1. Taub and D. L. Schilling, “Principles of Communication System”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nded. 2. Carlson, “Communication System”TataMcgrawHill, New Delhi, 4th Edition 3. B P Lathi, “ Communication Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition 4. L. W. Couch Li, “Digital and Analog Communication System“, , Macmillan Publishing Co, New

York, 2nd Edition 5. J A Betts, “Signal Processing, Modulation and Noise”, English Universities Press Ltd, London,

Latest Edition 6. G Kenedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, MC GrawHill, Latest Edition




35

Name of the Module: Signals & Systems Module Code: ECE 402 Semester: 4th Credit : 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1 to make the students to understand different types of signals to be encountered in communication engineering and to study their behaviour in time and frequency domain

2 to make students familiarization about Fourier transform for the purpose of signal analysis

3 to make students using MATLAB for signal and system analysis 4 to make students understand about noise and their rejection by electronic filters

required in communication engineering, Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of signals, their time and frequency domain behaviour, their analysis using Fourier Transform &Matlab, different forms of noise, their rejection by filters; and to practice a habit of using the transform, tools and rejection techniques as required in communication engineering. Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) understand different types of signals and to utilize Fourier Transform & Matlab to analyze signals and ii) to know about types & sources of noise, and to design & develop different filtering technique to reject noise. Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 4 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment:



Continuous assessment (Practical (0 marks) 1 Regular Work (0 – marks – as shown in annexure – I) 2 Viva / test (0 marks)


Subject Matter:

1. Signals and classification: Signal definition, different type of signals: Analog & discrete: Time domain and frequency domain representation. Periodic and aperiodic signals.. Orthogonal signal, Auto correlation of periodic, aperiodic and continuous random functions.

2. Fourier Transform: Fourier series and its different forms. Series of some useful functions. Normalized power and power spectral density, Fourier transform, inverse Fourier transforms, Transform of some useful functions. Convolution and correlation in time domain and frequency domain. Some prosperities of Fourier transform. Perseval’s theorem, Sampling




36

theorem, Sampling and reconstruction of signals, Familiarization with MATLAB tools for signal analysis,

3. Random Signals: Poission distribution, Probability, events, mutually exclusive events, joint probability etc. Random variables and processes : Statistical properties; Cumulative distribution functions, Probability density functions, mean, variance, standard deviation probability density functions. Auto correlations, Stationary and ergodic processes, Poisson, Gaussian, Rayleigh and other distribution functions, Noise filtering: response to ideal filters, Uniform Spectral Density Noise applied to an ideal low pass filter

4. Noise: Some sources of noise. Types of noise: White Gaussian Noise, Rayleigh Noise, Burst Noise, Thermal Noise, Mathematical representation and frequency domain representation. Spectral components of noise, power spectral density, effect of filtering of noise: Linear filtering, integration, differentiation and its effect on PSD and PDF, Super position of noises, Mixing of noise, Quadrature component representation of noise, power spectral density Calculation of quadrature components;. Noise band width.

List of Practical: NIL Reading list:

2. H. Taub & D L Schilling “Principle of Communication System” McGraw-Hill, International Edition

3. B P Luther “Signal Processing & Linear System”, Cambridge Press, Berkely 1998 4. John R Pierce, Edward C Posner, “Introduction to Communication Science and Systems”

Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, Latest Edition 5. J A Betts, “Signal Processing, Modulation and Noise”, English Universities Press Ltd, London,

Latest Edition 6. G Kenedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, MC GrawHill, Latest Edition

Name of the Module: Electronics Circuit & Devices II Module Code: ECE403 Semester: 4th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. to make the students to study the characteristics and hence functions & performance

parameters of different unipolar, junction and other filed effect transistors (FET), 2. to make the students to learn about design and implementing different bias circuit and

amplifiers made of FETS 3. to make the students to learn about advanced circuits, namely different oscillators made of

transistors 4. to make the students to learn about advanced circuits, namely different arithmetic operations &

active filters, made of operational amplifiers 5. to make the students to learn about circuits, namely astable, monostable and bistableoscillators

made of UJT and 555 timer

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory and the technology of FET, UJT and Linear ICs namely, Operational Amplifier (Op-amp) & 555 timer, and to design & develop circuits made of these; and to practice &instil a habit of using these in realizing electronic circuits for different oscillators, arithmetic operators, active filters etc.

Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) clear understanding & utilization of FET, UJT and Linear ICs namely, Operational Amplifier (Opam) & 555 timer, ii) design and develop different advanced electronic circuits made of these devices and ICs; and iii) utilize the semiconductor sensors and detectors

.




37

Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment:






Subject Matter 1.Feedback Circuits: Concept of Feedback Amplification and oscillation, Oscillators: Feedback, PhaseShift,Wien bridge, Hartlay, Colpitt and Crystal OSC 2.Unipolar Transistors and application: Field effect transistors: Principle of operation and Fabrication of JFET(Junction Field effect Transistor), MOSFET (Metal Oxide Semiconductor FET), CMOS (Complementary MOS): Characteristics and parameters, Equivalent Circuits, Bias Circuits of JEFT(CD, CS, CG), FET Amplifiers and Oscillators, FET Voltage Follower, FET Voltage Control Resistors 3.Operational Amplifiers: Operational Amplifiers & its biasing block, Study of characteristics, Differentiator, Integrators, Active filters, Summation and subtraction circuits made of Opam, Familiarizations with Opam ICs: 709and 741, Diff. Comparator circuits, Log amplifier, Instrumentation Amp; PLL, DLL, Diff. Waveform generation, A/D & D/A converter 4. Uni Junction transistors: Principle and fabrication of UJT and its complement Pinch off / standoff ratio, Bias circuits, Generation of Sawtooth waveform. 5. Other Semiconductor devices and 555 timer: Principle and application of thyristors, p-n-p-n/ n-p-n-p devices, Semiconductor sensors and detectors: LED, LCD, Photodiode, Photo transistor, Timer. Monostable and astable operation using 555 timers, linear voltage regulator: series and shunt, Switched mode power supply

List of Practical:

1. Design, implementation and analysis of output wave form of a Wien Bridge oscillator 2. Design, implementation and analysis of output wave form of a Heartly oscillator 3. Study of I- V characteristics of JFET with different modes of CD, CS, CG variable bias resistors,

and hence to measurement of input resistance, output resistance, gain and mutual conductance 4. Design, implementation and measurement with graphical analysis of input and output of a

voltage amplifier made of JFET




38

5. Design, implementation and measurement with graphical analysis of input and output of Emitter Follower made of JFET

6. Study of I- V characteristics of UJT with variable bias resistors 7. Design, implementation and analysis of output wave form of astable oscillator made of UJT 8. Design, implementation and study of active filters made of 741 Op-amp 9. Design, implementation and study of integrator and differentiator circuit made of 709 Op-amp 9. Design, implementation and study of astable oscillator with different frequencies made of 555

Reading list:

1. Boyle’stead & Nashelsky, “Electronics Devices & Circuit Theory” Prntice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition

2. S M Sze, “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, Wiley Interscience, Latest Edition 3. H Ahmed and P J Spreadbury, “Electronics for Engineers” University Press, Cambridge, Latest

edition 4. Millman&Taub, “Pulse, digital & switching waveforms” Tata McGrawhill, New Delhi, Latest

Edition 5. Millman and Grabel, “Micro Electronics”, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, Micro Eelectronics 6. J Watson, “Semiconductor Circuit Design” Adam Hilger Ltd, Bristol, Micro Electronics 7. Schilling &Belove , “Electronic Circuit : Discrete & Integrated” Tata McGrawhill, New Delhi, 3rd

Edition 8. Hayes & Horowitz, “Student Manual for the Analog Electronics” Cambridge University Press,

Latest Edition 9. Boyle’ stead &Nashelsky “Electronoc Devices & Circuit Theory”, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi, Latest Edition 10. Millman&Halkias, “Integrated Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,3rd Edition

Name of the Module: Control Engineering Module Code: EEE 404 Semester: 4th Credit : 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: The objective of this module is

1. Show the classical design methods which have been greatly enhanced by the availability of low cost computers for system analysis and simulation.

2. View, how the graphical tools of classical design like root locus plots, NY Quist plots, Bode plots and Nichols chart can now be more easily used with computer graphics.

Broad Objective of the module: The objective is to familiarize the students with the basic of dynamical system theory while, at the same time, equipping them with the tools necessary for control system design. The emphasis is based on the design in order to show how dynamical system theory fits into practical applications. In this module various methods of control system design are discussed.

Learning outcomes: Learning and teaching approach used :




39






Subject Matter: 1. Introduction: Concept of feedback and Automatic Control, Electrical analogy of physical system.

Transfer Function, Block diagram representation of Control Systems, Block Diagram Algebra, Signal Flow Graph, Mason’s gain formula.

2. Control system components : Error sensing devices, potentiometer, synchros, D.C. and A.C. tachometers, servomotors, modulators and demodulators. Transient analysis of closed loop systems. Transient errors and their minimisation, steady state error and their minimisation, error coefficients, P, PI and P-I-D type controllers.

3. Stability of Control Systems : R-H criteria, Nyquist criteria, Bode Plots. Polar Plots, Nichols chart, measures of relative stability. Construction of Root Loci for simple system, effects of the movement of poles and zeros.

4. Improvement of system performance through compensation. Case studies on control voltage, current, frequency, position and speed. Control of liquid level, density, flow, temperature etc.

List of Practical:

1. Familiarization with MATLAB control system toolbox, MATLAB simulink toolbox & PSPICE. 2. Determination of step response for first order & second order system with unity feedback on CRO

& calculations of control system specification. 3. Time constant, peak overshoot, setting time etc. From the response. 4. Simulation of step response & impulse response for type -0, type-1 & type-2 5. System with unary feedback using matlab & PSPICE. 6. Determination of Root Locus, Bode-Plot, Nyquist Plot using MATLAB- Control system toolbox

for 2nd order system determination of different control system specifications from the plot. 7. Determination of PI, PD, PID controller action of first order simulated process. 8. Determination of approximate transfer function experimentally from Bode plot. 9. Evaluation of steady state error, setting time, percentage peak overshoot, gain margin, phase

margin, with addition of lead compensator & by compensator in forward path transfer function for unity feedback control system using PSPICE.

10. Study of a practical position control system & determination of control system specifications for variations of system parameters.




40

Reading list: 1. Kuo B.C. Automatic Control System, PHI 2. Das Gupta S : Control System Theory ; Khanna Pub. 3. Nagrath I J & Gopal M : Control Systems Engineering, New Age International Pub. 4. Ogata K : Modern Control Engg. PHI 5. Dorf R C & Bishop R.H.: Modern Control System ; Addison – Wisley 6. Bolton: Industrial Control & Instrumentation, Orient Longman 7. Nakra: Theory & Applications of Automatic Control, New Age International 8. Gopal: Modern Control System Theory, New Age International 9. Gopal: Digital Control Engineering, New Age International 10. Sinha: Control Systems, New Age International

Name of the Module: Entrepreneurship and Innovation for Practices Module Code: HSS 401 Semester: 4th Credit : 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:


Learning outcomes:






Semester End Examination (50 marks)




41

Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%

Subject Matter: Unit-I Introduction to entrepreneurship; Meaning, Importance and relevance of entrepreneurship, planning and controlling of entrepreneurial organizations, Problems and constraints of entrepreneurship. Unit-II Characteristics of entrepreneurship; Factors and models of entrepreneurial developments, Motivation training, values and risks-taking behavior, motivation for entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurial supports systems and effects of socio-economic, political and environmental factors on entrepreneurship development. Unit-III Project Identification, market evaluation, demand forecasting; Identification of various forest based industries, forest products including timber and non-timber forest products(NTFP), processing units, marketing of forest products, constraints, Prospects and potentials. Market, demand, Technical and Financial analysis of small and self-employment project. Unit-IV Preparation of project proposal, evaluation of units. Socio-economic analysis, Cost-Benefit analysis of forest based units, Break-even analysis, sources of finance and working results estimation. Unit-V Preliminary and Feasibility Report preparation of a project proposal of scale forest based unit and case study of some forest based units. BOOKS: 1. Agri-business and Entrepreneurship, Rajgopal, Indian Book & Periodicals, New Delhi, 1990. 2. Industrial Entrepreneurship & Small Scale Industries- R.S. Jalal, Indian Book & Periodicals, New Delhi, 1990. 3. Entrepreneurship Development- B.S Rathore& J.S Saini, Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi, 1991. 4. Entrepreneurship: Starting a New Business- Anderson, Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 1986. 5. Project Formulation, Implementation and Appraisal – P. Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1996.




42

Semester – V

L T P Credit ECE – 501 Microprocessor, Microcontroller & Embedded System 3 0 2 4 ECE – 502 RF & Microwave Engineering 3 0 2 4 ECE – 503 Digital Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 CSE – 503 Database Management System 3 0 2 4 ECE - 504 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 2 4 HSS – 501 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3 ECE – 505 Telecommunication Engineering 3 0 0 3 21 0 10 26

Name of the Module: Microprocessor, Microcontroller and Embedded system Module Code: ECE 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


Broad Objective of the module: This module is intended for practicing computer engineers, computer scientists,

professionals in related fields, as well as faculty and students, who have an interest in the intersection of high-assurance design, microprocessor systems, and formal verification, and wish to learn about current developments in the field.


1. design a microprocessor . 2. configure or design a microprocessor-based system (likely). 3. understand efficiency in microprocessor-based systems. 4. write code or a compiler for a microprocessor which takes advantage of

the advanced architectural techniques. Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:



Continuous assessment (Practical (25 marks) 1. Regular Work (15 – marks – as shown in annexure – I)




43

2. Viva / test (10 marks)


Subject Matter:

Unit-1 Architecture of microprocessor; case study with intel series of microprocessors.

Unit-1I Assembly language programming using intel 8085 microprocessor.

Unit-II1 Interfacing of memory to a microprocessor; sustem bus, timing diagram, peripheral chips (IO mapped IO & Memory mapped IO). Interrupts and DMA.

Unit-1V Interfacing of I/O devices; modes of data transfer, synchronous, asynchronous, interrupt driven using 8255 PPI , interfacing of DAC and ADC.

Unit-V Serial mode of data transfer using 8251.

Unit-V1

Interfacing of key board and display devices using 8279, Peripherals: 8279, 8255, 8251, 8253, 8237, 8259, A/D and D/A converters and interfacing of the same. Typical applications of a microprocessor.

Unit-VI1 Microprocessor versus Microcontroller architecture.

Unit-VII1 Memory and I/O interfacing to 8051 microcontroller.

Unit-1X 16 bit processors: 8086 and architecture, segmented memory has cycles, read/write cycle in min/max mode. Reset operation, wait state, Halt state, Hold state, Lock operation, interrupt processing. Addressing modes and their features. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To develop a program to add two double byte numbers. 2. To develop a subroutine to add two floating point quantities. 3. To develop program to multiply two single byte unsigned numbers, giving a 16 bit product. 4. To develop subroutine which will multiply two positive floating point numbers. 5. To write program to evaluate P* Q*+R* & S are 8 bit binary numbers. 6. To write a program to divide a 4 byte number by another 4 byte number. 7. To write a program to divide an 8 bit number by another 8 bit number upto a fractional quotient

of 16 bit. 8. Write a program for adding first N natural numbers and store the results in memory location

X. 9. Write a program which decrements a hex number stored in register C.The Program should half

when the program register reads zero. 10. Write a program to introduce a time delay of 100 ms using this program as a subroutine display

numbers from 01H to OAH with the above calculated time delay between every two numbers. 11. N hex numbers are stored at consecutive memory locations starting from X. Find the largest number and

store it at location Y. 12. Interface a display circuit with the microprocessor either directly with the bus or by using I/O ports.

Write a programme by which the data stored in a RAM table is displayed.




44

13. To design and interface a circuit to read data from an A/D converter, using the 8255 A in the memory mapped I/O.

14. To design and interface a circuit to convert digital data into analog signal using the 8255 A in the memory mapped I/O.

15. To interface a keyboard with the microprocessor using 8279 chip and transfer the output to the printer.

16. To design a circuit to interface a memory chip with microprocessor with given memory map.

BOOKS:




4. Advanced Microprocessors by Ray and Bhurchandi - TMH 5. Intel Corp. Micro Controller Handbook – Intel Publications, 1994. 6. Microprocessors and Interfacing by Douglas V. Hall, McGraw Hill International Ed. 1992 7. Assembly Language Programming the IBM PC by Alan R. Miller, Subex Inc, 1987 8. The Intel Microprocessors: 8086/8088, 80186, 80286, 80386 & 80486, Bary B. Brey, Prentice Hall, India

Name of the Module: RF & Microwave Engineering Module Code: ECE 502 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. to make the students to study the microwave spectrum, tubes, components, diodes and device 2. to study the operation, functions of microwave sources, diodes and devices and to know about

the application of these devices for microwave circuits & systems, radar and satellite communication

3. to expose students to the measurement of microwave & RF circuits 6. to make the students to learn about EMI and EMC

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth of the theory and the technology of microwave components, devices, diodes, tubes and sources; to know about the microwave circuit measurement & communication system design; and to understand EMI & EMC Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) have clear understanding & utilization of microwave spectrum, components, diodes, devices & sources, design and develop different microwave circuit & their utility in satellite application and iii)utilize the EMI & EMC for applications

Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 0 hours per week Self study : 6 hours per week




45

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Spectrum: Classification and band concepts of electromagnetic spectrum, RF and Microwave spectrum, historical background of RF and Microwave, Maxwell’s wave equations, Faraday’s laws, displacement current, skin depth, Poynting theorem, Poynting Vector, RF lines, Smith Chart.

2. Transmission Line Theory:Telegraphic Equation, Ch. Impedance, Transmission losses, VSWR, Unknown impedance measurement using shift in minima technique and impedance matching using signal and double stub matching

3. Microwave waveguides and components : Rectangular waveguide and circular waveguide – mode structure, cut-off frequency, wall current, attenuation; microwave cavities – rectangular cavity resonator, Q factor, scattering matrix and transmission matrix, attenuator, phase, shifter, directional coupler, Bethe hole coupler, magic tee, hybrid ring, circulator, isolator, Antennas

4. Microwave Tubes: Limitations of conventional tubes, Multicavity Klystron, Reflex Klystron, Magnetron, Travelling Wave Tube, Backward Wave Oscillator

5. Applications of Microwave: Radar system, Satellite Communication System, Industrial Applications of Microwave.

6. Microwave Measurement: VSWR measurement, power measurement, impedance measurement, frequency measurement.

7. RF Circuit : Low pass filter, high pass filter, band pass filter, RF amplifier-low noise consideration.

8. EMI / EMC: EMI standard, radiated and conducted EMI and susceptibility, wire antenna, EMI sensor, antenna factor, cable to cable coupling, electrostatic discharge

List of Practical:

1. Radiation Pattern of Dipole and Dipole with Parasitic elements 2. Radiation Pattern of Printed antennas 3. Radiation Pattern of aperture antennas e.g., Horn antennas, Open-ended Waveguides, Parabolic Reflectors. 4. Study of Smith Chart 5. Input Impedance of a terminated waveguide using Shift in minima technique 6. Single and Double- stub matching 7. Gain, Directivity and Bandwidth of a three-element Yagi-Uda antenna 8. Gain, Directivity and Bandwidth of a Pyramidal Horn antenna 9. VSWR and Reflection coefficient of a coaxial line for various load condition using frequency domain Technique 10. Study of Spectrum Analyser 11. Measurement of EMI Field using EMC Sensors 12. Study of field-patterns in near field region and far-field region of an

Reading list:




46

1. S Y Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd Edition 2. S M Sze, “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, Wiley Interscience, Latest Edition 3. Matthew M Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency and Microwave” Electronics Illustrated, Pearson

Education Asia, Latest Edition. 4. David M Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, John Willy & Sons. Inc, Latest Edition 5. Peter A Rizzi, “Microwave Engineering – Passive Circuits”, Prentice Hall of India. Latest Edition 6. M L Sisodia, “Microwave Active Devices – Vacuum and Solid State”, New Age Int. Publication,

Latest Edition. 7. Kraus, “Antennas”,TataMcGrawhill, Latest Edition 8. M N O Sadiqu, “Elements of Electromagnetism”, Oxford University Press, Latest Edition 9. K C Gupta, “Microwave Engineering” New Age Int. Publication, New Delhi, Latest Edition 10. M I Skolnik, “Introduction to Radar Systems”, Tata McGraw Hall, Latest Edition 11. S. K. Ray et al, “Microwave Semiconductor Devices”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

Name of the Module: Digital Communication Engineering Module Code: ECE 503 Semester: 5th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1. to make the students to understand different types of digital coding, decoding, modulation and demodulation techniques for both base band & broadband communication

2. to make students familiarization about standard hierarchy framing, staffing, multiplexing ,de multiplexing and important keying techniques

3. to make students to know about information theory & coding Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of digital modulation, demodulation, coding, decoding, hierarchy techniques, line coding, and information theory & coding needed to carry signals digitally under both baseband and broadband communication Learning outcomes : At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize the appropriate digital modulation techniques & multiplexing in transporting digital signals over a channel and ii) to utilize appropriate line coding, compression coding to transport signals. Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment :




1. Regular Work (15 – marks – as shown in annexure – I)




47

2. Viva / test (10 marks) Semester End Examination (50 marks) Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%

Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Perspective of digital communication. Nyquist Sampling Theorem, Unipolar and bipolar sampling, Elements of digital communication system

2. Source encoding: Pulse code modulation, quantization noise, linear and non linear

quantization, companding. Differential pulse code modulation, delta modulation, adaptive delta modulation, µ -law and A-law, Delta sigma modulation, linear predictive coders, PCM, DPCM, DM, ADM, Analysis, Signsal to Quantization Noise Ratio, Slope Overload Condition, Start Up Noise, Sysytem Design.

3. Multiplexing : Frequency Division & Time Division Multiplexing : multiplexing hierarchy,

synchronous and asynchronous multiplexing, pulse staffing and word staffing.

4. Baseband Transmission: Base band signal receiver: Integrate and dump type filter, probability of error calculations, optimum filters, coherent reception, matched filter and its transfer function. Probability of error of matched filter. Regenerative repeater, Bit synchronization, Inphase and midphase synchronizer. Early late gate synchronizer. Frame synchronization.

5. Line coding: UPNRZ, UPRZ, PNRZ, PNZ, Manchester, differential encoding and their spectral

characteristic, self synchronization properties of some of the encoded signal, Pseulaterning, BrZS, HDP3.

6. Equalization: Inter symbol interference (ISI), Purpose of equalization, Eye pattern, Nyquiest

criterion for zero ISI, fixed equalizer, Design of equalizer, Adaptive decision directed equalizer, Partial response signaling.

7. Digital modulation technique: ASK, FSK, PSK, BPSK, DPSK, BFSK, MARY-, QPSK, MSK

principles, QASK, Error calculation.

8. Spread-spectrum modulation : Pseudo-Noise Sequence, A motion of Spread Spectrum, Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum with Coherent Binary Phase-Shift Keying, Processing Gain, Probability of Error, Frequency-hop Spread Spectrum, Code-Division Multiplexing.

9. Information Theory and coding: Concept and measure of information, Entropy, Discrete and

continuous message, Message source, zero memory source, extension of zero memory source, Markov source and their entropy, Channel with and without memory, Channel capacity, Hartlay and Shannon’s law, Uniquely decodable codes, Instantaneous codes, Kraft inequality and Macmillan inequality, Construction of instantaneous codes, Huffman and Shannon – Fano coding.

List of Practical: 1. Design a sampling circuit ( or use trainer kit) to verify and test Nyquist theorem 2. Design a linear PCM coder-decoder (or use a trainer kit) to perform & test PCM coding &

decoding of a given test signal. Verify that signal to quantum noise ratio decrease by 6 db with increase of each coding bit.

3. Implement and verify µ -law and A-law companding in hardware or in software 4. Design an ADPCM coder-decoder (or use a trainer kit) to perform & test ADPCM coding &

decoding 5. Generate p-n sequence with shift Registar




48

6. Design a DM (or use a trainer kit) to implement delta modulation. Test slope overloading condition using appropriate signal. Find the start up noise if present

7. Design ASK system (or use a trainer kit) to perform & test the ASK with given signal. Hence implement PSK with choosen signal and verify it.

8. Design FSK system (or use a trainer kit) to perform & test the FSK with given signal 9. Design a TDM system (or use a trainer kit) to perform & test the TDM with a few given signals 10. Design any line coder(or use a trainer kit) to perform & test its operation for given source codes 11. Write program to implement Huffman and Shannon-Fano coding

Reading list:

1. Carlson, “Communication System”TataMcgrawHill, New Delhi, 4th Edition 2. L. W. Couch Li, “Digital and Analog Communication System“, , Macmillan Publishing Co, New

York, 2nd Edition 3. J A Betts, “Signal Processing, Modulation and Noise”, English Universities Press Ltd, London,

Latest Edition 4. Taub& Schilling, Principle of Communication System, Tata McGraw Hill 5. B P Lathi, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication System”, Oxford University Press, Latest

Edition. 6. C T Bhunia, “Lecture on Multimedia and its Communication”, New Age Int’l Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,

1st Edition 7. Simon Haykin, “Communication System”, Jhon Wiley & Sons, Latest Edition 8. L W Couch II, “Modern Communication System”, Prentice Hall India, Latest Edition 9. J G Proakis, “Digital Communications”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Latest Edition 10. J Das, S K Mullick, P K Chatterjee, Principle of Digital Communication, Wiley Eastern Limited,

Latest edition

Name of the Module: Database Management System. Module Code: CSE 503 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:

1. Explain the purpose of a database management system (DBMS). 2. Explain the role of the database administrator. 3. Explain what is meant by data consistency, data integrity, data redundancy and data

independence. 4. Explain the concept of entity relationships and data normalisation. 5. Explain the concept of a client/server database. 6. Recall the relevant advantages of a client/server database over a non-client/server database.

Broad Objective of the module: Behind the development and design of this module is to know how to design, manipulate and manage databases. The module participants are exposed to the various forms, types and models of database systems to enable them make viable choices. Supportive and complimentary concepts of managing data and documents are thoroughly examined to give a wholesome view of data/information management. The ultimate aim is to encourage the usage of database management systems for effective data management. Learning outcomes: After completion of this module students will be able to :

1. define a Database Management System 2. give a description of the Database Management structure 3. define a Database




49

4. define basic foundational terms of Database 5. understand the applications of Databases 6. know the advantages and disadvantages of the different models 7. compare relational model with the Structured Query Language (SQL) 8. know the constraints and controversies associated with relational

database model. 9. know the rules guiding transaction ACID 10. identify the major types of relational management systems 11. compare and contrast the types of RDBMS based on several criteria 12. understand the concept of data planning and Database design 13. know the steps in the development of Databases 14. trace the history and development process of SQL 15. know the scope and extension of SQL






Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50% Subject Matter: 1. Introduction:Concept & Overview of DBMS, Data Models, Database Languages, Database

Administrator, Database Users, Three Schema architecture of DBMS. 2. Entity-Relationship Model :Basic concepts, Design Issues, Mapping Constraints, Keys, Entity-

Relationship Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-R features. 3. Relational Model : Structure of relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus,

Extended Relational Algebra Operations, Views, Modifications Of the Database. 4. SQL and Integrity Constraints :Concept of DDL, DML, DCL. Basic Structure, Set operations,

Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Domain Constraints, Referential Integrity Constraints, assertions, views, Nested Subqueries, Database security application development using SQL, Stored procedures and triggers.

5. Relational Database Design :Functional Dependency, Different anamolies in designing a Database., Normalization using funtional dependencies, Decomposition, Boyce-Codd Normal Form, 3NF, Nomalization using multi-valued depedencies, 4NF, 5NF

6. Internals of RDBMS :Physical data structures, Query optimization : join algorithm, statistics and cost bas optimization. Transaction processing, Concurrency control and Recovery Management : transaction model properties, state serializability, lock base protocols, two phase locking.




50

7. File Organization & Index Structures :File & Record Concept, Placing file records on Disk, Fixed and Variable sized Records, Types of Single-Level Index (primary, secondary, clustering), Multilevel Indexes, Dynamic Multilevel Indexes using B tree and B+ tree .

List of Practical: Structured Query Language 1. Creating Database Creating a Database Creating a Table Specifying Relational Data Types Specifying Constraints Creating Indexes 2. Table and Record Handling

INSERT statement Using SELECT and INSERT together DELETE, UPDATE, TRUNCATE statements DROP, ALTER statements

3. Retrieving Data from a Database The SELECT statement Using the WHERE clause Using Logical Operators in the WHERE clause Using IN, BETWEEN, LIKE , ORDER BY, GROUP BY and HAVING Clause Using Aggregate Functions Combining Tables Using JOINS

4. Database Management Creating Views Creating Column Aliases Creating Database Users Using GRANT and REVOKE Cursors in Oracle PL / SQL

Writing Oracle PL / SQL Stored Procedure Reading List: 1. Henry F. Korth and Silberschatz Abraham, “Database System Concepts”, Mc.Graw Hill. 2. Elmasri Ramez and Novathe Shamkant, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Benjamin

Cummings 3. Publishing. Company. 4. Ramakrishnan: Database Management System , McGraw-Hill 5. Gray Jim and Reuter Address, “Transaction Processing : Concepts and Techniques”, Moragan

Kauffman Publishers. 6. Jain: Advanced Database Management System CyberTech 7. Date C. J., “Introduction to Database Management”, Vol. I, II, III, Addison Wesley. 8. Ullman JD., “Principles of Database Systems”, Galgottia Publication. 9. James Martin, “Principles of Database Management Systems”, 1985, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi 10. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B.Navathe, Addison Wesley

Publishing Edition “Database Management Systems”, Arun K.Majumdar, Pritimay Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill




51

Name of the Module: Digital Signal Processing Module Code: ECE 504 Semester: 5th Credit:4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1. to make the students to understand different types of digital signal processing techniques and tools

2. to make students familiarization about advanced transfor namely discrete Z transform, Fast Fourier transform and Filters using MATLA

3. to make students to apply transform and DSP techniques to design systems of coding & decoding

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of digital signal processing tools, techniques, fast fourier transform, discrete Z transform, filters and use these to design systems of coding & decoding. Learning outcomes : At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize the DSP tools and Techniques, Discrete Z transform, Fast Fourier Transform to design system & analysis and ii) to design important filters FIR, IIR for systems and analysis Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment:






Subject Matter: 1. Introduction: Overview of digital signal processing, Multichannel and multidimensional signals, Sequences: classification based on length, symmetry, periodicity, energy, power, Discrete signal, Time linear system, Sequences, arbitrary sequences, linear time invariant system, causality, stability, Difference equation, relation between continuous and discrete system, Classifications of sequence, recursive and non-recursive system




52

2. Mathematical operations on sequences: Convolution, graphical and analytical techniques, overlap and add methods, sliding tap methods, matrix methods, some examples and solutions of LTI systems, MATLAB examples 3. Z-transform : Definition, relation between Z transform and Fourier transform of a sequence, properties of Z transform, mapping between S-plane and Z-plane, Unit circle, convergence and ROC, Inverse z-transform, solution of difference equation using the one sided Z-transform with MATLAB examples 4. Discrete Fourier Transform: Definition, inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) Twiddle factor, linear transformation, basic properties, circular convolution, multiplication of DFT, linear filtering using DFT, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), FFT algorithm, Radix 2 algorithm. Decimation-in-time and decimation-in-frequency algorithm, signal flow graph, butterflies, Chirp z-transform algorithm, MATLAB examples 5. Digital filter realization: Principle of digital filter realization, structures of All-zero filters, Design of Finite Impulse Response(FIR) filters, linear phase, windows-rectangular, Berlitt, Hamming and Blackman. Design of infinite impulse response(IIR) filters from analog filters, Bilinear transformation, Butterworth, Chebyshev, Elliptic filters. Optimization method of IIR filters. Some example of pratical filters design. Computer aided filter design, MATLAB examples List of Practical:

1. Generate Sine wave and hence Tan wave in writing program in C/C++ 2. Perform solution of given difference equation using the one sided Z-transform with MATLAB 3. Demonstrate Chirap z-transform algorithm with MATLAB examples 4. Design and test of a FIR filter using MATLAB and DSP Trainer kit 5. Design and test of an IIR filter using MATLAB and DSP Trainer kit 6. demonstrate time and frequency domain properties using MATLAB 7. Realize DTMF tone generator using DSP kits and code composer 8. Implement µ-law and A-law companding with TMS320C54x DSP 9. Perform Fourier analysis of a given periodic signal 10. Implement Double Precision Complex FFT with TMS320c54x DSP

Reading list:

1. L R Rabiner& B Gold, “Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing” Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition. PHI

2. J G Proakis& D G Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and Applications”, Pearson Education, Latest Edition

3. Chen, “Digital Processing”, Oxford University Press, Latest Edition 4. Meyar-Basse U, “Digital Signal Processing with FPGA”, Springer India, Latest edition. 5. S K Mitra, “Digital Signal Processing – A Computer based approach” Tata McGraw-Hill, Latest

Edition 6. Emmanual C. Ifeachor et al, “Digital Signal Processing : A Practical approach”, Pearson

Education, 2nd edition.

Name of the Module: Industrial Management Module Code: HSS 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module: The aim of the module is to give the students:





53




Broad Objective of the module: There are certain definite objectives of an economy of every country. To

fulfil these objectives some useful measures are adopted which is in this module. Economic policy is related to the economy of the country as a whole or to a region. It is nothing but a guideline to those who have to carry out their duties effectively for obtaining desired goals.

Learning outcomes: 1. To provide students with a broad overview of staffing practice

and research, including recruiting, selection, and human resource management.

2. To acquaint students with legal guidelines which govern the practice of staffing and related human resource decision-making and policy.

3. To present material on the external, environmental conditions that affect the practice of staffing and overall Industrial Organization & Management.

4. To provide students with a broad overview of the field of Industrial/Organizational Psychology, and its various sub-specialties.

5. To acquaint students with scientific psychological theory and research, as they pertain to the world of work.

6. To inform students of the various legal and ethical issues which influence the practice of Industrial/Organizational Psychology.






Subject Matter:




54

Unit–I Concept of management, various approaches to management, Management as – an art, a Science, and a profession, Managerial skills, Process of management, Planning-Mission,Goals, Strategy, Program and Procedure; Decision making-process, decision making under risk and uncertainty, Models of decision making. Unit–II Principles of Organization, Organizational Structure, span of control, Staffing function with emphasis on, Performance Appraisal, Training and Development. Unit–III Direction and coordination, Motivation and Leadership, control function-Process and Techniques. Unit–IV Production Management: Types of Production, Locational Decisions, Plant layout and design, Production Planning scheduling and control, work study, method Study, and wage payment schemes and Bonus, Productivity – concept and measurement. Unit–V Material Management: Inventory Planning, Procurement-functions, Procedures and control, storing-planning procedure and control, issue and pricing, Inventory control Techniques, Value analysis and Engineering. BOOKS: 1. H. Koontz and H. Weihrich, “Essentials of Management”, TMH, 2005. 2. Buffa, “Modern Production/Operation Management”, Wiley, 1983. 3. W.D. Dobler, “Purchasing and Materials Management”, TMH, New Delhi, 1984. 4. Cetro S., “Modern Management”, PHI, 2003. 5. Adam, “Production and Operations Management”, Pearson Education /PHI, 1993. 6. Martand T. Telsang, “Industrial Engineering and Production Management”, S. Chand and Co., 2005. 7. Stoner Freeman and Gibst, “Management”, Prentice Hall, 2005.

Name of the Module: Telecommunication Engineering Module Code: ECE 505 Semester: 5th Credit: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter:

1. Introduction; Evolution of Telecommunication; Components and Examples ofTelecommunication systems

2. Telephone Systems; Pulse dialing & Tone dialing; Telephone Instruments - rotary dial and push button types.

3. Telecommunication Transmission Lines- G.I, Copper, Co-axial, and Fiber optic cables; Transmission Bridge -Hybrid circuit for 2-wire to 4-wire conversion and vice versa. PCM Carriers; American and European standards of carrier channels.

4. Subscriber loop systems, BORSCHT Functions; Switching hierarchy & routing, signaling techniques-in channel & common channel signaling, SS7.

5. Basics of Switching System: Classification of Switching System, Automatic Switching System,

6. Principle of Operation of Strowger& Crossbar Electro-mechanical Systems; Step by step Circuit Switching, - Director and Non-Director systems.

7. TDM, FDM and SDM; Time/Digital Switching systems - Time division Time switch, Time multiplexed Space switch, Time multiplexed Time switch, Hybrid switching, ; TS, ST, STS, TST systems; Architecture of 5ESSsystems; Generation of




55

Electronic Exchanges 8. Stored Program Control, Software architecture, Application software; 3 9. Traffic Engineering: Blocking network, blocking probability, grade of service,traffic

load, Erlang-B and C-congestion formulas-case studies 10. Modems and their standards, RS 232C; DTE and DCE, FacsimileTransmission 11. Introduction to ISDN channels & access arrangements, formats, servicecapabilities and

user-network interfaces; Limitations of ISDN, Introduction toB-ISDN. 12. Introduction to cordless telephones, Digital PABX and WLL 2

Reading list:

1. T. Viswanathan, “ Telecommunications Switching Systems & Networks”, PHI 2. P. Gnansivam,”Telecommunication Switching Systems &Networks”;New Age. References: 3. Syed RiffatAli,”Digital Switching System”;TMH 4. J. Martin “Telecommunication and Computer” 3/e (PHI) 5. A.Z.Dodd “The Essential Guide to Telecommunication” (Pearson) 6. B.A.Farouzan “Data Communication and Networking” 4/e (TMH) 7. S. Rambhandran, “ Telecommunication Principles, Circuits & Systems”, (Khanna Publishers) 8. N.N.Deb: “Telecommunication Engineering” Vol-I & II, New Age 9. J.E Flood: Tele Communication Switching-Traffic & Networks-.(Pearson)




56

Semester – VI Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

CSE – 601 Computer Networking 3 0 2 4 ECE – 601 Fibre Optics Communication 3 0 0 3 HSS – 601 Engineering Ethics & IPR 3 0 0 3 HSS – 602 Disaster Management 2 0 0 2 ECE – 602 Electronics System & Design 0 0 2 1 ECE – 603 Power Electronics Devices & Circuit 3 0 2 4 CSE – 606 Soft Computing 3 0 2 4 17 0 8 21


1. To know Communication between applications on different computers. 2. To understand state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures, and

applications. 3. Examine and comprehend the following networking concepts -basic

computer networking concepts including Circuit-switching and Packet-switching, Residential ccess networks (point-to-point, dialup modem, ADSL, cable modem), Protocol layer stack, Client-Server paradigm, and Packet-switched network delay calculation application-layer applications including Telnet, FTP, DNS, HTTP, SMTP -Other state of arts topics including Wireless and Mobile Networks, and Security in Computer Network.






1. Explain the roles of key elements in data communication.




57

2. Explain the difference between local area and wide area networks.

3. Explain the uses of WANs with respect of current practice.

4. Explain the uses, hardware requirements and advantages of WANs.

5. Describe the application and operation of protocols. 6. Distinguish types of networks. 7. Compare network topologies. 8. Describe and distinguish features of node addressing

methods. 9. Describe the standards for industry network

architectures. Learning and teaching approach used :






Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Introduction to Computer Network and Physical Layer 2. Types of Networks: Broadcast and Point-to-point- LAN-MAN-WAN- Wireless networks. 3. Layered Architecture and Reference Models: Layered architecture- OSI reference model, TCP/IP

reference model – Internet Protocol Stack – Network Entities in Layers- Connection oriented and Connection less services,

4. ATM: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, Transmission of ATM Cells, ATM Adaptation Layer, Traffic and Congestion Control, ATM LAN Emulation

5. Internetworking: Principles of Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking, The Internet Protocol, Routing Protocol, IPv6 (IPng), ICMPv6

6. Data Transmission/The Physical Layer: Concepts and Terminology, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments, Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission, Communication Satellites, The Public Switched Telephone Network, The Mobile Telephone System, Cable Television


8. Data Communication Interface: Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Line Configurations, Interfacing.

9. Multiplexing: Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Synchronous Time-Division Multiplexing, Statistical Time- Division Multiplexing.

10. Circuit Packet and Switching: Switched Networks, Circuit-Switching Networks, Switching Concepts, Routing in Circuit-Switched Networks, Control Signalling, Packet-Switching Principles, Routing, Congestion Control,




58

X.25 282. 11. Frame Relay: Frame Relay Protocol Architecture, Frame Relay Call Control, User Data Transfer,

Network Function, Congestion Control. 12. LAN Technology and Systems: LAN Architecture, BusITree LANs, Ring LANs, Star LANs, Wireless LANs,

Ethernet and Fast Ethernet (CSMAICD), Token Ring and FDDI, 100VG-AnyLAN, ATM LANs, Fibre Channel, Wireless LANs, Bridge Operation, Routing with Bridges.

13. Protocols and Architecture: Protocols, OSI, TCP/IP Protocol Suite. 14. Examples of networks: Novell Netware, Arpanet, and Internet. Examples of Data Communication Services:

X.25 Networks, Frame relay, Broad band ISDN and ATM. Physical Layer: Transmission media- Narrow band ISDN: Services-Architecture- Interface, Broad band ISDN and ATM- Virtual Circuits versus Circuit Switching – Transmission in ATM networks. FDDI.



a. (URI), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) 17. Network Layer and Routing: Network Service model – Datagram and Virtual circuit service- Roting principles-

Link state routing-distant vector routing-hierarchical routing-multicast routing-IGMP Internet Protocol (IP): IPv4 addressing-routing and forwarding datagram-datagram format-datagram fragmentation- ICMP- DHCP- Network Address Translators (NATs)-IPv6 packet format-transition from IPv4 to IPv6-Mobile IP. Routing in the Internet: Intra Autonomous System Routing : RIP and OSPF-Inter Autonomous System Routing : BGP – Network layer in ATM.


19. Application Layer and Network Security: Application Layer Protocols - WWW and HTTP-File transfer Protocol: FTP Commands and Replies – Domain Name System (DNS)- SMTP - SNMP- multimedia. Remote Procedure Call. Security in Computer Networks: Principles of Cryptography-Symmetric key-Public key-authentication protocols -Digital Signatures – Firewa lls. Security in different Layers: Secure E-mail- SSL – IP security.

List of Practical:



3. Introduction to ns2 (network simulator) - small simulation exercises to study TCP behavior under different scenarios.

4. Setting up a small IP network - configure interfaces, IP addresses and routing protocols to set up a small IP network. Study dynamic behaviour using packet sniffers

5. Experiments with ns2 to study behaviour (especially performance of) link layer protocols such as Ethernet and 802.11 wireless LAN.

Reading List: 1. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking – A Top-Down ApproachFeaturing the Internet, 2/e

Pearson Education ,2003 2. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Pearson education ,2002 3. F. Halsall, Data Communication, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison Wesley, 1996 4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks , 4/e, Pearson education, 2003




59

5. Behrouz A. Fourouzan ,Data Communications and Networking, 2/e Tat McGrawhill,2000 Name of the Module: Fibre Optics Communication Module Code: ECE 601 Semester: 6th Credit: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1. to make students to learn about art and technology of fiber optical communication, mainly Transmitter, Receiver and Links

2. to make the students knowledgeable of different types of techniques for measuring fiber optics communication parameters

i. to know about techniques of optical coupling, amplification and oscillation

Broad Objective of the module: To study techniques, devices, measurement and coupling of optical fibre communication Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) design optical transmitters, receivers and couple them through links for installing fibre communication and ii) to know about different techniques of measurement of parameters of optical communication Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practical : 0 hours per week Self study : 6 hours per week

Assessment:

2. Continuous assessment (Theory) (30 marks) a. Mid Term Test (One test, 10 marks) b. Assignment (Two assignments, 10 marks) c. Quiz (Five Test, 10 marks)

3. Continuous assessment (Practical (0 marks) a. Regular Work (0 – marks – as shown in annexure – I) b. Viva / test (0 marks)


Subject Matter: 1.Introduction to optical fibre: Ray diagram, different types of optical fibre, step index, graded index. 2. Optical Fibre Communication: Principles and systems, Single-mode Fibre: Mode Cut-Off wavelength, Mode-field Diameter, Equivalent Step-Index (ESI) Profile, Measurement, Dispersion Measurements:




60

Time-Domain method & Frequency Domain Method, Geometrical Measurements: diameter, deformation, eccentricity, elasticity, Mechanical Strength of Optical Fibre 3. Transmitters and Receivers: LED, Laser Diodes, Lasers, Bias & stabilization, Driver circuits for analog & digital modulation, Modulation bandwidth, PIN, APD photodiodes, photo diode amplifiers, Signal to noise ratio in PIN and APD receivers, Receiver sensitivity, Eye diagram, Coupling mechanism, Transmission Characteristics of fibres, short haul, long haul and high speed links, optical power budget calculations, 4. Optical Interconnecting Devices: Optical isolators, polarizer, circulators, attenuators, amplifiers, oscillators, filters, add/drop multiplexers, optical modulators, 6.Other optical device used in fibre optics communication: Wave division multiplexing and demultiplexing, optical switching, optical amplifier ( Raman, EDFA)

6. Measurement: Lock-in-Amplifier, Monochromator, Infrared viewer, Optical spectrum Analyzer, Multi-mode-fibre: Parameters for characterization, Steady-State Power distribution, mode stripper, Measurement of Attenuation : Loss Mechanisms in Fibre, Calorimetric Method, Absorption & Scattering I/O attenuation, Cut-Back method, OTDR techniques; Numerical Aperture-trigonometric & Scanning method, International Standards for Measurements,. List of Practical: Nil Reading List:

1. Ghatak, Fiber Optics Communication, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, Latest Edition 2. J M Senior, Optical Fiber Communication, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition 3. G Keiser, Optical Fiber Communication, McGraw Hill, Latest Edition 4. D K Myabaev& L LScheiner, Fiber Optic Communication Technology, Pearson Ltd, Latest Edition 5. Dietrich Marcuse, Principles of Optical Fiber Measurements, Academic Press Inc NY, Latest

Edition 6. Giovanni Cancellieri& Umberto Ravaioli, Measurements os Optical Fibers & Devices – Theory &

Experiments ,Artech House Inc. Dedham, USA, Latest Edition 7. Bishnu Pal, Fundamentals of Fiber Optics in Telecommunication & Sensor Systems, Wiley

Eastern Limited, Latest Edition Giovanni Cancellieri (Editor), Single-Mode Optical Fiber Measurements, Characterizatuion&Sensing ,Artech House Inc. Boston, Latest Edition

Name of the Module: Engineering Ethics & IPR Module Code: HSS 601 Semester: 6th Credit: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:






61

Assessment:





Subject Matter: UNIT–I Engineering as a profession, historical and social context, Ethics in Engineering, Codes of Engineering Ethics, history and purpose, consequentialism and utilitarianism, Deontological approaches, duties, rights and respect for a person, responsibility, virtue Ethics, honesty, moral autonomy, obligations of Engineering profession and moral propriety. UNIT-II Engineer’s moral responsibility for safety and human right, risk assessment and communication, product liability, development ethics, engineers and employer relationship, whistle blowing and its moral justifications. UNIT-III Computer Ethics: Social impact of computers, Computer and gender issues, n privacy, cyber crime, ethical use of software’s, intrinsic value of nature. UNIT- IV IPR I: Intellectual property, definition, types, rights and functions, patents, trademark, software design, industrial designs, semi-conductor and integrated circuits layout design, grant of patent in India, authority and procedure, patent forms, surrender and revocation of patents and compulsory licensing, acquision of inventions by the Government. UNIT- V IPR II: Contents of draft application for patents, Drafting patent specification and claims, WTO and drafting patent specification and claims, IPR in fringement and piracy under Indian Laws. BOOKS: 1. Vinod V. Sople- Managing Intellectual Property: The Strategic Imperative. PHI, 2006. 2. Charles & Harri Michael S Pritchard and Michael J Robins, “Engineering Ethics: Concepts and cases”, Wordsworth/ Thompson Leaaring, Belmont Calif, 2000. 3. (Case study of selected legal battles/cases on IPR and related issues). 4. Huff & Finholt, “Social Issues in Computing: Putting Computing in Place”, McGraw Hill. 5. Govindarajan, Natarajan & Senthil Kumar – Engineering Ethics. PHI. 6. Jones & Bartlett,”Cyber Ethics: Morality and Law in Cyber Space”. 7. Schinzinger Roland Mike & Martin, “Introduction to Engineering Ethics”, Boston MA: TMH, 2000. 8. Robin Attfield, “A theory of value and obligation”, London, CroomHelm, 1987.




62

Name of the Module: Disaster Management Module Code: HSS 602 Semester: 6th Credit: 2 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter: UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Introduction – Disaster preparedness – Goals and objectives of ISDR Programme- Risk identification – Risk sharing – Disaster and development: Development plans and disaster management Alternative to dominant approach – disaster-development linkages -Principle of risk partnership UNIT II: DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND RISK REDUCTION IN GARMENT INDUSTRY Types of disasters and disaster plans: Processing machines and utilities. Sustainable livelihoods and their Protection – Recovery from disaster –fire, boiler mishap. Garment Industry health monitoring and Disaster aids. UNIT III: AWARENESS OF RISK REDUCTION Trigger mechanism – constitution of trigger mechanism – risk reduction by education – disaster information network – risk reduction by public awareness UNIT IV: DEVELOPMENT PLANNING ON DISASTER Implication of development planning – financial arrangements – areas of improvement – disaster preparedness – community based disaster management – emergency response. UNIT V: SEISMICITY Seismic waves – Earthquakes and faults – measures of an earthquake, magnitude and intensity ground damage – Tsunamis and earthquakes Text Books 1. Pardeep Sahni, Madhavi malalgoda and ariyabandu, "Disaster risk reduction in south Asia", PHI 2. Amita sinvhal, "Understanding earthquake disasters" TMH, 2010.

Name of the Module: Electronics System Design Module Code: ECE 602 Semester: 6th Credit: 1 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives of aims of the module: To give students broad but comprehensive theoretical analysis, ideas and practical design & implementation of useful electronics systems Broad Objective of the moduleTo impart the essential knowledge of electronic circuit design and fault analysis, to enhance hands on experience and to encourage innovativeness Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to take up innovative project for designing electronic systems of varied nature Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 2 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 1 hour per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 12 hours per week




63

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Design of MOSFET, CMOS for different application by using TCAD 2. Design of a BJT based voltage Amplifier: Theory , Design & Practice 3. Design of a Wien Bridge Oscillator with Op-amp: Theory , Design & Practice 4. Design of Differential Amplifier using MOSFET: Theory , Design & Practice 5. Design of a heterodyne Radio Receiver-Theory , Design & Practice 6. Design of a TV Audio System: Theory , Design & Practice 7. Design of a TV Video System: Theory , Design & Practice 8. Design of VSB transceiver: Theory , Design & Practice 9. Design of PCM based Baseband transceiver: Theory , Design & Practice 10. Design of a RF Amplifier: Theory , Design & Practice 11. Design of Up and Down Converter: Theory , Design & Practice 12. Design of ADC/DAC 13. Design of an ADM Coder and Decoder: Theory , Design & Practice 14. Design of Analog Computer using Op-amp: Theory , Design & Practice 15. Design of active filters using Op-amp: Theory , Design & Practice 16. Design of a Temperature Controller using 8085 microprocessor and AD590H transducer: Theory

, Design & Practice Software use: ORCAD, MULTISIM, TCAD SILVACO, TANNAR

Reading list: As in all subjects

Name of the Module: Power Electronics Devices & Circuit




64

Module Code: ECE 603 Semester: 6th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter:

1. Need for Power Electronics Converters; 2. Power Electronic Converters - classification and scope;

3. Power semiconductor switches, diodes, (convertor grade and fast), SCR, transistors (BJT, MOSFET and IGBT), Ratings, static and dynamic characteristics, trigger, drive and switching-aid circuits (snubber) andcooling

4. DC to DC conversion: non-isolated Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost and CuK converters, circuit configuration and analysis with different kinds of

loads, Isolated forward and flyback convertors, Full bridge inverter, Half bridge inverter, Asymmetric Topology for Single Phase. Convertermagnetic

5. Rectifiers: single-phase and three-phase operation, power-factor, R-L, R-L-back emf loads, voltage and current expressions, harmonics; Active Front End Convertors;

6. Resonant Converters: series, parallel, Series-parallel, quasi-resonant,Zero- current and zero-voltage convertors; 7. Power Electronic applications: UPS, Power line conditioner, electronicballast,

induction heating 8. Microprocessor based triggering angle control

Name of the Module: Soft Computing Module Code: CSE 606 Semester: 6th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter: Unit-I Machine Learning & AI - Introduction, hierarchical perspective and foundations. Rote Learning, Learning by advice, Learning in problem solving inductive learning, explanation based learning, learning from observation and discovery, learning by analogy, introduction to formal learning theory. Biological neurons and brain, models of biological neurons, artificial neurons and neural networks, Early adaptive nets Hopfield nets, back error propagation competitive learning lateral inhibition and feature maps, Stability - Plasticity and noise saturation dilemma, ART nets, cognition and recognition. Unit-II Neural nets as massively parallel, connectionist architecture, Application in solving problems from various are as e.g., AI, Computer Hardware, networks, pattern recognition sensing and control etc. Unit III Basics of Fuzzy Sets: Fuzzy Relations – Fuzzy logic and approximate reasoning – Design Methodology of Fuzzy Control Systems – Basic structure and operation of fuzzy logic control systems. Unit IV




65

Concepts of Artificial Neural Networks: Basic Models and Learning rules of ANN’s. Single layer perception networks – Feedback networks – Supervised and unsupervised learning approaches – Neural Networks in Control Systems. Unit V Basics of Genetic Algorithms: Evolution of Genetic Algorithm Applications. BOOKS: 1. P H Winston - Artificial Intelligence - Pearson Education 2. Bishop, Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition, OUP 3. Cohen, Empirical Methods for AI, PHI 4. Haykin, Neural Network, Pearson Education/PHI 5. E Charniak and W Midermott - Introduction to Artificial Intelligence - Pearson Education. 6. Hagan, Neural Network Design , Vikas 7. Shivanandan, Artificial Neural Network, Vikas Bose - Neural Network Fundamentals with graphs, Algorithms and Applications – TMH

Semester – VII




66

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit CSE – 701 Internet & Web Technology 3 0 2 4 HSS – 701 Mass Communication for Technology 3 0 0 3 XXX – 701 Research Paper Communication 0 0 2 1 ECE – 7XX Elective – I 3 0 0 3 ECE – 7XX Elective – II 3 0 0 3 ECE - 702 Propagation & Antenna 3 0 2 4 ECE - 703 VLSI Design 3 0 2 4 18 0 8 22 Name of the Module: Internet & Web Technology Module Code: CSE 701 Semester: 7th



1. To complete an in-depth knowledge of web technology.

2. To know and to have the idea for different web applications that most web developers are likely to use.

3. To be aware of, and to have used, the enhancements of the web applications.

4. To know the different types of web application software.

Broad Objective of the module: To develop innovative web applications to serve the society by offering

top quality, reasonably priced products and services using different types of web application tools.

Learning outcomes: At the end of the course the participant will

1. Develop client/server applications 2. Update and retrieve the data from the databases using

SQL 3. Develop server side programs in the form of servlets



1. Mid Term Test (One test, 10 marks)




67

2. Assignment (Two assignments, 10 marks) 3. Quiz (Five Test, 5 marks)



Subject Matter:

1. Introduction to HTML: HTML Common tags- List, Tables, images, forms, Frames; Cascading Style sheets; 2. Introduction to Java: Scripts, Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script 3. XML: Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting XML, Using

XML Processors: DOM and SAX 4. Java Beans: Introduction to Java Beans, Advantages of Java Beans, BDK Introspection, Using Bound

properties, Bean Info Interface, Constrained properties Persistence, Customizes, Java Beans API, Introduction to EJB’s

5. Web Servers and Servlets: Tomcat web server, Introduction to Servelets: Lifecycle of a Serverlet, JSDK, The Servelet API, The javax.servelet Package, Reading Servelet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters. The javax.servelet HTTP package, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies-Session Tracking, Security Issues,



8. Database Access : Database Programming using JDBC, Studying Javax.sql.* package, Accessing a Database from a JSP Page, Application – Specific Database Actions, Deploying JAVA Beans in a JSP Page, Introduction to struts framework.

List of Practical: 1. Basic use of html tag, linking image table, frame, form design. 2. DHTML- inline styles, creating style sheets with the style element, linking external style sheet, positioning

elements, user style sheet. 3. Creating event handler that respond to mouse and keyboard event: Onload, onmouseover, onmouseout,

onfocus, onblur, onsubmit, onresult, onclick, onchange. 4. Structuring data with xml, xml parser, extensible style language (xsl); customising markup language. 5. Configuring apache-tomcat server. 6. Building simple jsp: Declaring variables and methods in jsp, inserting java expression in jsp, processing

request from user, generating dynamic response for the user. Accessing database from jsp, inserting applet into jsp.

Reading list:

1. Web Technology & Design - Xavier C., New Age Publication. 2. Java Server Programming, J2EE edition. (VOL I and VOL II); WROX publishers. 3. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, WILEY Dreamtech 4. The complete Reference Java 2 Fifth Edition by Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt. TMH

(Chapters:25) 5. Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly.




68

6. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program by Dietel and Nieto PHI/Pearson Education Asia 7. Jocl Sklar, “Web Warrier guide to web design technologies”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi

Name of the Module: Mass Communication for Technology Module Code: HSS 701 Semester: 7th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): Subject Matter:


Name of the Module: Research Paper Communication Module Code: XXX 701 Semester: 7th Credit Value:1 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

Subject Matter: Introductory lecture is to be given to the students so that they get a clear idea of the syllabus and understand the need for having such a practice lab in the first place. Conversation practice is done on given situation topics. The students are also made to listen to prerecorded cassettes produced by British Council and also by the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. Group Discussions:- The students are made to understand the difference between the language of conversation and group discussion. Strategies of such discussions are to be taught to them. It is also helpful to use videocassettes produced by the U.G.C. on topics like group-discussion. Afterwards the class is divided into groups and the students have to discuss on given topics on current socioeconomic- political-educational importance. Interview sessions : students are taught the do’s and don’ts of facing a successful interview. They then have to face rigorous practices of mock-interviews. There would be simulations of real life interview sessions where students have to face an interview panel Presentations: The secrets of an effective presentation are taught to the students. Then each and every student has to make lab presentations with the help of the overhead projector/ using power point presentation and other audio-visual aids in the laboratory. They also have to face the question answer sessions at the end of their presentation Classes are also allotted to prepare the students for competitive examinations like the TOEFL by making the students listen to specially produced CD/ cassettes of such examinations.




69

REFERENCES: 1. Business Correspondence & Report Writing by R.C. Sharma and K.Mohan, TMH 2. How to prepare for Group Discussion & Interview (With Audio Cassette) by Prasad, TMH 3. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to conversation practice (with Cassette) by Sasikumar, TMH

ElEctivE – I (Open tO all branches / all students)

ECE – 701A : Mobile Communication ECE – 702A : Nano Technology ECE – 703A : Personal Communication Networks ECE – 704A : Fault Tolerant System ECE – 705A : CAD of VLSI Circuits ECE – 706A : EMI/EMC Techniques ECE – 707A : Television Engineering ECE – 708A : Multimedia Signal Processing ECE – 709A : Atmospheric Engineering ECE – 710A : Computational Electromagnetics

ECE 701A Mobile Communication 3 0 0

Module 1 Introduction: Wireless Communication Fundamentals: Wireless transmission, Frequencies for radio transmission, Signal Propagation, Modulations- Spread spectrum – MCA, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Cellular wireless Networks.

Module 2 Wireless access protocols: IEEE 802.11 standard, WLAN Family, WLAN transmission technology, WLAN system architecture, Collision Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection(CSMA/CD) and CSMA Collision avoidance ( CSMA/CA), 802.11 PHY and MAC layers, IEEE 802.11 Distributed Co-ordinate System (DCF) and Point Co-ordination Function (PCF), WLAN family, HyperLAN, Bluetooth, Brief overview of WiMAX for wireless broadband communication.

Module 3 Basic mobility management in Wireless Networks: Handoff and location management, Basic Mobile IP operations, types, concepts, Four basic entities for MIPv4, Mobile IPv4 Registration, Tunneling, MIPv4 Reverse Tunneling, MIPv4 Triangular Routing.

Module 4 Mobile Network Layer Considerations: Limitations of MIPv4, MIPv6 and HMIPv6, Dynamic Host Configuration protocol, Micromobility solutions to the host mobility problem, Routing in Mobile ad-hoc network, DSDV, DSR, AODV, Alternative metrics.

Module 5 Transport Layer Considerations: Traditional TCP, Classical TCP improvements- WAP, WAP 2.0.




70

Module 6

Mobile Operating Systems: PalmOS, Pocket PC and Windows CE, Embedded Linux and other Mobile Opearting Systems.

Module 7 Application Layer Considerations: Adaptation, Disconnected operations, Mobile Agents, Business implications and mobile commerce. Emerging Technologies such as Wearable Computing- challenges and concerns.

Books: 1. Mobile Computing by Raj Kamal, Oxford Higher Education University Press, New Delhi. 2. 802.11 Wireless LAN Fundamentals by Pejman Roshan & Jonathan Leay, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 3. GPRS Networks by Geoff Sanders, John Wiley and sons, England ECE-703A Personal Communication Networks 3 0 0 Introduction: Basics of Wireless communication, Personal Communication systems, Paging systems, Cordless telephone systems, TV remote control systems, Cellular Mobile Wireless Networks: Systems and Design Fundamentals. Propagation Models: Description of cellular system, Frequency Reuse, Co-channel and Adjacent channel interferences, Propagation Models for Wireless Networks, Multipath Effects in Mobile Communication, Models for Multipath Reception, Mobile antenna system Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM): Architecture, Protocols, Air Interface, Frames, Multi-frames, Super-Frames and Hyper-Frames, GSM Call Set up Procedure, GSM Protocols and Signaling. GPRS networks: The 2.5 G General Packet Radio Services, GPRS Networks Architecture, GPRS Interfaces and Reference Points, GPRS Logical Channel, GPRS Mobility Management Procedures, GPRS Attachment and Detachment Procedures, GPRS Applications. CDMA systems: IS-95 Networks, forward link and reverse link, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) (3G) architecture, UMTS Interfaces. Reference Books: 1. Wireless Networks, Applications and Protocols by T.S. Rappaport, Pearson Education 2. Wireless Communications and Networking by J. W. Mark and W. Zhuang, PHI ECE – 704A Fault Tolerant System 3 0 0 Different Faults: Permanent faults, Transient faults, intermittent faults, Specification or design faults, Component defects, Environmental effects, Permanent faults, Transient faults, Intermittent faults Techniques of handling faults at run-time: Error detection, Error correction, Fault masking, Hardware redundancy: Voting mechanism, N-modular redundancy (NMR, Software redundancy: N-version programming, Recovery-block approach, Information redundancy: forward error recovery), Duplication, Parity encoding, Checksum codes, Cyclic codes, Time redundancy (backward error recovery): Retry, Rollback

Error detection: Watchdog mechanism, Comparisons, Diagnostic tests




71

Fault-tolerant scheduling : Static scheduling, Dynamic scheduling, Temporal redundancy, Spatial redundancy, Uniprocessor scheduling, Multiprocessor scheduling, Quick-recovery algorithm (Krishna & Shin, 1986), Quick-recovery algorithm, Replication-constrained allocation, Fault-tolerant First-Fit algorithm, Fault-tolerant Rate-Monotonic algorithm, Quick-recovery algorithm, Replication-constrained allocation , Replication-constrained allocation, Rate-Monotonic-First-Fit (RMFF): FT-First-Fit : (Oh & Son, 1994)

Reading List:

1. David Powell, A Generic Fault Tolerant Architecture for Real Time Dependable Systems, Academic Press, 1st Edition

2. Koren and K C Mani, Fault Tolerant Systems, Elsevier Science, 1st Edition ECE-705A CAD of VLSI Circuits 3 0 0 Introduction: Application specific Integrated circuits (ASICs) & design automation. CMOS Technology and design rules. PLA, PLD and CPLD. Overview of Hardware modelling with VHDL. FPGA Concept, Architecture and Programming. Simulation of Digital circuits using CAD tools. High Level Synthesis: Datapath and Control synthesis. Logic Level Synthesis and Optimization of Combinatorial and Sequential circuits. Analog Design automation tools. Testing (Fault modelling, Simulation, Test generation) and Design for Testability. Physical Design Automation (Placement, Floor Planning, Routing). Timing Analysis, Verification and Validation. References: 1. M.J.S Smith , Application Specific Integrated circuits, Pearson education. 2. P.J Anderson , The designer’s guide to VHDL, Morgan Kaufman, 2nd edition, 2002. 3. Neil H.E. Weste, Kim Haase, David Harris, A. Banerjee , CMOS VLSI Design: A circuits and Systems Perspective, Pearson Education. 4. W.Wolf , FPGA System design, Pearson. 5. www.xilinx.com 6. www.altera.com

ECE- 706A EMI/EMC 3 0 0

Introduction To EMI - Definitions, Different Sources of EMI(Electro-magnetic Interference), Electro-static discharge(ESD),Electro-magnetic pulse(EMP),Lightning, Mechanism of transferring Electro-magnetic Energy: Radiated emission, radiated susceptibility, conducted emission, conducted susceptibility, Differential & common mode currents.

Introduction To EMC - Concepts of EMC, EMC units.

EMC requirements for electronic systems - World regulatory bodies- FCC, CISPR etc. Class-A devices, class-B devices, Regulations of the bodies on EMC issues.




72

Different Mitigation Techniques For preventing EMI

Grounding: Fundamental grounding concepts, Floating ground, Single-point & Multi-point ground, advantages & disadvantages of different grounding processes.

Shielding: Basic concepts of shielding, Different types of shielding, Shielding effectiveness(S.E),S.E of a conducting barrier to a normal incident plane wave, multiple reflection within a shield, mechanism of attenuation provided by shield, shielding against magnetic field & Electric field, S.E for Electronic metal & Magnetic metal, Skin-depth,S.E for far-field sources, shield seams.

Cross-talks & Coupling, Measurement set for measuring Cross-talk. Filtering & decoupling.

Books: 1. Introduction to Electromagnetic compatibility-Clayton R. Paul(John wiley & Sons) 2. EMC Analysis Methods & Computational Models-Frederick M Tesche, Michel V.Ianoz, Torbjorn

Karlsson(John Willey & Sons, Inc) 3. EMI/EMC Computational modeling Hand Book- by Archambelt.

ECE- 707A Television Engineering 3 0 0 Module 1 Basic Television System (Introduction): Scanning principles: sound and picture transmission, scanning process, camera pick-up devices, video signal,transmission and reception of video signals, brightness perception and photometric quantities, aspect ratio and rectangular scanning, persistence of vision and flicker, vertical resolution, the Kell factor, horizontal resolution and video bandwidth, interlaced scanning.

Composite Video Signal: Lines and scanning, video signal components, horizontal sync and blanking standards, vertical sync and blanking standards, video modulation and vestigial side band signal, sound modulation and inter-carrier system.

Television Standards: Standard channel characteristics, reception of the vestigial side band signals, television broadcast channel,consolidated CCIR system-B standard, various television broadcast systems.Television Pick-up devices and Cameras: Camera lenses, auto-focus systems, television camera pick-ups, Silicon Vidicon, CCD image sensors, video processing of camera pick-up signal.

Module 2 Colour Television:Colour fundamentals: mixing of colours and colour perception, chromaticity diagram, colour television camera, colour TV signals and transmission, NTSC, SECAM and PAL system,Trinitron picture tube, automatic degaussing, plasma, LCD displays.

Television transmission and reception: requirement of TV broadcast transmission, design principle of TV transmitters, IF modulation,power output stages, block diagram of TV transmitter, co-channel interference and ghost images during propagation of television signals, antenna requirements for television system, block schematic and function requirements for television receivers, trends in circuit design, colour television receiver.




73

Module 3 Digital Television Technology: Merits of digital technology, fully digital television system, digital television signals, digitized video parameters, digital video hardware, transmission of digital TV signals, bit rate reduction, digital TV receivers, video processor unit, audio processor unit.

Other television systems: Closed Circuit television system (CCTV), Cable television system (CATV).

Books: 1. Monochrome and Color Television : R.R.Gulati ; New Age. 2. R. G. Gupta: Television Engineering and Video Systems, TMH, New Delhi.

ECE 710A Computational Electromagnetics 3 0 0 1. Numerical Methods. 1.1 ODE solvers. Euler. Runge - Kutta. 1.2 Boundary conditions. 1.3 Propagation of errors. 1.4 Survey of numerical packages. 1.5 Scientific programming with Matlab. 2. Review of Basic Electromagnetics. 2.1 Electrostatics. 2.2 Magnetostatics. 2.3 Wave equations. 2.4 TE, TM and Hybrid modes. 2.5 Guided wave structures. 2.5.1 Metallic waveguides. 2.5.2 Dielectric waveguides. 2.6 Radiating structures. 3. Numerical Techniques. 3.1 Method of Curvilinear Squares. 3.2 Method of Moments. 3.3 Finite Element Method. 3.4 Finite Difference Method. 3.5 Monte Carlo Method. 3.6. Understanding boundary conditions. 4. Time varying Electromagnetic Fields. 4.1 FDTD simulations. 4.2 Courant's stability condition. 4.3 Eddy currents and skin depth. 4.4 Multi-resolution Time Domain Methods. 4.4.1 Introduction to wavelets. 4.4.2 Families of wavelets and orthogonality conditions. Reference Books: 1. Karl F. Warnick: “Numerical Methods for Engineering: An Introduction Using MATLAB and Computational Electromagnetics Examples,” SciTech Publishing, 2010 2. Matthew N.O. Sadiku: “Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetics with MATLAB,” Third Edition, CRC Press 3. A. F. Peterson, S. L. Ray, and R. Mittra, “Computational Methods for Electromagnetics” (IEEE Press, New York, 1998).




74

4. R. F. Harrington, “Field Computation by Moment Methods”, IEEE PRESS Series on Electromagnetic Waves, Piscataway, 1993. 5. J. M. Jin, “The Finite Element Method in Electromagnetics”, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York,2002. 6. A. Taflove and S. C. Hagness, “Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite-Difference Time-Domain Method”, 3rd ed., Norwood, MA: Artech House, 2005. 7. Warren L. Stutzman and Gary A. Thiele, “Antenna Theory and Design,” Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.

ElEctivE – II (Open tO all branches / all students) ECE – 705B : Bio-Medical Electronics ECE – 706B : Opto Electronics ECE – 707B : Microwave Circuit & Devices ECE – 708B : Molecular Electronics ECE – 709B : Optical Systems Design ECE – 710B : Quantum Phenomenon in Electrical Engineering ECE – 711B : Radar and Sonar Engineering

ECE-705B Bio-Medical Electronics 3 0 0 Human Biology: Basic concepts of Quantitative Physiology, Microbiology and Immunology. Notion of nervous system, respiratory system, circulatory system and excretory system with special emphasis on origin and alteration of physiological potentials for measurement of different pathophysiological parameters in these systems. Basic Concepts of Medical Instrumentation: Medical measurements and their associated constraints, classification of biomedical instruments, interfering and modifying inputs, compensation techniques, generalized static and dynamic characteristics commercial medical instrumentation development process, regulation of medical devices. Basic Sensors and Principles: Inertial sensors for measurement of pressure and flow, optical sensors for measurement of oxygen content, vitreo-retinal functions, thermal sensors, biosensors for bacteria detection, electrochemical sensors. Biopotentials and measurements: Origin of biopotentials and their measurements like ENG, EMG, ECG, ERG, EEG. Principles of construction and operation of biopotential measuring equipments. Signal processing of biopotentials. Analysis of non-stationary data with special emphasis on electroencephalographic data processing. Measurements of physiological parameters: Description and principles of operation of analog and digital circuits for signal conditioning of biomedical sensor outputs with special emphasis to signal modulation, encoding and interfacing and electrical safety, blood pressure measurement, flow measurements and analyses by Brookfield cone-plate viscometer, Cahn surface tension balance and electronetics bubble pulsating surfactometer, measurement of respiratory parameters by spirometer, blood glucose measurement by Doppler Ultrasonography; medical imaging systems like CAT Scan, MRI, USG etc. Reference Books: 1. Time, Frequency and Wavelets in Biomedical Signal Processing-Metin Akar, IEEE Press. 2. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell and Erich A. Pfeiffer; PHI. 3. Medical Instrumentation-Application and Design; John G. Webster; John Wiley & Sons. 4. Physiological Control Systems: Analysis, Simulation and Estimation-M.C.K. Khoo, IEEE Press.




75

5. Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging: An Image Processing Perspective-Z.P. Liang, P.C. Lauterbur, IEEE Press. ECE – 706B Optoelectronics 3 0 0 Introduction: Optical processes in semiconductors. Absorption, emission and radiation in semiconductors. Solar Cell. OEIC. Optical Sources: Desired Features of Optical Sources for Optical Communication and Material Choices. LED Structure and Operating Principle. LED Modulation Characteristics: Output Power vs. Driving Current, Speed and Bandwidth. LED Driver Circuits for Optical Transmitters. LASER Structure and Operating Principle. LASER Modulation Characteristics: Output Power vs. Driving Current, Threshold Current and Its Temperature Sensitivity, Speed and Bandwidth. LASER Driver Circuits for Optical Transmitters. Photodetectors: Desired Features of Photodetectors. PIN Diode as Photodetector: Structure, Operating Principle, Shot Noise. Avalanche Photodiode (APD) as Photodetector: Structure, Operating Principle, Shot Noise, Avalanche Multiplication (Excess) Noise. Optical Fibers: Fiber Structures and Types, Rays and Modes. Single-mode and Multimode Fibers, Refractive Index Profiles, Graded Index Fiber. Numerical Aperture, Acceptance Angle, V-Parameter. Loss mechanisms in Fibers, Loss vs. Wavelength Plot and Its Significance. Dispersion Mechanisms in Fibers: Intermodal and Intramodal (Chromatic) Dispersions, Components of Intramodal Dispersions, Dispersion vs. Wavelength Plots and Their Significance. Reference books: 1. Pallab Bhattacherya- Semiconductor Optoelectronics 2. Optical Fiber Communications by J.M.Senior, Prentice Hall 3. Optical Fiber Communications by G. Keiser, McGraw-Hill ECE-707B Microwave Circuit & Devices 3 0 0

Microwave transmission lines: Introduction to transmission lines - waveguides, strip-lines, micro-strip lines, fin-lines, inverted-striplines. Reflection coefficient, Transmission coefficient, VSWR, Impedance transformation in RF lossless lines. Impedance measurement. Microwave communication systems – Friis power transmission formula, Noise in microwave transmitters & receivers.

Matrix description of multi-port network: Introduction to multi-port junctions: T-networks, Magic Tee, Directional couplers, Circulators. Definitions of a multi-port networks; Matrix description of N-port networks; Impedance, Admittance and Scattering matrix of N-port networks, Relations between the matrices of N-port networks. Reciprocal, Loss-less, Symmetrical multi-ports. Properties of Microwave junctions.

Methods of Microwave circuit analysis: Transmission Matrix; Analysis of Cascaded networks; Reciprocity, Lossless-ness and Symmetrical conditions for Microwave 2-port junctions. Elementary 2-port junction, 3-port power dividers- Properties. Even- and odd-mode analysis. Directional Couplers - coupled TEM-Mode transmission lines. Different types of directional couplers. Scattering Matrix of two cascaded multi-ports. Generalized scattering matrix. Signal Flow Graph- Applications. Discontinuities. Modal analysis. Excitation of waveguides.




76

Impedance matching and tuning: Analytic Solutions, Smith chart solutions; Single-stub tuning – series and shunt tuning, Double-stub tuning, Quarter-wave transformer. Binomial transformer, Chebyshev transformer – Chebyshev polynomials, transformer design. Tapered lines.

Microwave Filters and matching circuits: Periodic structures, Filter design - Image Parameter Method, Insertion Method, Filter Implementation,

Couple-line filters, Filters using coupled resonators.

Semiconductor Microwave Devices: Tunnel diode; Gunn diode – design considerations for their waveguide mount. Avalanche diode –IMPATT, TRAPATT, Microwave bipolar transistor, hetero - junction bipolar transistor, Microwave field - effect transistor – JFET, MOSFET, MESFET, Parametric amplifiers; ICs.

Reference books:

1. Microwave Engineering 3rd Edition, David M Pozar, John Wiley and Sons, 2005. 2. Foundation of Microwave Engineering, R E Collin, McGraw Hill International. 3. Microwave Devices & Circuit Design, Ganesh Prasad Srivastava & Vijay Laqxmi Gupta, PHI, 2006. 4. Measurement & Instrumentation: Trends & Applications. Edited by M K Ghosh, S Sen & S Mukhopadhyay, Ane Books India. 2008. 5. Microelectromechanical (MEMS) & Nanotechnology (NT) Based Sensors & Devices for Communication, Medical & Aerospaced Applications, Dr A R Jha, CRC Press, 2008.

ECE- 711B Radar and Sonar Engineering 3 0 0 INTRODUCTION TO RADAR: Radar Block Diagram & operation, Radar Frequencies, Radar development, Application of Radar. RADAR EQUATION: Simple form of Radar Equation, Prediction of Range performance, Minimum detectable signal, Receiver noise, Signal to Noise ratio, Transmitter Power, Pulse repetition frequency & range ambiguities, System losses, Propagation effects. CW & FREQUENCY MODULATED RADAR: The Doppler effect, CW Radar, Frequency-modulated CW Radar, Multiple Frequency CW Radar. MTI & PULSE DOPPLER RADAR: Introduction, Delay Line Cancellors, Multiple or staggered, Pulse repetition frequencies, range-Gated Doppler Filters, Digital Signal Processing, Other MTI delay line, Limitation of MTI performance, Noncoherent MTI, Pulse Doppler Radar, MTI from a moving platform. TRACKING RADAR: Tracking with Radar, Sequential Lobbing, Conical Scan, Monopulse Tracking Radar, Tracking in range, Acquisition. RECEIVERS, DISPLAYS & DUPLEXERS: Radar Receivers, Noise Figure, Mixer, Low-noise Front ends, Displays, Duplexer, Receiver protectors. INTRODUCTION TO SONAR




77

Books: 1. Introduction to Radar Systems: Merrill I. Skolnik, ; MGH 2. Electronic Communication Systems : Kennedy; TMH

Name of the Module: Propagation & Antenna Module Code: ECE 702 Semester: 7th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1 to make the students to study Antennas& their characteristics and propagation patterns 2 to expose students to application of particular antenna in particular communication

system, 3 to make students aware of EM wave propagation under different modes

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study the theory and the practice of designing & using different antennas in different communication systems, and to expose students to different EM wave propagation. Learning outcomes: At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) have clear understanding & utilization of antenna as required in different communication systems and iii)know about EM wave propagation effects & pattern in different media.

Learning and teaching approach used : Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 0 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week

Assessment:









78

Subject Matter: 1. Radiation Theory and Pattern: Review of Maxwell wave equation and Faraday’s law, Radiation, Herzian Dipole, different field components, 2. Antenna Fundamentals: Antenna Concept, Different types of Antenna, Directivity, Beam Width, gain, radiation resistance, Application of Network Theorems, Basic Terminology. Field radiated by dipole & loop antennas, monopole antenna, parabolic antenna, effect of ground,Travelling Wave Antennas. Antenna Impendence & Bandwidth, Array Analysis & Synthesis Special arrays like BinomicalYagi etc. 3. Advanced Antenna: Introduction to Adaptive & Retro directive Arrays, Smart Antennas. Circularly Polarized Antennas, Helical Antennas Broadband Antennas and Arrays (Log periodic & other) Secondary Source & Aperture Antenna, Microwave Antennas, Horn, Slot, Parabolodial Reflector, Lens & Micro strip Remote sensing application of antennas, Radar range equations. Propagation effect to Link on EM, 4. Wave propagation: Wave propagation in Different frequency Ranges, Interference Effects of Ground, Antennas Located over Flat & Spherical Earths’ Magnetic Fields, Troposphere Scatter, Ducts & Nonstandard Refraction, EIF propagation using Earth-Ionosphere Waveguide Model, Scattering & Absorption at Microwave Frequencies Introduction to Propagation Modelling and Predictive studies on Propagation, Multipath fading, Friis transmission formula Brightness & Antenna Temperature their role in link calculation. Reading list:

1. J D Kraus, “Antenna”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition 2. J D Kraus, “Electromagnetics with Applications” McGraw Hill, 5th Edition 3. G Kenedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, MC GrawHill, Latest Edition 4. Hayt, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw Hill, Latest Edition 5. John D Ryder, “Networks Lines and Fields”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd Edition 6. E C Jordan and K G Balmain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, Prenctice Hall of

India, Latest Edition

Name of the Module: VLSI Design Module Code: ECE 702 Semester: 7th Credit: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):


1. to make the students to understand different types of analog and digital CMOS circuits and gates

2. to make students familiarization about VLSI tools and techniques 3. to expose students to modern art of VLSI design

Broad Objective of the module: To study about different types of CMOS analog circuits and gates, different VLSI tools and to expose to VLSI design. Learning outcomes:At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize CMOS circuits and gates for VLSI system design and ii) to use SPICE, LASI and VHDL/Verilog techniques for VLSI system Learning and teaching approach used:




79

Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week

Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Digital VLSI Circuit Design: MOS inverters, CMOS inverters, state characteristics, switching characteristics, power dissipation issues, CMOS logic gates: NAND, NOR, XOR, CMOS logic design of half and full adders. CMOS transmission gates, pseudo-nMOS, domino logic gates, Sequential MOS Logic Circuit : The SR latch circuit, clocked latch and flip-flop, CMOS D-latch and edge-triggered circuits, Schmitt trigger circuit, Comparator, Dynamic Logic Circuit : Pass transistor logic, synchronous dynamic circuit techniques, Semiconductor Memories : ROM circuit, SRAM circuits, DRAM circuits, drivers and buffers, Buffer scaling and design issues,

2. Analog CMOS Circuit Design: Review of MOSFET characteristics, scaling and small-geometry effects, MOSFET capacitance, .MOS resistor, MOS current source, current mirror circuits. MOS voltage source Linear voltage and current converters, CMOS operational amplifier (OPAMP) design: Differential amplifier, level shifter, source follower, output stage voltage and power amplifiers. Cascaded OPAMP. Compensation techniques, Analog Filters : Switched capacitor (SC) fundamentals, first order SC circuits, second-order SC circuit and cascade design Analog to digital and digital to analog converters, speed of conversion and over sampling issues, VLSI Interconnects : distributed RC model, transmission line model. Future inter connect technologies,

3. Basic Rules for VLSI design: Stick diagram, λ-rule, conversion circuit to stick diagrams and stick diagrams to layout

4. Models and Simulation Of VLSI Circuit: SPICE : Element lines, Control

lines, Command lines, Types of analysis, Models and model parameters, Sub circuits and Macros, Layout design rules, Layout of inverters, NAND, NOR gates using LASI, VHDL Syntax : Basic concepts in VHDL/Verilog and VHDL grammar, Structural specification, VHDL description of Inverter, NAND gate, Full adder.




80

List of Practical: 1. Design CMOS Transistors: testing of switching characteristics, gain and capacitance using

SPICE Simulation 2. Experiment with CMOS inverter and testing inverter behaviour. Using SPICE simulate CMOS

Inverter 3. Design of CMOS differential/ Op-amp circuit using SPICE and measurement of gains 4. Implementation of active filters and testing 5. Experiment with CMOS logic gates: NAND, NOR, XOR. Design layout of a two input CMOS NAND

using LASI 6. Design of Full Adder with CMOS logic gates and testing 7. Experiment with CMOS SR flip flop and CMOS D latch and testing 8. Experiment with Schmitt trigger circuit and testing 9. Use VHDL/Verilog to realize carry function of full adder 10. Application of VHDL/ Verilog to realize a counter 11. Implementation of Digital circuit in FPGA

Reading list:

1. M Ismail and T Fietz “Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing” McGraw Hill, Latest Edition

2. R L Geiger, P E Allen and N R Stader,VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital Circuit MCGraw Hill, Latest Edition

3. P E Allen and D R Holberg “CMOS Analog VLSI Design”, Oxford University Press, Latest Edition 4. Ken Martin, “Digital Integrated Circuit Design”, Oxford University Press, Latest Edition 5. S M Kang and Y Leblebici “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuit “ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,

Latest Edition 6. J M Rabaey “Digital Integrated Circuit” Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition 7. M Ercegovac, TLang and J H Moreno “Introduction to Digital Systems” McGraw Hill, Latest

Edition. 8. R J Baker, H W Li and D E Boyce “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”, Prentice Hall

of India, Latest Edition.




81

Semester – VIII

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit ECE – 801 Industrial Training 0 0 2 1

ECE – 802 Project Works 0 0 16 8 ECE – 803 Seminar 0 0 2 1 ECE - 804 Grand Viva 0 0 12 6

0 0 32 16

Name of the Module: Industrial Training Module Code: ECE 801 Semester: 8th Credit: 1 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

The evaluation shall be continuous and through components evaluation viz. content, coverage, depth, presentation, demonstration, response to the queries, and training report.

Name of the Module: Project Work Module Code: ECE 802 Semester: 8th Credit: 8 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

The major project covers lab component of the final semester work. The evaluation of project shall be continuous and will be done through project coordinator(s). The evaluation mechanism shall be evolved based on the existing practices through departmental BOS rectified from time to time. Ideally the project should comprise with group size of two students shall be limited to maximum 4 students and the groups shall be evenly distributed among faculty through coordinator(s). Internal and external components shall not exceed 40% each of the overall marks.

Name of the Module: Seminar Module Code: ECE 803 Semester: 8th Credit: 1 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

The topics selection covering the latest and relevant topics related to the emerging areas. Ideally, some recent reputed journal papers abstraction and presentation shall be encouraged for presentation. The evaluation shall be




82

through components evaluation viz. content, coverage, depth, presentation, response to the queries, and seminar report. In case of unsatisfactory performance, an X grade can be awarded for extension work during summer term.

Name of the Module: Grand viva Module Code: ECE 804 Semester: 8th Credit: 6 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

*****



Syllabus for B.Tech in Electrical & Electronics Engineering

1

FIRST SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)


MAS - 101 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 CHY – 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 4 PHY – 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 4 BIO – 101 Life Science 3 0 0 3 MEC – 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 2 MEC – 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4 2 EEE – 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 4 HSS – 101 Communication Skill 0 0 2 1 HSS – 102 NSS / NCC 0 0 2 1 HSS – 103 Foreign Language (French / Korean) (Audit) 0 0 2 1 15 1 20 25

Contact Hrs : 36 Credit : 25

SECOND SEMESTER (COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)


MAS - 201 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4 MEC – 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3 CSE - 201 Programming in C 0 0 8 4 CHY – 201 Environmental Science 3 0 0 3 PHY - 201 Engineering Physics - II 3 0 2 4 ECE – 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 4 HSS – 201 Historgraphy of Science & Technology 3 0 0 3 HSS – 202 Foreign Language (German / Chinese) (Audit) 0 0 2 0 18 1 14 25





2

MAS 101 Engineering Mathematics – I 3 1 0 : 4 Subject Matter: Matrix: Introduction to matrices and their basic properties. Transpose of a matrix, verification of the properties of transposes, Symmetric and Skew symmetric matrices and their properties. Determinant of a square matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Laplace’s method of expansion of a determinant, Product of determinants, Adjoint of a determinant, Jacobi’s theorem on adjoint determinant. Singular and non-singular matrices, Adjoint of a matrix, Inverse of a non-singular matrix and its properties, orthogonal matrix and its properties, Trace of a matrix. Rank of a matrix and its determination using elementary row and column operations, Solution of simultaneous linear equations by matrix inversion method, Consistency and inconsistency of a system of homogeneous and inhomogeneous linear simultaneous equations, Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a square matrix (of order 2 or 3), Eigen values, Caley-Hamilton theorem and its applications, Diagonalisation of a square matrix with real and distinct eigen values ( up to 3rd order). Successive differentiation: Higher order derivatives of a function of single variable, Leibnitz’s theorem (statement only and its application, problems of the type of recurrence relations in derivatives of different orders . Mean Value Theorems & Expansion of Functions: Rolle’s theorem(statement only) and its application, Mean Value theorems – Lagrange & Cauchy (statement only) and their application, Taylor’s theorem with Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s form of remainders (statement only) and its application, Expansions of functions by Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s theorem, Maclaurin’s infinite series expansion of the functions: Integrals: Double and triple integrals and evaluation of area and volume. Change of order of integration. Reduction formula: Reduction formulae both for indefinite and definite integrals. Reading List:

1. Erwin Kreyszig,” Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern 2. Babu Ram,” Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education 3. H. K. Dass “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”,S.Chand & Co. 4. B.S. Grewal , “Engineering Mathematics”,S. Chand & Co., 5. Pulak Kundu ,” A Text book on Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, Chhaya Prakashani 6. Pal & Das ,” Engineering Mathematics, Vol. I”, U.N. Dhar 7. John Bird ,” Higher Engineering Mathematics”,4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier 8. L. Rade and B. Westergren,” Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering”, (5th edition,

Indian Edition 2009, Springer) 9. M. J. Strauss, G. L. Bradley and K. L. Smith ,” Calculus”, 3rd Edition, 1st Indian Edition 2007, Pearson

Education) 10. S. K. Adhikari ,” A text Book of Engineering Mathematics-I”,Dhanpat Rai and Co. (P) LTD 11. S. S. Sastry ,” Engineering Mathematics”,PHI, 4th Edition, 2008.




3

CHY 101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 2 : 4 Subject Matter: Chemical Thermodynamics: Concept of Thermodynamic System: diathermal wall, adiabatic wall, isolated system, closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive propertyIntroduction to first law of thermodynamics: different statements, mathematical form; internal energy: physical significance, mathematical expression (ideal and real gas), Enthalpy: physical significance, mathematical expression. Cp and Cv: definition and relation; adiabatic changes; reversible and irreversible processes; application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic processes, law of Lovoisier and Laplace, Hess's law of constant heat summation, Kirchoff's law. Second law thermodynamics; Joule Thomson and throttling processes; inversion temperature; evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, entropy change in irreversible process, entropy change for irreversible isothermal expression of an ideal gas, entropy change of a mixture of gases. Work function and free energy: physical significance, mathematical expression for ideal and real gases obeying Vander Waals' equation, Gibbs Helmholtz equation. Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium Electrochemistry Conductance:Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar conductance and ion conductance, effect of temperature and concentration. Kohlrausch’s law of independent migration of ions, transport numbers and hydration of ions.Conductometric titrations: SA vs SB & SA vs WB; precipitation titration KCl vs AgNO3. Electrochemical cell: Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic significance, single electrode potentials and its applications; hydrogen half cell, quinhydrone half cell and calomel half cell. Storage cell, fuel cell. Application of EMF measurement. Reaction Dynamics: Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero, first and second order kinetics. Arrhenius equation. Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Transition state theory, Collison theory).Catalysis: Homogeneous catalysis and heterogeneous catalysis. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: Introduction to instrumental methods such as IR, UV,VIS, NMR and Mass spectrometry. Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule: Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation, electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals.Brief study of some addition, eliminations and substitution reactions. Polymerization: Concepts, classifications and industrial applications. Polymerization processes (addition and condensation polymerization), degree of polymerization, Copolymerization,stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity and amorphicity of polymer. Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (PE, PP, PVC, bakelite), rubber (natural rubber, SBR, NBR), fibre(nylon 6.6, polyester). Conducting and semi-conducting polymers.




4

Industrial Chemistry: Solid, liquid and gases fuels; constituents of coal, carbonization of coal. Coal analysis: Proximate and ultimate analysis. Classification of coal, petroleum (LPG, CNG), gasoline, octane number, aviation fuel, diesel, cetane number. Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas. Bio-diesel. List of Practical:

1. Acid –base titration :( Estimation of commercial caustic soda) 2. Red-ox titration: (Estimation of iron using permanganometry) 3. Complexometric titration: (Estimation of hardness of water using EDTA titration) 4. Chemical Kinetics :( Determination of relative rates of reaction of iodide with hydrogen peroxide at

room temperature (clock reaction). 5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (Determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol

and water) 6. Viscosity of solutions (determination of percentage composition of sugar solution from viscosity) 7. Conductometric titration for

(a) Determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration against a standard NaOH solution. (b) Analysis of a mixture of strong and weak acid by strong base.

8. Preparation of a homo-polymer by free radical initiated chain polymerization and determination of its molecular weight by viscosity average molecular weight method.

9. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard NaOH. Reading List:

1. Rakshit P. C., “Physical Chemistry” 2. Dutta R. L. ,”Inorganic Chemistry” 3. Levine.” Physical Chemistry” 4. Finar I. L., “Organic Chemistry.” 5. Glasston Samuel, “ Text Book of Physical Chemistry” 6. Lee J. D., “Concise Inorganic Chemistry” 7. Sykes,P., “Guidebook to Mechanism in Org.Chems”, Orient Longman. 8. Chakraborty D.K. , “Solid State Chemistry”, New Age International. 9. Gupta M.C. , “Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy”, New Age. 10. Gowarikar V.R. , “Polymer Science”, New Age. 11. Mishra G.S. , “Introductory Polymer Chemistry”, New Age. 12. Nasipuri D. ,”Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 13. Kalsi P.S, “Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds”, New Age. 14. Kalsi P.S. ,”Organic Reactions & their Mechanism”, New Age. 15. Maity and Maity ,” Engingeering Chemistry”,U & N Dhar Publisher. 16. Ray, Das, Biswas, “Engingeering Chemistry”, New Central Book Agency.




5

PHY 101 Engineering Physics - I 3 0 2 : 4

Subject Matter: Scalar and vector: Scalar and vector, dot and cross product, Scalar and vector fields, concept of gradient, divergence and curl; Simple Harmonic Motion: Primary concepts, superposition of SHM in two mutually perpendicular directions; Lissajous figure Damped Vibration: Differential equation and its solution, logarithmic decrement, quality factor Forced Vibration: : Differential equation and its solution, Amplitude and velocity resonance, Sharpness of resonance, Application in L-C-R circuit Optics: Interference of electromagnetic waves, conditions for sustain interference, double slit as an example. Qualitative idea of Spatial and Temporal coherent, Newton’s ring. Diffraction of light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer class, Fraunhofer diffraction for single slit and double slits. Polarization : General concept of polarization, plane of vibration and plane of polarization, qualitative discussion on plane, circularly and elliptically polarized light, polarization through reflection and Brewster’s law, double refraction , Ordinary and Extra-ordinary rays, Nicol’s prism, Polaroid, Half wave plate and Quarter wave plate . Quantum Physics: Conception of dependence of mass with velocity, mass energy equivalance, energy-momentum relation, Black body radiation Rayleigh Jeans law, Wave particle duality, Compton effect, Heisenberg’s uncertainty relation, concept of wave packet. Crystallography: Elementary ideas of crystal structure : lattice, basis, unit cell, fundamental types of lattices-Bravis lattice, simple cubic, f.c.c and b.c.c lattices, Miller indices and miller planes, Co-ordination number and atomic packing factor, X-rays: Origin of characteristics and continuous X-ray, Bragg’s law (no derivation), determination of lattice constant Nuclear Physics: nuclear binding energy, fission and fusion reactions, nuclear reactors, detection of nuclear radiation. Engineering Material: Classification of Material, Defect in solid, Role of silicon and germanium in the field of semiconductor. Transistor , rectifier and photovoltaic cells; The process for preparing microminiaturized semiconductor devices: integrated circuits (IC) List of Practical:

1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a good conductor by searle's method 2. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lees and Chorlton's method determination

the dispersive power of the material of a given prism 3. Use of carry Foster's bridge to determine unknown resistance 4. Determination of Young Modulus by flexure method and calculation of bending moment and shear

force at a point on the beam 5. Determination of coefficient of Viscosity by Poiseulle's capillary flow method




6

6. Determination of wavelength of light by Newton's ring method Reading List:

1. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 2. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 3. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 4. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. 5. “ Concepts of Modern Physics: Beiser”, McGraw Hill-International Ed. 6. D.C. Tayal,” Nuclear Physics”, Himalaya Publishing House 7. Rakesh Dogra, S. K. Kataria & Sons,” Essentials of Physics”. 8. S. O. Pillai, “Solid State Physics”, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

BIO 101 Life Science 3 0 0 : 3

1. Origin of Life : History of earth, theories of origin of life nature of the earliest organism. 2. Varieties of life : Classification, Five kingdoms, viruses (TMV, HIV, Bacteriophage), Prokaryote (Bacteria-cell structure, nutrition, reproduction), Protista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia. 3. Chemicals of life : (Biomolecules)- Carbohydrates lipids, amino acids, proteins, nucleic acids, identification of biomolecules in tissues. 4. Cell : The cell concept, structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, plant cells and animal cells, cell membrances, cell organelles and their function. Structure and use of compound microscope. 5. Histology: Maritimes (apical, intercalary, lateral) and their function; simple tissue (parenchyma, collenchymas, sclerenchyma); Complex tissue (xylem and phloem); Tissue systems (epidermal, ground, vascular); primary body and growth (root, stem, leaf); Secondary growth. Animal Epithelial tissue, connective tissue, muscle tissue and nervous tissue and their function in body. 6. Nutrition: Autotrophic (Photosynthesis) Pigment systems, Chloroplast, light absorption by chlorophyll and transfer of energy, two pigment systems, photosynthetic unit, phosphorylation and electron transport system, Calvin-Benson Cycle (C3), Hatch Slack Pathway (C4), Crassulacan Acid Metabolism (CAM), factors affecting photosynthesis; Mineral Nutrition in plants. Heterotrophic - Forms of heterotrophic nutrition, elementary canal in humans, nervous and hormonal control of digestive systems, fate of absorbed food materials; Nutrition in humans, Reference values. 7. Energy Utilization: (Respiration) - Structure of mitochondria, cellular respiration, relationship of carbohydrate metabolism to other compounds, Glycolysis, fermentation, formation of acetyl co-A, Kreb cycle, Electron Transport System and Oxidative Phosphorylation, ATP, factors affecting respiration. 8. Transport: Plant water relationships, properties of water, diffusion, osmosis, imbibition, movement of water in flowering plants, uptake of water by roots, the ascent of water in xylem, apoplast symplast theory, Transpiration-structure of leaf and stomata in plants opening and closing mechanisim of stomata factors affecting transpiration, significance of transpiration General characteristics of blood vascular system, development of blood systems in animals, Composition of blood, circulation in blood vessels, formation of tissue fluids, the heart, functions of mammalian blood, the immune system.




7

MEC 101 Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 : 2

Subject Matter: Indian Standards: Line symbols and line groups; Sheet Layout of Rules of printing; Preferred scales; Theory of Orthographic projection; Technical sketching; Multiplanar representation: First and third angle system of projection, glass box concept; Sketching of orthographic views and line.

Reading List:

1. V. Laxminarayanan & M. L. Mathur, “A Text Book of Machine Drawing” 2. N. D. Bhatt, “Machine Drawing”

MEC 102 Workshop Practice 0 0 4: 2

Subject Matter: 1. Carpentry (Wood Working) Timber, Seasoning and Preservation, Plywood and Plyboards, Carpentry Tools, Engineering applications. Different Joints 2. Metal Joining Definitions of welding, brazing and soldering processes, and their applications. Oxy acetylene gas welding process, equipment and techniques. Types of flames and their applications. Manual metal arc welding technique and equipment. AC and DC welding, electrodes, constituents and functions of electrodes. Welding positions. Types of weld joint. Common welding defects such as cracks, slag inclusion and porosity. 3. Bench work and Fitting Tools for laying out, chisels, files, hammers, hand hacksaw, their specifications and uses. 4. Jobs to be made in the Workshop

T-Lap joints and Bridle joint (Carpentry Shop) 1a. Gas Welding practice on mild steel flat/sheet upto 3 mm thick 1b. Lap joint by Gas Welding (upto 3mm thick) 1c. Manual Metal Arc Welding practice (upto 5mm thick) 1d. Square butt joint by MMA Welding 1e. Lap joint by MMA Welding

Laying out (bench work); Sawing and Finishing by Filing. Reading List:

1. M.L. Begeman and B.H. Amstead, “Manufacturing Process” John Wiley, 1968 2. W.A.J. Chapman and E.Arnold, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1, 2 & 3 3. B.S. Rghuwanshi, “Workshop Technology” Vol. 1 & 2 – Dhanpt Rai and Sons.




8

EEE 101 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 0 2 : 4 Unit – I: Basic Electrical Engineering DC circuits: Definition of electric circuit, network, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, Kirchhoff’s law, Principle of superposition. Source equivalence and conversion, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton Theorem, nodal analysis, mesh analysis, star-delta conversion. Maximum power transfer theorem with proof. Electromagnetism: Biot-savart law, Ampere’s circuital law, field calculation using Biot-savart & ampere’s circuital law. Magnetic circuits, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s law, Self and mutual inductance. Energy stored in a magnetic field, B-H curve, Hysteretic and Eddy current losses, lifting power of Electromagnet. AC fundamental: Production of alternating voltage, waveforms, average and RMS values, peak factor, form factor, phase and phase difference, phasor representation of alternating quantities, phasor diagram, behavior of AC series , parallel and series parallel circuits, Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Effect of frequency variation in RLC series and parallel circuits, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q factor, band width of resonant circuit. Transformers: construction, Types, emf equation, voltage, current, impedence and turns ratio; auto- transformer. DC machines (motor and generator) – Construction, types, emf equation, equivalent circuit, starting, speed control, braking, applications. Single phase motors, types; need of rotating field, starting, running, speed control and applications. Unit-II: Basic Electronics Engineering P-N Junction: Energy band diagram, Formation of P-N junction, built-in-potential forward and reverse biased P-N junction, formation of depletion zone, V-I characteristics, Zener breakdown, Avalanche breakdown and its reverse characteristics, junction capacitance and varactor diode. Simple diode circuits, load line, linear piecewise model; rectifiers: half wave, full wave, its PIV, DC voltage and current, ripple factor, efficiency, Clipper & Clamper Circuits. Introduction to Transistors: Formation of PNP / NPN junctions, energy band diagram; transistor mechanism and principle of transistors, CE, CB, CC configuration, transistor characteristics: cut-off active and saturation mode, early effect. Introduction to Field Effect Transistor: Structure and characteristics of JFET and MOSFET, depletion and enhancement type, CS, CG, CD configurations.




9

List of Practicals: List of Experiments (Electrical): 1. To verify Thevenin’s theorem. 2. To verify Norton’s theorem. 3. To verify Maximum Power Transfer theorem. 4. To verify that the phasor sum of currents at any junction in an A.C. circuit is zero. 5. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three ammeters method. 6. To measure Power and power factor of the load by three voltmeters method. 7. To perform Open circuit and Short Circuit Tests on a single phase transformer. 8. To determine the Open Circuit Characteristic of D.C. Generator List of Experiments (Electronics Lab): 1. To Study the VI Characteristics of Silicon Diode. 2. To Study the VI Characteristics of Zener Diode. 3. Design and Analysis of a Half wave Rectifier using Diode. 4. Design and Analysis of a center-tap Full wave Rectifier using Diodes 5. Design and Analysis of a Bridge Rectifier Circuit. 6. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with one voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 7. Design and Analysis of a Clipping Circuit with two voltage source. (Different possible configurations) 8. Design and Analysis of a Clamper Circuit. 9. Analysis of the characteristics of BJT (CE and CB mode) 10. Design and Analysis of fixed bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 11. Design and Analysis of emitter bias circuit using NPN transistor (DC) 12. Study of the characteristics of JFET. 13. Study of the characteristics of MOSFET. 14. Verification of truth tables of logic gates. Books:

1. Theraja, “Electrical technology vol 2”, 2. Sen, P.C. “ Principles of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics” John wiley and sons 3. Guru and Hiziroglu “ Electric Machinery and Transformers “ , Saunders College Pub.NY,1990 4. Malvino: Electronic Principle.

5. Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics 6. Boylestead and Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 9/e, PHI, 2006. 7. R. P. Jain, Modern Digital Electronics, 3/e, TMH, 2000.




10

HSS 101 Communication Skills 0 0 2: 1 Subject Matter: General Principles of Communication and Oral Communication: The Process of Communication, Principles of Communication (communication barriers, levels of Communication, Communication network, verbal, non-verbal) and Professional Communication. The Speech Mechanism, IPA symbols (vowel and consonant sounds), minimal pairs, word transcription, stress and intonation , active listening, types of listening, traits of a good listener, active versus passive listening, Constituents of Effective Writing and Vocabulary: The sentence and its parts, articles, the verb phrase, tense and aspect, the active and passive, the adjective, interrogative and negative sentences, concord, preposition. Paragraph development, summary writing and reading comprehension. word formation processes: affixation, compounding, converting, use of words in different parts of speech, idioms and phrases. Business Correspondence and Communication Strategies: Characteristics of Business Letters, Drafting: Bio-data/ Resume/Curriculum vitae (theory). Report Writing: Structure, Types of Reports (theory). Presentation Skills, public speaking and group discussion (theory) and Soft Skills (theory). List of Practical Exercises: 1. Issue Writing 2. Writing Resumes and Applications 3. Writing Memos 4. Reading Comprehension 5. Vocabulary 6. Presentation Skills 7. Group Discussion 8. Extempore 9. Debates Reading List:

1. Nira Konar, “English Language Laboratory”, PHI Publishres 2. Jones, Daniel, Cambridge English Pronouncing Dictionary with CD, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Roach, Peter, English Phonetics and Phonology with CD, CUP, India, 1983. 4. Cambridge Learners Dictionary with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2009. 5. Rajeevan, Dutt, Sasikumar, A course in Listening and Speaking I & II with CD, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 6. Rajeevan and Dutt, Basic Communication Skills, CUP, New Delhi, 2007. 7. Software: Orell Digital Language Lab Software.




11

HSS 102 NSS/NCC 0 0 2 : 1

HSS 103 Extra Academic Activity 0 0 2: 1

Foreign Language (French)(Audit)

MAS 201 Engineering Mathematics – II 3 1 0: 4 Subject Matter: Coordinate Geometry Of Three Dimensions : Equation of a sphere, plane section of a sphere, tangent plane, orthogonality of spheres, definition and equation of right circular cone and right circular cylinder. Vector Calculus : Differentiation and integration of vector functions, scalar and vector fields, gradient, Directional derivative, Divergence, curl. Line integral, Surface integral and Volume integral. Green’s, Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems (without proofs) and their simple applications. Differential Equations : Formulation of Differential equations, Linear Differential Equations and reducible to linear form, Exact Equations, Reducible to exact form. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Second order ordinary differential equations with variable Coefficients, Homogeneous form, Exact Equations, Change of dependent variable, Change of Independent variable, Normal form, Variation of Parameters. Solution in series of second order LDE with variable co-efficients (C.F. only). Bessel’s and Legendre differential equations with their series solutions, Orthogonal properties, recurrence relations and generating function of Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials. Partial Differential Equation: Linear and non-linear Partial Differential Equation of order one, Linear Partial Differential Equation with constant coefficient, Partial Differential Equation of order two with variable coefficients, Basic Transform: Laplace & Fourier Transform

Reading List:

1. Shanti Narayan ,”Analytic Solid Geometry”, S.Chand. 2. M.D.Raisinghania,”Vector Analysis”, S.Chand. 3. R.K.Jain & S R K Iyengar, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa 4. 4.M.D.Raisinghania, “Differential equations”, S.Chand.




12

MEC 201 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0: 3 Unit-I THERMODYNAMICS: Introduction to Thermodynamics, Concepts of system control volume, state, properties, equilibrium, quasi- static process, reversible & irreversible process, cycle. Zeroeth Law and Temperature, Heat and Work transfer-Defination,Sign convention,various P-dV work done(Iso baric ,Isochoric,Polytropic,adiabatic and isothermal processes) and related problems 1st Laws of Thermodynamics for closed & open systems (ii) Non Flow Energy Equation (iii) Steady State, Steady Flow Energy Equation and related problems. Statements, Equivalence of two statements, Definition of Heat Engines, Heat pumps, Refrigerators Carnot and related problems. Air Standard cycles – Otto and Diesel cycle and their efficiencies and related problems Unit-II FLUID MECHANICS: Properties & Classification of Fluids – ideal & real fluids, Newton’s law of viscosity, Newtonian & Non Newtonian Fluids, Compressible & Incompressible fluids Pressure at a point, Pascal’s law. Measurement of Pressure. Continuity equation. Bernoulli’s equation and its application, Unit-III STATICS: Particle and Rigid body concept; Types of forces (collinear, concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed), Vector and scalar quantities, Transmissibility of a force (sliding vector); Lame’s Theorem. Two and three dimensional force systems; Moment and Couple, Varignon’s theorem, Resultants, Free body concept. Centroid and Centre of Gravity, Moments of inertia of plane figures: M.I. of plane figures : MI of plane figure with respect to an axis in its plane; MI of plane figure with respect to an axis Parallel to the plane of the figure Unit-IV STRENGTH OF MATERIALS: Concept of simple stresses and strains. Yield strength, Normal stress Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal strain, Shearing strain, Hooke’s law, poisson’s ratio, Examples. Unit-V DYNAMICS: Kinematics and Kinetics; Rectilinear motion of particles; determination of position velocity and acceleration – under uniform rectilinear motion (uniform and non-uniform accelerated rectilinear motion), Relative motion, construction of x-t, v-t and a-t graphs (simple problems), Projectile motion, Normal and Tangential components, Radial and Transverse components, simple problems. Equation of motion, D.Alembert’s principle Reference books 1. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag ,2nd Edition 2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Mechines (2nd Edition) by S.K. Som & G. Biswas 3 Elements of Strength of Materials by Timo & Young, 4. Engineering Mechanics (Vol-II) Dynamics by Mariam & Kraige 5 Engineering Mechanics, Vol-I (Statics) by Meriam & Kraige




13

PHY 201 Engineering Physics - II 3 0 2: 4

Subject Matter: Vector Calculas: Physical significances of grad, div, curl, Line integral, surface integral, volume integral-physical examples in the contwxt of electricity and magnetism and statements of stokes theorem and Gauss theorem [No proof] Expression of grad, div, curl and Laplacian in Spherical and Cylindrical co-ordinate Electicity: Coulombs law in vector form, Electrostatic field and its curl, Gauss's law in integral form and covension to differential form, Electrostatic potential and field, Poissions's Eqn. Laplace's Eqn (Application to Cartesian, Spherically and Cylindrically symmetric systems-effective 1D problems) Electric current, drift velocity, current density, continuity equation, steady state current Dielectrics-concept of polarization, the relation D =εE+P, polarizability Electronic polarization and polarization in monoatomic and polyatomic gases.

Magnetosatatics & time varying Field: Lorentz force, force on a small cuent element placed in a magnetic field, Biot-Savart law and its applications, divergence of a magnetic field,vector potential, ampere's law in integral form and conversion to differential form, Faraday's law of electromagnetic induction in integral form and conversion to differential form

Electromagnetic theory: conception of displacement current, Maxwell 's field quations, Maxwell's wave equation and its solution for fee space, E.M wave in a charrge free conducting media, skin depth, physical significance of skin depth, E.M. energy flow & poynting vector

Quantum Mechanics: Generalised coordinates, Lagrange's equation of motion and Lagrangian, generalised forrce potential, momentum an energy, Hamiltonian Equation of motion and Hamiltonin. Poperties of Hamiltonian and Hamilton's equation of motion Conception of probability and probability density, operators, commutator, Formulation of quantum mechanics and basic postulates, operator correspondence, Time dependent Schrodinger's equation Formulation of Time independent Schrodinger's equation by method of separation of variables, physical interpretation of wave function, particle in a finite square well potential (1-D & 3D potential well), Discussion on degenerate levels

Statistical Mechanics: Concept of energy levels and energy states. Microstates, macrostates and thermodynamic probability, equilibrium macrostate. MB, FD, BE statistics (No deduction necessary), fermions, bosons (definitions in terms of spin, examples), physical significance and application, classical limits of quantum statistics Fermi distribution at zero & non-zero temperature, Calculation of Fermi level in metals, also total energy at absolute zero of temperature and total number of particles, Bose-Einstein statistics – Planck’s law of blackbody radiation..

List of Practical:

1. Determination of dielectric constant of a given dielectric material. 2. Determination of resistance of ballistic galvanometer by half deflection method and study of variation of

logarithmic decrement with series resistance. 3. Determination of specific charge (e/m) of electron by J.J. Thomson’s method. 4. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell. 5. Determination of Rydberg constant by studying Hydrogen/ Helium spectrum. 6. Determination of Stefan’s radiation constant.




14

7. Verification of Bohr’s atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment. 8. Determination of Hall co-efficient of semiconductors. 9. Determination of band gap of semiconductors.

Reading List:

1. David J. Griffiths, “ Introduction to Electrodynamics,” 3rd ed., PHI 2. S. P. Seth, Dhanpat Rai & Co,” Elements of Electromagnetic Fields” 3. Beynon, “Introductory University Optics”, Prentice-Hall, India 4. ” Concepts of Modern Physics”, Beiser McGraw Hill-International Ed. 5. Brijlal & Subramaniam,” A Text book of Optics”, S. Chand & Co. Ltd

CSE 201 Programming with C 0 0 8: 4 Subject Matter: Basic concept : Some basic concept of binary number, Octal number, hexadecimal number system and there conversion among them. Assembly language, high level language, Compiler and assembler(basic concept). Keyword & Identifiers: History & Importance of C, Basic structure of C programs, C fundamentals: The C character set identifier, Constants and keywords, data types & size, variable names, declaration, statement , C token, symbolic constent. Operators and Expression:Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, Increment & Decrement operators, Condition Operators, Bitwise Operators, Special operators, precedence of arithmetic opretors. Managing Input & output operations: using of printf( ) & scanf( ). Decision making : Simple If statement, if-else statement, nested if else statement, Switch statement, nested switch, the ? operator, goto statement. Decision making & branching :while statement, do-while statement, for statement. Array , String & pointer: One-dimension array, Two-dimension array and multi dimension array. String: Operation on String without using library function and using library function. Pointer: Declaration of pointer variables, accessing the variable by using pointer, pointer increment and decrement operator, pointer and array. Functions: Basic functions, function type, function with no argument & no return value, function with no argument but return value, function with argument & return value, Storage class identifier, Call by reference, Recursive function. Pointer to function. Structure & Union:Defining a structure, accessing of structure variable, structure and array, array within structure. Nested structure, structure & functions, Pointer & structure, Unions. File management system: Advantage of using file, Open ,close, read. write in the files, Operation on files. Dynamic memory Allocation: use of Malloc, calloc, realloc,free. Library functions, Linked list concept. The preprocessor: macro statements.

List of Practical:




15

1. DOS System commands and Editors ( Preliminaries)

2. UNIX system commands and vi ( Preliminaries) 3. Simple Programs: simple and compound interest. To check whether a given number is a palindrome or not, evaluate summation series, factorial of a number , generate Pascal’s triangle, find roots of a quadratic equation 4. Programs to demonstrate control structure : text processing, use of break and continue, etc. 5. Programs involving functions and recursion 6. Programs involving the use of arrays with subscripts and pointers 7. Programs using structures and files.

Reading List: 1. Balaguruswamy ,” Programming with 'C'”. 2. Kerninghan and Ritchie ,”The 'C' programming language”. 3. Govil, Agrawal, Mathur & Pathak , “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”. 4. Sinha & Sinha ,”Foundations of Computing”, BPB. 5. Lois Pettersion ,”HTML (Learn Everything you need to guide HTML assist.”, SAMS NET.

CHY 201 Environmental Engineering 3 0 0: 3 Module – I

Concepts of Environment, Environmental gradients, Tolerance levels of environment factor, EU, US and Indian Environmental Law. Chemistry in Environmental Engineering: Chemistry of the atmosphere, combustion related air pollution, global environmental problems - ozone depletion, greenhouse effect, acid rain etc.

Ecological Concepts: Biotic and Abiotic components, Ecosystem Process: Energy transfer, Food Chain and Food Web, Water cycle, Oxygen cycle, Carbon cycle, Nitrogen cycle etc.,

Soil chemistry. Soil composition, properties, identification and classification.

Noise pollution Effect of noise on people, rating systems, community noise sources and criteria, traffic noise prediction, noise control. Noise standards, measurement and control.

Module – II

Waste Water Treatment: Water Treatment: water quality standards and parameters, Ground water. Water treatment processes, Pre-treatment of water, Conventional process, advanced water treatment process. DO and BOD of Waste water treatment process, primary and secondary treatment of waste water, Activated sludge treatment: Anaerobic digestion, Reactor configurations and methane production.

Water resources, characteristics of water, water pollutants, oxygen demanding wastes, surface water quality, groundwater quality, water treatment systems, biomedical wastes treatment technologies and disposal options.

Module – III




16

Solid waste, Definition and characteristics of industrial and hazardous wastes. Hazardous waste management, Solid Waste Management, Source classification and composition of MSW: Separation, storage and transportation, Reuse and recycling, Waste Minimization Techniques. Hazardous Waste Management, Hazardous waste and their generation, Transportation and treatment: Incinerators, Inorganic waste treatment. E.I.A., Environmental auditing, Hazardous substances and risk analysis: Hazardous substance legislation, risk assessment, hazard deification, potential carcinogens, toxicity testing in animals, human exposure assessment.

Air Pollution:

Air quality standards, emission standards,emission standards, criteria pollutants, air pollution and meteorology, atmospheric dispersion, emission controls. Air pollution and pollutants, criteria pollutants, Acid deposition, Global climate change –greenhouse gases, non-criteria pollutants, air pollution meteorology, Atmospheric dispersion. Industrial Air Emission Control. Flue gas desulphurization, NOx removal, Fugitive emissions.

Reading List: 1. Environmental Engineering Irwin/ McGraw Hill International Edition, 1997, G. Kiely, 2. Environmental Engineering by Arcadio P. Sincero & Gergoria A. Sincero PHI 3. Principles of Environmental Engineering and Science, M. L. Davis and S. J. Masen, McGraw Hill

International Edition, 2004 4. Environmental Science, Curringham & Saigo, TMH, 5. An Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science by Gilbert M. Masters & Wendell P. Ela - PHI

Publication. 6. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science: Gilbert M Masters 7. Environmental Science and Engineering : J. G. Henry and G. W Heinke 8. Introduction to Environmental Engineering : M.L. Davis and D.A. cornwell

ECE 201 Digital Electronics & Logic Design 3 0 2 : 4 Subject Matter: Introduction to Boolean algebra and Switching Function, Boolean minimization. Combinational Logic Design using MSI circuits : Full Adder / Subtractor, BCD Adder, LAC Adder, Decoder, MUX/DEMUX three structure, Combinational logic design using ROM array, Applications of MSI designs. ; Integrated Circuits: Difference between combinational and sequential circuits, Flip Flops, Counters, Shift Registers and PLA, FPGA; Analysis and Synthesis of Sequential Circuits: Basic models of sequential M/C, Analysis of Asynchronous and Synchronous circuits, Synthesis of completely and incompletely specified synchronous sequential M/Cs, Combination & Sequential Circuits. List of Practical:

1. Realization of NOT, OR, AND, XOR, XNOR gates using universal gates 2. A. Gray to Binary conversion & vice-versa.

B. Code conversion between BCD and EXCESS-3 3. A. ODD and even parity generation and checking.

B. 4-bit comparator circuit




17

4. Design of combinational circuit to drive seven-segment display 5. Design of combinational circuits using multiplexer 6. Adder/ Subtractor circuits using Full-Adder using IC and/ or logic gates. B. BCD Adder circuit using

IC and/ or logic gates 7. Realization of RS, JK, and D flip flops using Universal logic gates 8. Realization of Asynchronous up/down counter 9. Realization of Synchronous Mod-N counter 10. Digital to Analog conversion

Reading List:

1. B. N Jain and R. P. Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. B. B. Bray, “ The Intel Microprocessors- 8086/8088, 80186, 80286, 80386, and 80486-

Architecture, Programming and Interfacing”, Prentice Hall, 2000. 3. D.V. Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing programming & Hardware”, TMH, 2001. 4. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandi, “ Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals: Architecture,

Programming & Interfacing”, TMH, 2008. 5. C. H. Roth (Jr.), “Fundamentals of Logic design”, Cengage Engineering, 2003

HSS 201 Historiography of Science & Technology 3 0 0: 3

Subject Matter:

History of science and technology (HST): The subject is to introduce humanity’s endeavor behind science and its application over the centuries. This empowers readers in understanding creators’ and inventors’ philosophy and innovative resolve ness to solve a problem ever faced. Ability to understand science and to manipulate the same to applied deliverables should be known in details by the students to ignite their inherent ability and sleeping ingenuity. Motivations arise from the example. Lives of scientists and technologists will play immense and undisputed roles for adopting science &technology as life enterprising among readers, otherwise science & technology may remain as uninteresting subject. Path of scientific &technological revolution has a prominent role in shaping the science & technology teaching. The subject of HST should be included in the first year of four years degree course.

Sl. No.

Topic Hours

1 Introduction to the historiography of science and technology. Different approaches to the scientific explorations.

4

2 The lives of eminent scientists- their background, opportunities, achievements. 14 3 The qualities revealed in their efforts to become scientists of first order. 2 4 Scientific eras- The course of civilization and scientific endeavours,

contribution of science to the making of present day world. 4

5 Answers to the criticism that science has created a world full of pollutions. 2




18

Reading List:

1. Agassi, Joseph. Towards an Historiography of Science, Wesleyan University Press. 1963. 2. Kragh, Helge. An Introduction to the Historiography of Science, Cambridge University Press. 1990. 3. Kuhn, Thomas. The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago: University of Chicago, 1962 (third edn,

1996) 4. Gopalakrishnan, K.V. Inventors Who Revolutionised Our Lives, National Book Trust, India. 1999.

HSS 202 Extra Academic Activity – II 0 0 2: 0 Foreign Language (German/Chinese)

Department of EEE, 3rd Semester

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 301 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 EEE – 301 Circuit Theory & Network 3 0 2 4 CSE – 301 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 0 2 4 CSE – 302 Data Structure & Algorithm 3 0 2 4 ECE – 301 Electronics Circuit & Devices 3 0 2 4 EEE – 302 Electro-Magnetic Field Theory 3 0 0 3 HSS - 301 Behavioral Science 2 0 0 2 20 1 8 25


Subject Code Subject L T P Credit MAS – 401 Stochastic Processes 3 1 0 4 EEE – 401 Smart Materials and Devices 2 0 0 2 ECE - 401 Principle of Communication Engineering 3 0 2 4 EEE – 402 Electrical Machine - I 3 0 2 4 EEE – 403 Transmission & Distribution System 3 0 2 4 EEE - 405 Electrical & Electronics Measurement 3 0 2 4 HSS - 401 Entrepreneurship & Innovation for Practices 3 0 0 3 20 1 8 25


Name of the Module: Discrete Mathematics Module Code: MAS 301




19

Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To extend student’s Logical and Mathematical maturity and ability to deal with

abstraction and to introduce most of the basic terminologies used in computer science courses and application of ideas to solve practical problems.

Broad Objective of the module: Learning outcomes: On successful completion of the module students will:

1. have acquired greater precision in logical argument and have gained a core mathematical understanding of discrete mathematics .

2. have been introduced to fundamental mathematical notation and had practice in its use.

3. have learned and practised basic concepts of mathematical proof (direct proof, proof by contradiction, mathematical induction.

4. be able to handle the standard logical symbols with some confidence .

5. have learned elementary combinatorial and counting techniques and how UNIVERSITY OF KENT

6. to apply them to simple problems . 7. have learned how to state precisely and prove elementary

mathematical statements and solve problems . 8. be able to simplify complex mathematical expressions and

apply general formulae to specific contexts. 9. have a basic understanding of information technology and

its use in mathematical contexts . 10. be able to use information technology to solve

mathematical problems . 11. have had an introduction to the computer algebra system .





20





Subject Matter: 1. Sets and Propositions : Combinations of Sets, Finite and Infinite Sets, Unaccountably

Infinite Sets, Mathematical Induction, Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion , Multisets, Propositions

2. Permutations, Combinations, and Discrete Probability : The Rules of Sum and Product, Permutations, Combinations, Generation of Permutations and Combinations, Discrete Probability , Conditional Probability, Information and Mutual Information

3. Relations and Functions : A Relational Model for Data Bases, Properties of Binary Relations, Equivalence Relations and Partitions, Partial Ordering Relations and Lattices, Chains and Antichains, A Job-Scheduling Problem, Functions and the Pigeonhole Principle

4. Graphs and Planar Graph: Basis Terminology, Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs, Eulerian Paths and Circuits, Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits, The Traveling Salesperson Problem.

5. Trees and Cut-Sets: Trees, Rooted Trees, Path Lengths in Rooted Trees, Prefix Codes, Binary Search Trees, Spanning Trees and Cut-Sets, Minimum Spanning Trees

6. Discrete Numeric Functions and Generating Functions: Manipulation of Numeric Functions, Asymptotic Behavior of Numeric Functions, Generating Functions, Combinatorial Problem

7. Recurrence Relations and Recursive Algorithms: Recurrence Relations, Linear Recurrence Relations with Constant Coefficients, Homogenous Solutions, Particular Solution

8. Group and Rings : Groups, Subgroups, Generators and Evaluation of Powers, Cosets and Lagrange’s Theorem, Permutation Groups and Burnside’s Theorem, Codes and Group Codes, Isomorphisms and Automorphisms, Homomorphisms and Normal Subgroups, Rings, Integral Domains, and Fields

9. Boolean Algebras: Lattices and Algebraic Systems, Principle of Duality, Basic Properties of Algebraic System, Defined by Lattices, Distributive and Complemented Lattices, Boolean Lattices and Boolean Algebras, Uniqueness of Finite Boolean Algebras, Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions, Propositional Calculus

Reading list:




21

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C.L. Liu Mc Graw Hill 2. Discrete Mathematical Structures by Kolman B, Busby R. C, Ross S.C by Pearson Education 3. Discrete Mathematical Structures: Theory & Applications by D.S Malik & M.K.Sen, Thomson

India Edition.

ECE 301 Electronic Circuit and Devices 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I The Transistor at low frequencies: Graphical Analysis of the CE configuration, Two-Port devices and the hybrid Model, Transistor hybrid model, The h- parameter, Conversion formulas for the parameters of the three transistor Configuration, Analysis of a transistor Amplifier Circuit using h parameters, The Emitter follower, Comparison of transistor amplifier configurations, Linear Analysis of a Transistor Circuit, Cascading Transistor Amplifiers, Simplified Common-Emitter Hybrid Model, Simplified calculations for the Common- Collector Configuration, The Common-Emitter Amplifier with an emitter resistance, High input resistance transistor circuits, Multistage amplifier. Unit-II Field Effect Transistors : The FET and MOSFET Small-Signal model, The Low-Frequency Common-Source and Common-Drain Amplifiers, The FET as a Voltage-variable Resistor (VVR). High frequency model of BJT: High frequency hybrid- model of BJT, Common emitter and common collector configurations, cascode configuration Unit-III Feedback Amplifiers: General Feedback structure, Properties of negative Feedback, Four basic Feedback Topologies, Voltage series, Voltage shunt, Current series, Current Shunt, Effect of Feedback connection on various parameters. Analysis of above topology for BJT and FET Unit-IV Oscillators: Basic principle of sinusoidal oscillator(phase shift, wein bridge),Hartley & Colpitts, Crystal Oscillator, non linear/pulse oscillator. References: Books: 1. Electronic principles, Bolysted 2. Integrated Electronics, Millman Halkias, TMH 3. Microelectronic Circuits, Sedra Smith, Oxford press, India. EEE 302 Electromagnetic Field Theory 3 0 0 : 3 UNIT – I Static Electric Fields: Review of vector analysis, Coulomb‟s Force Law – Electric field intensity and potential charge distributions. Electric flux and flux density: Gauss law and its applications – boundary conditions – Gauss divergence theorem – Poisson‟s and Laplace‟s equations and their solutions. Electric Current: Charge conservation and continuity equation – conductivity and Ohm‟s law Interior and Exterior fields of conductors and boundary conditions.

UNIT – II Polarisibility of dielectrics: Dielectric Constant, Artificial dielectric, capacitance, spherical shell, parallel plate, coaxial and parallel wire lines, dielectric strength, and energy stored in a capacitor and in an electric field.

UNIT –III




22

Steady magnetic fields: Postulates – magnetic forces, magnetic fields, straight wires and wire loops, solenoid and torroid; Ampere‟s law and its applications, magnetic field strength, and parallel wire/lines, energy stored in an inductor and in a magnetic field, Stoke‟s theorem, vector potential and its applications, boundary conditions. UNIT – IV Maxwell‟s Equations and E.M. Waves: Maxwell‟s equations in various forms, wave equations in free space and material media, plane, waves in dielectric and conducting media. Radiation: Basic principles, radiation from dipole, transmission lines. UNIT – V Use of Maxwell’s equation: Flow of energy and Poynting vector, energy density in a plane wave, energy, velocity, complex Poynting vector theorem. Reflection of E.M waves: Reflection of plane waves from perfect conductors and dielectrics, linear, elliptic and circular polarization, reflection coefficient and standing wave ratio, Brewster‟s angle, total reflection, surface waves. Books: 1. Martin A. Plonus, Applied Electromagnetic, McGraw-Hill, 1978. 2. W.H.Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics (Special Indian Edition), 7/e, TMH, 2006. 3. J.D. Kraus and D. A. Fleisch, Electromagnetics (International Edition), 5/e, TMH, 1999. 4. Jordan and Balman, Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems, 2/e, PHI, 2006. 5. Peterson, Scott L.Ray, Mitra, Computational Methods for Electromagnetics, Wiley, 1998. 6. Ramo, Whinnery and Duzer, Field’s waves in Electromagnetic systems, 3/e, Wiley, 1994. 7. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, 4/e, Oxford University Press, 2006. 8. Joseph A. Edminister and Priye, Schaums’ outline series Electromagnetics, 2/e, TMH, 2006.

Name of the Module: Circuit Theory & Networks Module Code: EEE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: 1. To make the students build a solid foundation about science and

technology of the electrical circuits namely RL, RC, LC, RLC. 2. To provide clear foundation of making different circuits using

different combination and formulate the network equations to find out the performance of each network.

3. To understand the different types of filters & operational amplifier circuits.

Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study in depth the theory and the technology of electrical circuits, amplifiers & filters; and to practice & install a habit of using these elements in realizing electrical circuits for filtering and amplifications etc.





23

1. have clear understanding & utilization of different types of network circuits

2. design and develop different filters made of operational amplifier; and to measure their performances to apply in particular systems.


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Different types of systems & networks: continuous & Discrete, Fixed and Time varying, Linear and Non-linear, Lumped and distributed, Passive & Active Networks & Systems

2. Laplace transform of impulse and sinusoidal steps waveforms for RL, RC, LC and RLC Circuits. Transient analysis of different electrical circuits with and without initial conditions, Fourier Series and Fourier Transform

3. Network theorems and their applications in circuit analysis, Formulation of network equations, Source transformations, Loop variable analysis and node variable analysis

4. Graph of network, concept of tree branch, tree link. Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix and loop currents, Cut set matrix and node pair potentials

5. Two port networks, Open circuit Impedance and Short circuit Admittance parameters, Transmission parameters, hybrid parameters, and their inter-relations

6. Indefinite admittance matrix- their applications to the analysis of active network 7. Active filter analysis and synthesis using operational amplifier 8. SPICE: How SPICE works. Model statement, models for passive and active device, D.C. circuits

analysis, small signal analysis, capacitors and inductors in D.C. Circuits, steady state and transient, plotting and printing, input and output Impedance, D.C. sensitivity analysis, harmonic decomposition (Fourier Series), Harmonic re-composition, voltage controlled components




24

List of Practical: 1. Transient response in R-L and R-C Network: Spice,Simulation/hardware 2. Transient response in R-L-C Series & Parallel circuits Network: Simulation/hardware 3. Determination of Impedance (Z) and Admittance(Y) parameters of two port network 4. Frequency response of LP and HP filters 5. Frequency response of BP and BR filters 6. Generation of Periodic, Exponential, Sinusoidal, Damped sinusoidal, Step, Impulse, 7. Ramp signals using MATLAB in both discrete and analog form 8. Evaluation of convolution integral, Discrete Fourier transform for periodic & non-periodic

signals and simulation of difference equations using MATLAB 9. Representation of poles and zeros in z-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in z-

domain and cascade connection of second order system using MATLAB 10. Determination of Laplace transform and inverse Laplace transformation using MATLAB 11. Spectrum analysis of different signals

Reading list:

1. Sudhakar:Circuits & Networks:Analysis & Synthesis 2/e TMH New Delhi 2. Valkenburg M. E. Van, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall. 3. Engineering circuit analysis with PSPICE and probe-Roger 4. Engg Circuit Analysis,: Hayt 6/e Tata Mcgraw-Hill 5. A.Chakravarty: Networks, Filters & Transmission Lines 6. D.Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: Electrical Circuits 7. A.V. Oppenheimer and A.S.Wilsky: Signals & Systems, PHI 8. R.V.Jalgaonkar.: Network Analysis & Synthasis.EPH. 9. Sivandam- Electric Circuits Analysis.,Vikas 10. Reza F. M. and Seely S., “Modern Network Analysis”, Mc.Graw Hill Book Company 11. Roy Choudhury D., “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Publishers. 12. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis & Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons.


General objectives or aims of the module: 1. Design principles of algorithms and data structures. 2. Efficiency and scaling of algorithms. 3. Essential algorithms in computing. 4. Generic data structures for common problems.




25

Broad Objective of the module: This module covers the basic science behind the use of computers to provide effective and efficient

methods for carrying out computational tasks. Tasks looked at include data storage and retrieval, sorting and searching, semi-numerical tasks such as encryption, planning and optimisation tasks, problem space searches, and games playing. To carry out these tasks, both algorithms and structures for the storage of data need to be specified. Mathematical tools have to be developed that enable us to measure the fundamental effectiveness of algorithms, and in particular the way these algorithms scale as the size of the task being performed increases. This module introduces the basic sorting and searching methods and dynamic data structures such as linked lists and trees.

Learning outcomes: On successful completion of the course students should be able to: 1. Assess performance efficiency of sequential algorithms. 2. Design data structures to enable algorithms and design sequential

algorithms for performance. 3. Implement designed algorithms and corresponding data structures

using object oriented programming languages. 4. Demonstrate informed deployment of essential data structures such

as lists, stacks, queues, and trees. 5. Demonstrate use of algorithm design methods such as divide and

conquer Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:








26

Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Basic concept of data, structures and pointers. 2. Arrays: Représentation, implémentation, polynomial représentation. Limitations. 3. Strings: Representation, String operations, Implementing String.h library functions. 4. Recursion - Design of recursive algorithms, Tail Recursion, When not to use recursion, Removal of

recursion. 5. Linked List: Static and dynamic implementation. Single, double, circular, multiple linked lists. 6. Stacks: Recursion and Stacks. Static and dynamic implementation. Expression evaluation. Infix, postfix

expressions, multiple stacks. Queues: Static and dynamic implementation, circular queues, and implementation.

7. Hash Tables: Hash tables implementation. Hashing techniques, single, double. 8. Storage Management: Memory Management techniques, garbage collection. 9. Trees: Binary trees, binary search trees, static and dynamic implementation.AVL tree,B+ tree,B tree Tree

operations, insert, delete, and search. 10. Heaps: Implementation, sorting etc. 11. Sorting and Searching: Different sorting techniques. Insertion sort, selection sort, bubble sort, radix sort,

quick sort, merge sort, heap sort. 12. File Structures - Sequential and Direct Access. Relative Files, Indexed Files - B+ tree as index.

Multi-indexed Files, Inverted Files, Hashed Files. 13. Graphs : Representation of graphs, BFS, DFS sort.

List of Practical: 1. Experiments should include but not limited to : Implementation of array operations: 2. Stacks and Queues: adding, deleting elements Circular Queue: Adding & deleting elements

Merging Problem : Evaluation of expressions operations on Multiple stacks & queues : 3. Implementation of linked lists: inserting, deleting, inverting a linked list. Implementation of stacks &

queues using linked lists: 4. Polynomial addition, Polynomial multiplication Sparse Matrices : Multiplication, addition. Recursive and

Nonrecursive traversal of Trees 5. Threaded binary tree traversal. AVL tree implementation 6. Application of Trees. Application of sorting and searching algorithms 7. Hash tables implementation: searching, inserting and deleting, searching & sorting techniques.

Reading list:

1. Seymour Lipschutz, G A Vijayalalashmi Pai, “Data Structure”, Schaum’s Outlines,TMH

2. Data Structures and Algorithms O.G. Kakde & U.A. Deshpandey, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS

3. Aho Alfred V., Hopperoft John E., UIlman Jeffrey D., “Data Structures and Algorithms”,Addison Wesley

4. Drozdek- Data Structures and Algorithms,Vikas 5. Heileman:data structure algorithims &Oop Tata McGraw Hill 6. Data Structures Using C – M.Radhakrishnan and V.Srinivasan, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS 7. Weiss Mark Allen, “Algorithms, Data Structures, and Problem Solving with C++”,

Addison Wesley. 8. Horowitz Ellis & Sartaj Sahni, “Fundamentals of Data Structures”, Galgotria Pub.




27

9. Tanenbaum A. S. , “Data Structures using ‘C’ ” 10. Ajay Agarwal: Data structure Through C.Cybertech

Name of the Module: Computer Organization & Architecture Module Code: CSE 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: To help the student develop an understanding of the nature and characteristics of the

organisation and design of the modern computer systems.

Broad Objective of the module: In this module we shall focus on the Organisation & Operation of the CPU. The Intel Pentium CPU will be used as the main case study.


1. to understand the key concepts that are likely to be included in the design of any modern computer system 2. to understand and to apply the basic metrics by which new and existing computer systems may be evaluated 3. to understand and to evaluate the impact that languages, their compilers and underlying operating systems have on the design of computer systems 4. to understand and to evaluate the impact that peripherals, their interconnection and underlying data operations have on the design of computer systems 5. to demonstrate the techniques needed to conduct the design of a computer 6. to examine different computer implementations and assess their strengths and weaknesses


Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hour per

week Laboratory practical : 2 hours per week Self study : 8 hours per week

Assessment:





28




Subject Matter:

1. Concepts and Terminology: Digital computer components Hardware & Software and their dual nature, Role of Operating Systems (OS).

2. The ALU: ALU organization, Integer representation, Serial and Parallel Adders, is 1s and 2s complement arithmetic, Multiplication of signed binary numbers, floating point number arithmetic, Overflow detection, Status flags.

3. Instruction formats, Addressing modes, Instruction execution with timing diagram. 4. The CPU: Instruction sequencing, hardwired control unit, microprogrammrd control unit, interfacing of

memory and I/O. 5. Memory Unit: Memory classification, Bipolar and MOS storage cells. Organization of RAM, address

decoding, Registers and stack, ROM and PROM-basic cell. Organization and erasing schemes, Magnetic memories-recording formats and methods. Disk and tape Units. Concept of memory map. Timing diagrams, T-States, Timing diagram Controlling arithmetic and logic instructions. Instruction sequencing with examples. Introduction to Micro- programming, Variations in Micro-programming configuration.

Reading List :

1. Hayes J. P., “Computer Architecture & Organisation”, McGraw Hill, 2. Hamacher, “Computer Organisation”, 3. Computer Organization and System Software, EXCEL BOOKS 4. Chaudhuri P. Pal, “Computer Organisation & Design”, PHI, 5. Mano, M.M., “Computer System Architecture”, PHI. 6. Burd- System Architecture,Vikas 7. Computer Organization & Architecture (TMH WBUT Series), Ghosh & Pal, TMH




29

Name of the Module: Behavioral Science Module Code: HSS 301 Semester: 3rd Credit Value: 2 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): 1. Behavioral science: An overview: definitions, Man‐the critical factor, behavioral science and its historical

development. 2. Industrial sociology: Concept and definitions; importance for engineers; growth; criticism of the Hawthorne

studies; nature and scope of industrial sociology, industry and community, industry and tradition in India. 3. Society and technical change: Concept of social change, meaning and definitions of social change, nature of

social change. Factors such as natural, cultural, economic, planning, technological, Indian information technology scenario, effect of technology on social institutions.

4. Society and environment: Meaning and definitions, characteristics, classification of environment, physical environment and its influence, social environment and its some basic elements, environment in industry, illumination, noise, atmospheric conditions, music and colour.

5. Human relations: Historical overview, definitions, early and later approaches to human relations, strategies for establishing healthy human relations.

6. Groups: Meaning and definitions, types of groups, characteristics, functions of formal and informal groups, merits and demerits of informal groups.

7. Motivation: Nature of drives, needs and motives, work motives, need‐hierarchy theory and two factor theory of motivation, how to motivate the workers at work, factors effecting the morale of workers.

8. Labour management relations: Industrial relations; meaning, objectives and definitions, Dunlop’s theory of industrial relations, Psychological and Gandhian approach to industrial relations, industrial relations in Japan and India, industrial relation in coming years, challenges of coming years, new dimensions of industrial relations, the ways of industrial peace. Trade unions; meaning and definitions, functions of Indian trade Unions, recent emerging trends in Indian trade unions.


Name of the Module: Stochastic Process




30

Module Code: MAS 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The objectives of this module are to give students confidence in manipulating and drawing conclusions from data and provide them with a critical framework for evaluating study designs and results

Broad Objective of the module: This module introduces students to the basic concepts, logic, and issues

involved in statistical reasoning. Major topics include exploratory data analysis, an introduction to research methods, probability, and statistical inference.

Learning outcomes: Following this module students will be able:

1. to add new interactive activities to fill gaps that we have identified by analyzing student log data and by gathering input from other college professors on where students typically have difficulties.

2. to increase the number of interactive activities by over 30%. 3. to added new simulation-style activities to the course in Inference and

Probability Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

Probability:




31

1. Random Exp er iment; Sample space; Random Events; Probability of events. Axiomatic definition of probability; Frequency Definition of probability; Finite sample spaces and equiprobable measure as special cases; Probability of Non-disjoint events (Theorems). Counting techniques applied to probability problems; Conditional probability; General Multiplication Theorem; Independent events; Bayes’ theorem and related problems.

2. Random variables (discrete and continuous); Probability mass function ; Probability density function and distribution function. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Uniform,

Exponential, Normal, t and χ2. Expectation and Variance (t and χ2 excluded); Moment generating function; Reproductive Property of Binomal; Poisson and Normal Distribution (proof not required). Transformation of random variables (One variable); Chebychev inequality (statement) and problems.

3. Binomial approximation to Poisson distribution and Binomial approximation to Normal distribution (statement only); Central Limit Theorem (statement); Law of large numbers (Weak law); Simple applications.

Statistics:

4. Population; Sample; Statistic; Estimation of parameters (consistent and unbiased); Sampling distribution of sample mean and sample variance (proof not required).

5. Point estimate: Maximum likelihood estimate of statistical parameters (Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution). Interval estimation.

Testing of Hypothesis:

6. Simple and Composite hypothesis; Critical Region; Level of Significance; Type I and Type II Errors; Best Critical Region; Neyman-Pearson Theorem (proof not required); Application to Normal Population; Likelihood Ratio Test (proof not required); Comparison of Binomial Populations; Normal Populations; Testing of Equality of Means;

χ2—Test of Goodness of Fit (application only). 7. Simple idea of Bivariate distribution; Correlation and Regression; and simple problems

Reading list: 1. Murray R. Spiegel, “Probability and Statistics”, McGrawHll, Schaum’s Outline

Series 2. Kishor S Trivedi, “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing and

Computer Applications”, Prentics Hall of India, 2000 3. A. Papoulis and S. Unnikrishna Pillai, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic

Processes, McGrawHill, 4th Edition 4. Richard A Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers. Prenticshall, India, 2002. 5. Mondenhall, “Introduction to probability and statistics”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.

Name of the Module: Principle of Communication Engineering Module Code: ECE 401




32

Semester: 4th Credit Value: 4 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):



2. to make students familiarization about radio signals transport by multiplexing and de multiplexing

3. to make students to know about noise problem in communication, and to solve the problem Broad Objective of the module: To understand and study about different types of modulation needed to carry signals under long haul communication, frequency division multiplexing to carry analog signals over a channel, and to reject noise from the signals. Learning outcomes : At the end of this module, students are expected to be able to i) utilize the appropriate modulation techniques & multiplexing in transporting signals over a channel and ii) to reject noise from the signals Learning and teaching approach used: Lecture : 3 hours per week Tutorial and Computer based simulation session : 0 hours per week Laboratory practicals : 2 hours per week Self study : 7 hours per week Assessment: Continuous assessment – 50 marks Continuous assessment (Theory) (25 marks)




Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks) Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%




33

Subject Matter: UNIT-I Review: Review of Frequency Bands Fourier Transform and Fourier series. UNIT-II Amplitude Modulation Systems: Need for modulation, normal AM, generation and demodulation (envelope & synchronous detection), modulation index, DSBSC: generation and demodulation, Effect of phase and frequency offset on demodulation, SSB: Generation using filter and phasing method, detection. Frequency division multiplexed systems using SSB. UNIT-III Angle Modulation Systems: Concept of frequency and phase modulation, frequency deviation and modulation index, FM spectra, Carsons rule, narrowband FM, generation of Wideband FM Armstrong method, direct FM generation. Demodulation of FM-discriminatory, PLL UNIT-IV Sampling and Discrete time Modulations: Sampling Theorem – low pass and band pass, Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse Width Modulation (PWM), Pulse Position Modulation (PPM) their generation and detection-phase time division multiplying. Review of random signals and noise, signal to noise ratio in amplitude and angle modulated systems. Thermal and shot noise. UNIT-V Digital Communication: PCM, quantization noise, bandwidth, advantages over analog communication, PCM system, Differential PCM, Delta Modulation, Digital Modulation – ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, Digital Multiplexing. Power Line Carrier: Interfacing with power line, description of a typical system.

List of Practical:






6. Design PLL demodulator of PM and test the same with PM transmitter designed in experiment number 4

7. Design any practical noise filtering circuit, and study its input and output in term of signal to noise ratio 8. Design mixer circuit for any given FR amplifier, and study its performance 9. Design a 4 to 1 FDM and study its operation 10. Design a 1 to 4 demultiplexer and use it with the circuit of experiment number 9 and justify the

communication by multiplexing. Reading list:




34

1. Taub and D. L. Schilling, “Principles of Communication System”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nded. 2. Carlson, “Communication System”TataMcgrawHill, New Delhi, 4th Edition 3. B P Lathi, “ Communication Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Latest Edition 4. L. W. Couch Li, “Digital and Analog Communication System“, , Macmillan Publishing Co, New York,

2nd Edition 5. J A Betts, “Signal Processing, Modulation and Noise”, English Universities Press Ltd, London, Latest

Edition 6. G Kenedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, MC GrawHill, Latest Edition

Name of the Module: Entrepreneurship & Innovation for Practices Module Code: HSS 401 Semester: 4th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:


Learning outcomes:







35




Subject Matter: Sl.No Subject Matter No of

Session(s) Hours

1 Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Meaning, Role of Entrepreneur, Factors that shape the Future Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneur Process: different approaches, Motivation for becoming an Entrepreneur

Two Sessions 2

2 Importance of Entrepreneurship: innovations act as key figures in economic development of a country, Qualities of successful Entrepreneur, Functions of an Entrepreneur, Types of Entrepreneur, Issues & Problems faced by Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial Practices in India, Entrepreneur Development Programmes (EDPs).

Two Sessions 2

3 Contribution of Entrepreneurs: Towards R&D, creates Wealth of Nation & Self prospect with Challenge

One Session 1

4 Entrepreneur Carrier: Different Stages(Dreaming, Planning, Implementation, Survival and Growth, Advantages & Disadvantages, Setting up a new Enterprise, Succession

Two Sessions 2

5 Characteristics of Entrepreneurship: Risk taker, Perceptive, Curious, Imaginative, Persistent, Goal setting, Hardworking, Research & Management Skill, Organising & Controlling, Soft skills and Feasibility

Two Session 2

6 Women Entrepreneurship: Opportunities for promoting Women Entrepreneurship, Hurdles of Women Entrepreneurs (case Studies), Prospects of women Entrepreneurs,

Two Session 2

7 Factors & Models of Entrepreneurial Development: Entrepreneur Support System Two session 2

8 Social Entrepreneurial Initiative: Social Entrepreneurial approach to solving social Problems, Complete Business plan for enduring social Impact, Strategic Plan vs

Business Plan

Two Sessions 2




36

9 Project Planning: Concept & Approach, Project Approach, Project inclusion, Project Cycle, Identification of Resources, Formulation & Methods of Appraisal, M&E,

Favorable considerations of Project Implementation, Preference of Project, Financing of Project, Financial, Commercial, Management and Environmental Appraisal,

Two Sessions 2

10 Forest based Industries: Mobilization of resources from the forest mainly the Non-Timber(NTFP) products, Processing units, Marketing of demand driven Forest Products in the local, regional and distant markets. Constraints, Prospects and

Potentials of the producer sellers backed up by social entrepreneur, Technical and Financial Feasibility study and analysis of projects under self employment scheme

including small entrepreneur

Two Sessions 2

11 Preparation of Feasibility Report on Forest based project proposal: Case Studies: Execution of Forest based development projects on participatory mode, scaling of

forest based activities

Two Sessions 2

12 Preparation of Project Reports: Field visit/Exposure visit for a week followed by analysis, discussion and submission of Project Report

12 Sessions 12

Reading List:

1. Anitha, H.S.Financial Role of Specialized Commercial Banks – From Entrepreneurs Perspective, SEDME, March, 2003

2. Awasthi, D.N. Evaluation of Entrepreneurship Development Programmes, New Delhi: Sage Publication 1996

3. Bangs, D.H. and Pinson, L. The Real World Entrepreneur, Chicago: Upstart Publishing, Co., 1999 4. Batra, G.S. and Dangwal, R.C. Entrepreneurship and Small Industries – New Potentials, New

Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications Pvt.ltd., 1999 5. Bright, P.S. How to be an Entrepreneur, Bright Careers Institute, New Delhi: Nai Sarak, 2002 6. Desai, Vasant. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Mumbai: Himalaya

Publishing House, 2002. 7. Harper, W.S. and Tan Jhiam. Small Enterprise in Developing Countries – case studies and

conclusions, London: Intermediate Technology Publications Ltd., 1979 8. Khanka, S.S. Entrepreneurial Development, Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House, 2000. 9. Mali, D.D. Entrepreneurship Development in North East, New Delhi: Mittal Publications,

1990. 10. Parthasarathi, I. ‘Entrepreneurship in Tribal Areas’(ed.) by J.V.Prabharkar Rao, Entrepreneurship

and Economic Development, New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers and Distributors, 2000. 11. Saini, J.S. and Dhameji, S.K. Entrepreneurship and Small Business, Jaipur: Rawat Publications,

1988. 12. Siropolis, Nicholas. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, Boston: Houghton Mufflin

Company, 1998. 13. Suri, K.B. Small Scale Enterprises in India in Industrial Development: the Indian Experience. New

Delhi: Sage Publication, 1998. 14. Hisrich, Robert D, Michael P. Peters and Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship. New York: McGraw

Hill/Irwin, 2005. 15. Miner, John B. Four Routes to Entrepreneurial Success, San Francisco: Berrett-Kochler Publisher,

Inc., 1996. 16. Kuratko, Donald F. and Richard M. Hodgetts., Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process and Practice, Oh:

South Western Congage Learning, 2008.




37

17. Hisrich, D Robert and G. Candida Brush. Women Entrepreneurs, Massachusetts: Lexington Books, Lexington 1986.

18. Pujar, V.N. ‘Development of Women Entrepreneurs in India’, Entrepreneurship Development in India. Sani Uddin (ed). Delhi: Mittal Publications. 1989.

19. Dutta Sujit Kumar and Dilip Kumar Ghosh. Empowering Rural Women, New Delhi: Akansha Publishing House, 2002.

20. Vinze, D.M. ‘Women Entrepreneurs in India’, Delhi: Mittal Publications, 1987.

EEE 401 Smart materials and devices 3 0 0 : 3 Unit-I Dielectrics : Properties of static field. Static dielectric constant, polarization, dielectric constant of mono atomic gases & poly atomic molecules, internal fields in solids & liquids, ferroelectric materials, spontaneous polarization, piezo electricity. Unit-II Properties in alternating fields: Frequency dependence of electronic, ionic polarizability, complex dielectric constant, dielectric loss, dipolar relaxation, breakdown in dielectrics. General properties of common dielectrics (Electrical, mechanical chemical and thermal). Gaseous dielectrics, liquid insulating materials, solid insulating materials, films. Unit-III Conductors: Electron gas model of a metal, Relaxation time, collision time, mean free path, electron scattering & resistivity, heating effect of current, thermal conductivity, superconductivity, electrical conducting materials (Cu, Al) & their application. Mechanical properties like corrosion, solid curability, contact resistance. Unit-IV Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetization, origin of permanent magnetic dipole moment, classification of Magnetic of materials, dia, para, ferro, antiferro & ferromagnetism, magnetic anisotropy, magnetostriction, soft & hard magnetic materials for electrical applications. Unit-V Semiconductors and Devices:Density of carriers in intrinsic semiconductor & in n-type & p-type semiconductor, conductivity, Hall effect, drift & diffusion current, Einstein relation. Books: 1. Electrical Engineering Material---Dekker A.J. (PHI) 2. A course in Electrical Engineering Material—Seth & Gupta 3. Electrical Engineering Material---Rajput A.K. 4. Electrical Engineering Material---C.S. Indulkar & S. Thiruvengadam. EEE 402 Electrical Machines- I 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I Electromagnetic and transformers: Review of laws of Electromagnetic and Electromechanics, Maxwell‟s equations. Three-Phase transformers, special constructional features – cruciform mitering, alternative winding




38

arrangements, cooling methodology, conservators, breathers, Buchholz relay, alternative phase connections, vector phase groups. Phase conversions-3 to 1, 3 to 2, 3 to 6 and 3 to 12; 1-3 phase, Auto-Transformer. Parallel operation and load sharing. Special Purpose Transformers: Pulse, isolation, welding, rectifier, high frequency. Losses, Efficiency, Voltage Regulation and Tests and applications. Instrument transformer. UNIT-II DC Generator: Review of constructional features. Methods of excitation, Armature windings, Power balance, Voltage and torque equations. Operation as generator – Self excitation principles. Characteristics, Armature reaction, Commutation. UNIT-III DC Motor: Operation of a dc machine as a Motor – Characteristics and their control. Starting, speed control including solid state controllers. Braking. Losses, Efficiency. Testing and applications of dc motors. UNIT-IV Polyphase Synchronous Generator : Constructional features. Polyphase Distributed AC Windings: Types, Distribution, coil span and winding factors. Excitation systems, emf equation and harmonic elimination. Generator Mode: Interaction between excitation flux and armature mmf, equivalent circuit model and phasor diagram for cylindrical rotor machine. Salient pole machines: two reaction theory, equivalent circuit model and phasor diagram. Power angle equations and characteristics. Voltage regulation and affect of AVR. Synchronizing methods, Parallel operation and load sharing, active and reactive power control, operation on infinite bus-bar. Analysis under sudden short circuit. Transient parameters UNIT-V Poly-phase Synchronous Motor : Motoring mode, Transition from motoring to generating mode, Phasor diagram, steady state operating characteristic, V-curves, starting, synchronous condenser, hunting –damper winding effects, speed control including solid state control List of Experiments 1. O.C.C of DC Generator. 2. D.C. Shunt generator build up 3. Load Test on DC Generator 4. Starting, Running, and reversing of DC motor 5. Speed Control of DC motor by field and armature. 6. Hopkinsons Test 7. Swinburns Test 8. O.C.T and S.C.T of alternator. 9. V-curve of alternator 10. Sudden S.C Test on alternator and determination of Xd , Xd 11. Parallel of operation of alternator 12. Phase conversion, 3-Φ to 1-Φ, 3-Φ to 6-Φ, Scott connection. Books: 1. Mcpherson, George, “Introduction to Electric Machines and Transformers”, John Wiley and Sons, 1980. 2. Nasser Syed, A., “Electric Machine and Transformer:, New York, Macmillan, 1984. 2. Say, M.G. and Taylor, E.O., “Direct Current Machines” Second Ed., ELBS, 1985. 3. Say, M.G., “Alternating Current Machines”, (5th Ed.)ELBS, 1986 4. Fitzgerald, Kingsley C. and Umans, S.D.,“Electric Machinery”, (5ty Ed.,), McGraw-Hill Book Co.92, 5. Sen, P.C., “Principal of Electric Machines and Power Electronics”, (2nd Ed.), John Wiley & Sons 1997. 6. Clayton, A.E., “Performance and Design of Direct Current Machines”, 3rd Ed. Pitman 1961. 7. Del Toro, V., “Electrical Machines & Power Systems”, 1985, PHI, Englewood Cliffs., 1985.




39

EEE 403 Transmission and Distribution System 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I Generation of Electric Power: Brief description of Thermal, hydro nuclear and gas power plants & other non-conventional power plants. UNIT-II Transmission and Distribution Systems : DC 2 –wire and 3 – wire systems, AC single phase, three phase and 4-wire systems, comparison of copper efficiency. Distribution Systems: primary and secondary distribution systems, concentrated & uniformly distributed loads on distributors fed at one and both ends, ring distribution, sub mains and tapered mains, voltage drop and power loss calculations, voltage regulators. UNIT-III Overhead Transmission Lines and Cables : Types of Conductors, Line parameters; calculation of inductance and capacitance of single and double circuit transmission lines, three phase lines with stranded and bundle conductors, Generalized ABCD constants and equivalent circuits of short, medium & long lines. Line Performance: regulation and efficiency of short, medium and long lines, Series and shunt compensation, Introduction to FACTS. Calculations of capacity of cables, charging current, stress, grading, heating of cables, Construction and characteristics of HV & EHV cable. UNIT-IV Overhead Line Insulators and Mechanical Design of Transmission Lines : Type, string efficiency, voltage distribution in string of suspended insulators, grading ring, preventive maintenance. Different types of tower, sag-tension calculations, sag-template, string charts, vibrations & damaging Corona-corona losses, radio & audio noise, transmission line – communication line interference. UNIT-V Introduction to EHV / HVDC transmission : Brief description of both the systems with working & constructional details. Books: 1.Grainger John, J. and Stevenson, Jr. W.D., “Power System Analysis”, McGraw Hill, 1994. 2.Harder Edwin, I., “Fundamentals of Energy Production”, John Wiley and Sons, 1982. 3.Deshpande, M.V., “Elements of Electric Power Station Design”, A.H. Wheeler and Company, Ald 1979. 4. Burke James, J., “Power Distribution Engineering; Fundamentals and Applications” Marcel Dekk., 1996. 5. “Electric Transmission and Distribution Reference Book”, Westinghouse Electric Corporation: East Pittsburg, Pa, 1964. 6. Wadhwa, C.L., “Electric Power Systems”, Second Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1985. 7. Nagrath, I.J. and Kothari, D.P., “Power System Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995. EEE 405 Electrical & Electronic Measurement 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I




40

Review of E.M. ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter, multi meter and energy meter. Measuring with C.T and P.T.; ratio and phase angle errors, testing UNIT-II Measurement of R,L,C with bridges and potentiometer, Kelvin’s double bridge DC potentiometer, AC potential quadrature and planar. UNIT-III Analog electronic instruments: Ampere, Volt, Watt, kWh, Time, frequency and phase angle measurement using CRO, spectrum and wave analyzer, multimeter UNIT-IV Digital Electronic Instruments: counter, frequency meter, voltmeter, multimeter, storage and oscilloscope UNIT-V Instrumentation: Transducer, classification and selection of strain gauge, LVDT, Capacitor, piezoelectric, Hall effect, encoders, digital transducers, signal conditioning, basic principle of smart sensors, principle of DAS, measurement of temperature and weight List of Experiments 1. Study of Kelvin’s Bridge and its application for measurement of low resistance 2. Measurement of high resistance. 3. Measurement of insulation resistance. 4. Schering bridge for measurement of capacitance and loss angle. 5. Measurement of inductance and Q-factor using AC Bridge. 6. Measurement of ratio and phase angle errors of instrument transformers using (a) Comparison method (b) absolute method 7. Study and use of (a) integrating type (b) dual- slope type electronic voltmeter 8. Spectrum analyzer and its use for analyzing frequency spectra of periodic and non periodic signals 9. Study and use of LVDT or displacement transducers. 10. Resistance strain gauges using unbalanced bridge circuits. 11. Study and use of grey-coded disk or digital transducer. 12. Study and use of time division and frequency division multiplexing. 13. Phase locked loops and applications for phase measurements BOOKS 1. Swahney, A.K., “Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation” 2. Helfric AD and Cooper WD, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques”, PHI, 1992 3. Jones BE , “Instrumentation, Measurement and Feedback” 4 Golding and Widdis, “Electrical Measurements and measuring instruments” 5. Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, TMH

Department of EEE, 5th Semester

L T P Credit ECE – 501 Microprocessors, Microcontrollers & Embedded 3 0 2 4




41

Systems EEE – 501 Electrical Machine – II 3 0 2 4 EEE – 502 Process Control Engineering 3 0 2 4 EEE -503 Switch Gear & Protection 3 0 2 4 EEE – 504 Power Electronics 3 0 2 4 HSS – 501 Industrial Management 3 0 0 3 EEE – 505 Linear Integrated Circuit 3 0 0 3 21 0 10 26



CSE – 601 Computer Networking 3 0 2 4 EEE – 601 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 0 3 HSS – 601 Engineering Ethics & IPR 3 0 0 3 HSS – 602 Disaster Management 2 0 0 2 EEE – 602 Electrical System Design 0 0 2 1 EEE – 603 Power System Operation & Control 3 0 2 1 CSE – 606 Soft Computing 3 0 2 4 17 0 8 21


Name of the Module: Microprocessors, Microcontrollers & Embedded System Module Code: ECE 501 Semester: 5th




42



Broad Objective of the module: This module is intended for practicing computer engineers,

computer scientists, professionals in related fields, as well as faculty and students, who have an interest in the intersection of high-assurance design, microprocessor systems, and formal verification, and wish to learn about current developments in the field.


1. design a microprocessor . 2. configure or design a microprocessor-based system (likely). 3. understand efficiency in microprocessor-based systems. 4. write code or a compiler for a microprocessor which takes

advantage of the advanced architectural techniques. Learning and teaching approach used :


Assessment:





Subject Matter:

1. Architecture of microprocessor; case study with Intel series of microprocessors. 2. Assembly language programming using Intel 8085 microprocessor.




43

3. Interfacing of memory to a microprocessor; system bus, timing diagram, , peripheral chips (IO mapped IO & Memory mapped IO). Interrupts and DMA.

4. Interfacing of I/O devices; modes of data transfer, synchronous, asynchronous, interrupt driven using 8255 PPI, interfacing of DAC and ADC.

5. Serial mode of data transfer using 8251. 6. Interfacing of key board and display devices using 8279, Peripherals: 8279, 8255, 8251, 8253,

8237, 8259, A/D and D/A converters and interfacing of the same. Typical applications of a microprocessor.

7. Microprocessor versus Microcontroller architecture. 8. Memory and I/O interfacing to 8051 microcontroller. 9. 16 bit processors: 8086 and architecture, segmented memory has cycles, read/write cycle in

min/max mode. Reset operation, wait state, Halt state, Hold state, Lock operation, and interrupt processing. Addressing modes and their features.

List of Practical: 1. To develop a program to add two double byte numbers. 2. To develop a subroutine to add two floating point quantities. 3. To develop program to multiply two single byte unsigned numbers, giving a 16 bit

product. 4. To develop subroutine which will multiply two positive floating points numbers? 5. To write program to evaluate P* Q*+R* & S are 8 bit binary numbers. 6. To write a program to divide a 4 byte number by another 4 byte number. 7. To write a program to divide an 8 bit number by another 8 bit number upto a

fractional quotient of 16 bit. 8. Write a program for adding first N natural numbers and store the results in

memory location X. 9. Write a program which decrements a hex number stored in register C.The

Program should half when the program register reads zero. 10. Write a program to introduce a time delay of 100 ms using this program as a

subroutine display numbers from 01H to OAH with the above calculated time delay between every two numbers.

11. N hex numbers are stored at consecutive memory locations starting from X. Find the largest number and store it at location Y.

12. Interface a display circuit with the microprocessor either directly with the bus or by using I/O ports. Write a programme by which the data stored in a RAM table is displayed.

13. To design and interface a circuit to read data from an A/D converter, using the 8255 A in the memory mapped I/O.

14. To design and interface a circuit to convert digital data into analog signal using the 8255 A in the memory mapped I/O.

15. To interface a keyboard with the microprocessor using 8279 chip and transfer the output to the printer.

16. To design a circuit to interface a memory chip with microprocessor with given memory map.

Reading list:




44




4. Advanced Microprocessors by Ray and Bhurchandi - TMH 5. Intel Corp. Micro Controller Handbook – Intel Publications, 1994. 6. Microprocessors and Interfacing by Douglas V. Hall, McGraw Hill International Ed. 1992 7. Assembly Language Programming the IBM PC by Alan R. Miller, Subex Inc, 1987 8. The Intel Microprocessors: 8086/8088, 80186, 80286, 80386 & 80486, Bary B. Brey,

Prentice Hall, India.

EEE 501 Electrical Machines-II 3 0 2 : 4 UNIT-I Three phase Induction motor : Review or constructional details. Review of Polyphase Distributed AC Windings. Production of EMF, Coupled circuit equations, steady state analysis –equivalent circuit, Phasor diagram, power flow diagram and torque-slip characteristics. UNIT-II Starting and speed control Effect of rotor resistance starting, double squirrel cage rotor. Speed control schemes including solid state and vector control. Braking. Effect of space/time harmonics and analysis. Testing Losses and Efficiency. Induction generators – Grid connected and Self excited mode – Applications. UNIT-III Single Phase Motors: Induction Types Doubles revolving field theory, equivalent circuit, characteristics, starting of single phase motor, shaded pole machines. Synchronous types Hystereris motor, reluctance motor, stepper motors – variable reluctance and permanent magnet type. PM Synchronous motor – brushless motor, universal motor. UNIT-IV Special Electric Motors : Switched reluctance motor, linear machines – power energy and levitation types, PM brushless dc motors. UNIT-V Machines for control Systems: Disc motors, printed Circuit motors. Servo motors-a.c and d.c, tachogenerators, Synchros, Disk machines. List of Experiments 1. Determination of complete torque speed characteristics of three phase induction machine in braking, motoring

and generation regions and it‟s calibration. 2. Study of effect of rotor resistance on the load characteristics of a wound – rotor induction motor. 3. Determination of equivalent circuit parameters, prediction of performance. Verification from actual load test.

(b) Separation of losses of Induction motors and estimation of efficiency. 4. Speed control of Induction motor – Conventional, electronic. Solid state speed control using (i) V constant, (ii)

V/f constant, (iii) slip – energy injection. 5. Load characteristic of Induction generator working in (i) Grid connected mode (ii) Self Determination of

equivalent circuit parameters of a single phase Induction motor. Prediction of torque – speed characteristic. Verification from load test.

6. Determination of torque step rate characteristic of a stepper motor. Determination of operating range.




45

7. Load characteristic of universal motor, operating on dc and ac supply Comparison of performance. 8. Experimental determination of performance characteristics of two phase servo motor. 9. Load characteristic of hysterisis motor and shaded pole motor. 10. Characteristic of permanent magnet motor. 11. Characteristic of switched reluctance motor. Books: 1. McPherson George, “Introduction to Electric Machines and transformers”, John Wiley and Sons, 1980. 2. Nasser Syed, A., “Electric Machine and Transformer”, New York, Macmillan, 1984. 3. Sen., P.C., “Thyristor DC Drives”, New York Wiley, 1991. 4. Fitzgerald, Kingsley C. and Umans, S.D., “Electric Machinery”, (5ty Ed.,), McGraw-Hill 1992. 5. Clayton, A.E., “Performance and Design of Direct Current Machines”, 3rd Ed. Pitman 1961.

EEE 502 Process Control Engineering 3 0 2 : 4

Unit-I Introduction to control problem : Industrial Control examples; Transfer function models of mechanical, electrical, thermal, and hydraulic systems. Systems with dead-time. System response. Control hardware and their models; potentiometers, synchros, LVDDT, dc and ac servomotors, tachogenerators electro-hydraulic valves, hydraulic servomotors, electro-pneumatic valves, pneumatic actuators. Closed-loop systems. Block diagram and signal flow graph analysis, transfer function. Unit-II Basic characteristics of feedback control systems: Stability, steady-state accuracy, transient accuracy, disturbance rejection, insensitivity, and robustness. Basic modes of feedback control; proportional, integral and derivative. Feed-forward and multi-loop control configurations, stability concept, relative stability, Routh stability criterion. Time response of second-order systems, steady-state errors, and error constants. Performance specifications in time-domain. Root locus method of design. Lead and lag compensation. Unit-III Frequency-Response analysis : Relationship between time & frequency response, Polar plots, Bode‟s plot, stability in frequency domain, Nyquist plots, Nyquist stability criterion. Performance specifications in frequency-domain. Frequency-domain methods of design, Compensation & their realization time & frequency domain Lead and Lag compensation. Unit-IV State variable Analysis : Concepts of state, state variable, state model, state models for linear continuous time functions, diagonalization of transfer function, solution of state equations, concept of controllability & observability. Unit-V Introduction to Optimal control & Nonlinear control : Optimal Control problem, Regulator problem, Output regulator, trekking problem Nonlinear system – Basic concept & analysis. List of Experiments 1. Identification of Transfer Function of a system using Bode plots from experimentally obtained frequency response. 2. Experimental study o characteristics of Synchro Device, AC & DC Servo motors.

3. Study of D.C. Servo System for position control and speed control. 4. Position control of DC Servo System with Lead/Lag Compensator in the loop. 5. Experimental study of a Hydraulic servomechanism.




46

6. Experimental study of a Pneumatic System. 7. PID tuning on process Control Simulator. 8. Stepper Motor Control using 8-bit Microprocessor. 9. PID Control of a Thermal and / or Liquid Level System. 10. Digital Feedback Control of a plant using PC in the feedback loop. 11. Phase lag and Phase lead circuit. Books:

1. Gopal, M., “Control System: Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1997. 2. Kuo, B.C., “Automatic Control System”, Prentice Hall, Sixth edition, 1993.

3. Ogata, K., “Modern Control Engineering” , Prentice Hall, second edition, 1991. 4. Nagrath & Gopal, “Modern Control Engineering”, New Ages International . EEE 503 Switchgear & Protection 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I Protection : Importance of protective relaying power systems – fundamental requirements of a good protection scheme – Primary and Back-up Relaying. Unit-II Classification of Relays : Constructional (Viz., elector mechanical and Static Relays) and Functional viz. Over current, Directional, Differential, Distance Relays etc. their principles and applications. Unit-III Current Trends in Protective Relaying: Microprocessor and PC based Relaying. Unit-IV Switchgear: Classification of Switchgear, Fault Analysis, Symmetrical Faults on a synchronous machine, Fault clearing process, Arcing Phenomena and principles of arc interruption Unit-V Circuit Breaker: AC and DC circuit breakers, Different types of circuit breakers and their constructional features, Testing and Selection of circuit breakers. Books: 1. The Elementary Council, “Power System Protection”, Vol. 1-3, Peter Peregrinus , 1990 2. Van, A.R., & Warrington, C., “Protective Relays : Their Theory and Practice”, Vol. 1 & 2, Chapman and Hall,

1969. 3. Paithankar, Y.G., “Transmission Network Protection : Theory and Practice”, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1998. 4. GEC Measurements, “Protective Relays : Application Guide”, GEC Measurements,87. 5. Switchgear principles—P.H.J.Crane. 6. Switchgear and Protection—S.S. Rao 7. Switchgear and Protection-- M.V. Despande EEE 504 Power Electronics 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I




47

Power Semiconductor Devices : History of development of Power Electronic devices, Constructional features, Characteristics, rating and specification, gate/base drive circuits, protection including cooling and application consideration of diodes, SCRS, GTO, BJTS, MCT, MOSFET and IGBT. Electromagnetic interference. Unit-II AC to DC Converters : Operation and analysis of Single phase and multi-phase uncontrolled and controlled rectifiers with R, RL and back EMF load, effect of source inductance, free wheeling effect, power factor improvement methods for phase controlled rectifiers, filters. Unit-III AC to AC Voltage Converter: Operation and analysis of single phase integral cycle and phase controlled converters, Configuration of three phase controllers. Unit-IV DC to DC Converters : Single phase and three phase bridge inverters, VSI and CSI, voltage control – PWM & Square wave operation, Harmonics and their reduction techniques. Unit-V DC to AC Converters and : Single phase and three phase bridge inverters, VSI and CSI, voltage control- PWM and square wave operation, Harmonics and their reduction techniques, Cycloconverters : Single phase and three phase-configurations and operating Principle of cycloconverters.

List of Experiments 1. Study of V.I. characteristic of SCRS triac & diac. 2. Study of BJT, IGBT, GTO & MOSFET 3. To Study a UJT firing circuit for the control of SCRS. 4. To generate and study the PWM control signal for Single Phase dc to ac inverter. 5. To Study and use of the single phase half controlled & fully controlled AC to DC Converter and effect of firing

angle control on load voltage & wave Forms. 6. To study and use of back to back connected SCR/triac Controlled AC Voltage controller and its wave forms with

Variation of firing angle. 7. To study & use chopper circuit for the control of DC Voltage using (1) Pulse width control (2) Frequency Control

& (3) Current limit Control. 8. Study of Single Phase inverter and its wave form. 9. Study of Three phase firing circuit with synchronization, and testing with three phase AC to DC bridge converter. 10. Testing of wave forms of digital firing modules. 11. Study and Testing of a Three Phase bridge inverter with different types of loads. 12. To Study the harmonics & reactive power measurement in AC mains with rectifier and AC Voltage Controller loads. Books: 1. Rashid Muhammad, H., “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications”, 2nd Ed. Prentice-Hall, 1998. 2. Mohan Ned, Undeland Tore, M. and Robbins William, P., “Power Electronics: Converter, Applications and

Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 1994. 3. Landev Cyrill, W., “Power Electronics”, McGraw Hills, London, 1981. 4. Dewan, S.B. and Satrughan A., “Power Semiconductor Circuits”, John Wiley & Sons, 1975 Name of the Module: Industrial Management Module Code: HSS 501 Semester: 5th Credit Value: 3




48

Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

General objectives or aims of the module: The aim of the module is to give the students:





Broad Objective of the module: There are certain definite objectives of an economy of every

country. To fulfil these objectives some useful measures are adopted which is in this module. Economic policy is related to the economy of the country as a whole or to a region. It is nothing but a guideline to those who have to carry out their duties effectively for obtaining desired goals.

Learning outcomes: 1. To provide students with a broad overview of staffing

practice and research, including recruiting, selection, and human resource management.

2. To acquaint students with legal guidelines which govern the practice of staffing and related human resource decision-making and policy.

3. To present material on the external, environmental conditions that affect the practice of staffing and overall Industrial Organization & Management.

4. To provide students with a broad overview of the field of Industrial/Organizational Psychology, and its various sub-specialties.

5. To acquaint students with scientific psychological theory and research, as they pertain to the world of work.

6. To inform students of the various legal and ethical issues which influence the practice of Industrial/Organizational Psychology.






49




Subject matter:

1. Industry: meaning of Industrialization, Industrial revolution, Need problems and prospects of Industrial change in the developing countries.

2. Industrial Evolution in India: Downfall of early industries, evolution of modern industry, effects of partition, industrial policy and progress after independence.

3. Forms of Industrial Organization: a) S i n g l e Proprietorship b) Partnership c) Joint Stock companies. d) Cooperatives and, e) S t a t e Enterprises.

4. Growth of Industry and Management: Meaning of industrial management, functions and tools of management, growth of management concepts.

5. Objectives of Industrial Management: Defining management objectives, managerial activity and objectives, tests of management of objectives, primary, secondary personal and social objectives of management.

6. Management Organization: Various forms of organization of departmentalization line staff, functional and committee organization, formal and non formal organization.

7. Management and Authority. 8. Decision Making in Management. 9. Leadership, Definition, Traits, inborn traits, acquired traits, analytical etc., 10. Marketing of Industrial Products and the Sales Manager. 11. Personal Management: Recent changes in personal management function of personal departments,

sections, training and placement other functions of personal department.

Reading List: 1. Essentials of Mgmt, Koontz, TMH 2. Industrial Management - S C Jain, W S Bawa, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd. 3. Industrial Management, Vol.1 L.C. Jhamb, EPH, 4. Industrial Engineering & Production Management - Martand Telsang, S. Chand 5. Industrial & Business Management - Martand T. Telsang, S. Chand 6. Introduction to Materials Management - J Tony Arnold & Stephen N. Chapman, Pearson Education

Asia 7. Production & Operations Management – Adam, Pearson Education /PHI 8. Altekar, Production Management, Jaico 9. Industrial Relations, Trade Unions & Labour Legislation - Sinha, Pearson Education Asia 10. Business Organisation & Management - Tulsian, Pearson Education Asia. 11. DV Shirbhate, “Industrial Organization & Management”




50

EEE 505 Linear Integrated Circuit 3 0 0 : 3 Unit-1 OPAMP architecture: Two stage architecture, differential amplifier, input impedance, CMRR, SVRR, active loading, compensation bandwidth consideration, offset voltages and currents, slew rate. Unit-II Linear application of Opamp, positive and negative feedback, inverting and non – inverting amplifier, voltage follower, summing amplifier, phase shifter, voltage to current converter, instrumentation amplifier. Active filters: Low pass, high pass, band pass and band reject filters, Butter worth and Chebychev approximation. Unit-III ADC/DAC: Converter: ADC – dual slope, counter, successive approximation and flash type. DAC – weighted R-2R networks, introduction to ADC/DAC ICs. Non – linear application of Opamp: Comparator, Schmitt trigger, (inverting and non -inverting), astable multivibrator, monostable multivibrator (retriggerable and non – retriggerable), triangular wave generator, precision rectifier, peak detector, log amplifier. Unit-IV Other ICs: 555 Timer architecture and applications (Schmitt trigger, monostable and astable multivibrator, linear time base generator), PLL architecture and applications, VCO architecture and applications, IC voltage regulators (fixed and variable). List of Experiments: 1. Design a differential amplifier using transistor. 2. Design of analog adder and subtractor using opamp. 3. Design of analog integrator and differentiator using opamp. 4. Design of voltage to current and current to voltage converters using opamp. 5. Design of Comparators and monostable multivibrators using opamp. 6. Design of bistable and astable multivibrators using opamp. 7. Design of opamp R-C phase shift oscillator 8. Desing of opamp based Wien bridge oscillator. 9. Design of opamp based LPF and HPF active filters(first order only). 10. Design of opamp based BPF active filters (first order only) 11. Design of monostable and astable multivibrator using 555 timer. 12. Design of instrumentation amplifier using Opamp. 13. Series and Shunt voltage regulator using IC. Books: 1. J. Milman and A. Grable, Microelectronics, 2/e, McGraw Hill, 1988. 2. Ramakant Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4/e, PHI, 2006. 3. M. Roden, G. Carpenter, W. Wieserman, Electronic Design (from concept to reality), 4/e, Schoff Publishers and Distributors, 2002.




51

Reference Books: 1. S. Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, TMH, 1988. 2. Bell, Operational Amplifiers and Linear ICs, 2/e, PHI, 2006. 3. Coughlin and Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits, 6/e, PHI, 2006.


1. To know Communication between applications on different computers. 2. To understand state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures, and applications. 3. Examine and comprehend the following networking concepts -basic computer networking

concepts including Circuit-switching and Packet-switching, Residential ccess networks (point-to-point, dialup modem, ADSL, cable modem), Protocol layer stack, Client-Server paradigm, and Packet-switched network delay calculation application-layer applications including Telnet, FTP, DNS, HTTP, SMTP -Other state of arts topics including Wireless and Mobile Networks, and Security in Computer Network.






1. Explain the roles of key elements in data communication.

2. Explain the difference between local area and wide area networks.

3. Explain the uses of WANs with respect of current practice.

4. Explain the uses, hardware requirements and advantages of WANs.

5. Describe the application and operation of protocols.




52

6. Distinguish types of networks. 7. Compare network topologies. 8. Describe and distinguish features of node

addressing methods. 9. Describe the standards for industry network

architectures. Learning and teaching approach used :






Subject Matter:

1. Introduction: Introduction to Computer Network and Physical Layer 2. Types of Networks: Broadcast and Point-to-point- LAN-MAN-WAN- Wireless networks. 3. Layered Architecture and Reference Models: Layered architecture- OSI reference model, TCP/IP

reference model – Internet Protocol Stack – Network Entities in Layers- Connection oriented and Connection less services,

4. ATM: Protocol Architecture, ATM Logical Connections, ATM Cells, Transmission of ATM Cells, ATM Adaptation Layer, Traffic and Congestion Control, ATM LAN Emulation

5. Internetworking: Principles of Internetworking, Connectionless Internetworking, The Internet Protocol, Routing Protocol, IPv6 (IPng), ICMPv6

6. Data Transmission/The Physical Layer: Concepts and Terminology, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments, Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission, Communication Satellites, The Public Switched Telephone Network, The Mobile Telephone System, Cable Television


8. Data Communication Interface: Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Line Configurations, Interfacing.

9. Multiplexing: Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Synchronous Time-Division Multiplexing, Statistical Time- Division Multiplexing.




53

10. Circuit Packet and Switching: Switched Networks, Circuit-Switching Networks, Switching Concepts, Routing in Circuit-Switched Networks, Control Signalling, Packet-Switching Principles, Routing, Congestion Control, X.25 282.

11. Frame Relay: Frame Relay Protocol Architecture, Frame Relay Call Control, User Data Transfer, Network Function, Congestion Control.

12. LAN Technology and Systems: LAN Architecture, BusITree LANs, Ring LANs, Star LANs, Wireless LANs, Ethernet and Fast Ethernet (CSMAICD), Token Ring and FDDI, 100VG-AnyLAN, ATM LANs, Fibre Channel, Wireless LANs, Bridge Operation, Routing with Bridges.

13. Protocols and Architecture: Protocols, OSI, TCP/IP Protocol Suite. 14. Examples of networks: Novell Netware, Arpanet, and Internet. Examples of Data Communication

Services: X.25 Networks, Frame relay, Broad band ISDN and ATM. Physical Layer: Transmission media- Narrow band ISDN: Services-Architecture- Interface, Broad band ISDN and ATM- Virtual Circuits versus Circuit Switching – Transmission in ATM networks. FDDI.



a. (URI), Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) 17. Network Layer and Routing: Network Service model – Datagram and Virtual circuit service- Roting

principles- Link state routing-distant vector routing-hierarchical routing-multicast routing-IGMP Internet Protocol (IP): IPv4 addressing-routing and forwarding datagram-datagram format-datagram fragmentation- ICMP- DHCP- Network Address Translators (NATs)-IPv6 packet format-transition from IPv4 to IPv6-Mobile IP. Routing in the Internet: Intra Autonomous System Routing : RIP and OSPF-Inter Autonomous System Routing : BGP – Network layer in ATM.


19. Application Layer and Network Security: Application Layer Protocols - WWW and HTTP-File transfer Protocol: FTP Commands and Replies – Domain Name System (DNS) - SMTP - SNMP- multimedia. Remote Procedure Call. Security in Computer Networks: Principles of Cryptography-Symmetric key-Public key-authentication protocols -Digital Signatures – Firewa lls. Security in different Layers: Secure E-mail- SSL – IP security.

List of Practical:






54

3. Introduction to ns2 (network simulator) - small simulation exercises to study TCP behavior under different scenarios.

4. Setting up a small IP network - configure interfaces, IP addresses and routing protocols to set up a small IP network. Study dynamic behaviour using packet sniffers

5. Experiments with ns2 to study behaviour (especially performance of) link layer protocols such as Ethernet and 802.11 wireless LAN.

Reading List: 1. James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking – A Top-Down ApproachFeaturing the

Internet, 2/e Pearson Education ,2003 2. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Pearson education ,2002 3. F. Halsall, Data Communication, Computer Networks and Open Systems, Addison Wesley, 1996 4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks , 4/e, Pearson education, 2003 5. Behrouz A. Fourouzan ,Data Communications and Networking, 2/e Tat McGrawhill,2000

Name of the Module: Engineering Ethics & IPR Module Code: HSS 601 Semester: 6th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s): General objectives or aims of the module:



Assessment:




Semester End Examination (50 marks) Written examination (One test of three hours duration, 50 marks)




55

Students must obtain 40% each in the Continuous assessment of theory, practical and the semester end examination. The overall pass mark for the module is 50%

Subject Matter:

Third, Values & Ethics (VE): Society deserves to have its future engineers ethically sound and valued oriented. Values make one to take decision about right and wrong, should and shouldn't, good and bad. Values help one to understand which are more or less important, which is useful when we have to trade off meeting one value over another. Without having understood the subject of values, the integrity of engineers will not reach up to the expected mark that makes it essential to introduce the subject in engineering. DA pamphlet: said "Values are what we, as a profession, judge to be right." Doing what is right or wrong is what we mean by ethics. To behave ethically is to behave in a manner consistent with what is right or moral. Teaching values will add to integrity, professionalism, caring, teamwork, stewardships and socially responsible.

Reading list: 1. Blending the best of the East & West, Dr. Subir Chowdhury, EXCEL 2. Ethics & Mgmt. & Indian Ethos, Ghosh, VIKAS 3. Business Ethics,Pherwani,EPH 4. Ethics,Indian Ethos & Mgmt., Balachandran,Raja,Nair, Shroff Publishers 5. Business Ethics: concept and cases, Velasquez, Pearson

Name of the Module: Disaster Management Module Code: HSS 602 Semester: 6th Credit Value:2 Module Leader: Module Tutor(s):

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Introduction – Disaster preparedness – Goals and objectives of ISDR Programme- Risk identification – Risk sharing – Disaster and development: Development plans and disaster management Alternative to dominant approach – disaster-development linkages -Principle of risk partnership UNIT II: DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND RISK REDUCTION IN GARMENT INDUSTRY Types of disasters and disaster plans: Processing machines and utilities. Sustainable livelihoods and their Protection – Recovery from disaster –fire, boiler mishap. Garment Industry health monitoring and Disaster aids. UNIT III: AWARENESS OF RISK REDUCTION Trigger mechanism – constitution of trigger mechanism – risk reduction by education – disaster information network – risk reduction by public awareness UNIT IV: DEVELOPMENT PLANNING ON DISASTER Implication of development planning – financial arrangements – areas of improvement – disaster preparedness – community based disaster management – emergency response. UNIT V: SEISMICITY Seismic waves – Earthquakes and faults – measures of an earthquake, magnitude and intensity ground damage – Tsunamis and earthquakes Text Books




56

1. Pardeep Sahni, Madhavi malalgoda and ariyabandu, "Disaster risk reduction in south Asia", PHI 2. Amita sinvhal, "Understanding earthquake disasters" TMH, 2010. CSE 606 Soft Computing 3 0 2 : 4

Unit-I Machine Learning & AI - Introduction, hierarchical perspective and foundations. Rote Learning, Learning by advice, Learning in problem solving inductive learning, explanation based learning, learning from observation and discovery, learning by analogy, introduction to formal learning theory. Biological neurons and brain, models of biological neurons, artificial neurons and neural networks, Early adaptive nets Hopfield nets, back error propagation competitive learning lateral inhibition and feature maps, Stability - Plasticity and noise saturation dilemma, ART nets, cognition and recognition. Unit-II Neural nets as massively parallel, connectionist architecture, Application in solving problems from various are as e.g., AI, Computer Hardware, networks, pattern recognition sensing and control etc. Books: 1. P H Winston - Artificial Intelligence - Pearson Education 2. Bishop, Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition, OUP 3. Cohen, Empirical Methods for AI, PHI 4. Haykin, Neural Network, Pearson Education/PHI 5. E Charniak and W Midermott - Introduction to Artificial Intelligence - Pearson Education. 6. Hagan, Neural Network Design , Vikas 7. Shivanandan, Artificial Neural Network, Vikas Bose - Neural Network Fundamentals with graphs, Algorithms and Applications – TMH. EEE 601 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I New Renewable Energy Sources: Solar, biomass, wind, tidal, geothermal, microhydel, etc. – their availability & potential. Conversion of solar energy into various forms of energy (heat, electricity, mechanical etc.) Unit - II Geothermal & Tidal Energy: Basic principles, systems used in practice and applications, resource assessment criteria, status in India. Unit-III Solar Thermal Energy: Solar thermal devices: Radiation geometry, various types of solar




57

collectors, flat plate & concentrating collectors, their construction working & application, hot water & hot air systems, industrial hot water systems, low pressure steam generation, solar dryers, solar pond, space heating & space conditioning, design criteria and methodologies for solar thermal applications. Solar concentrator and their applications, solar thermal power generation. use of solar thermal systems with existing systems, economic analysis of solar thermal systems, example of hybrid systems. Unit-IV Solar Photovoltaic: Solar photovoltaic conversion: Basic principle of SPV conversion, types of solar cells, fabrication of SPV cells, modules.SPV systems : Different configurations, SPV system components and their characteristics, applications, hybrid SPV system.SPV system designing: Block diagram of general SPV system, load estimation, selection of inverter, battery sizing, array sizing, wiring for SPV system. Grid synchronized inverter system. Unit-V Wind Energy: Wind energy conversion technologies, aerodynamics of wind turbine rotor, site selection. Wind resource assessment, various models to predict wind pattern and their analysis, concept of wind farms, various aspects of wind turbine design, hybrid wind energy systems – Wind + diesel power, wind + conventional grid, wind + photovoltaic system etc. Unit-VI Hydrogen & Fuel Cell: (06 Hours) Hydrogen as a renewable energy source, source of hydrogen, fuel for vehicles. Hydrogen production: Direct electrolysis of water, direct thermal decomposition of water, biological and biochemical methods of hydrogen production. Storage of hydrogen: Gaseous, cryogenic and metal hydride. Utilization of hydrogen fuel cell – Principle of working, construction and applications. Unit-VII Hydel & Integrated Energy Systems: Mini & micro hydel power (MHP) generation, classification of hydel plants, concept of micro hydel, merits, MHP plants – components, design & layout, turbines, efficiency etc, status in India. Integrated energy systems & their cost benefit analysis. Books: 1. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy – Principals of thermal collection and storage”. 2. J. Twidell and T. Weir, “Renewable Energy recources”, E & F N spon Ltd., London 3. N.S. Rathore and N. L. Panwar, “Renewable Energy Sources for Sustainable Development”, New India

Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2007. 4. G. N. Tiwari, M. K. Ghosal, “Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Sources”, Narosa Publication 2007. 5. Godfrey Boyle (editor), “Renewable Energy”.

EEE 603 Power System Operation and Control 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I Economic Operation of Energy Generating Systems: Introduction, Input-output characteristics of thermal and hydel power plants, Incremental fuel cost (IFC) curve, Constraints in economic operation of power system, Analytical approach to determine the economic dispatch problem (without losses and with losses), Loss co-efficients, Transmission loss formula, Derivation of real and reactive power governed loss formula. Optimal power flow using N-R method, Gradient method and linear programming method Unit-II




58

Power System Load Flow: Sparse matrix techniques. AC/DC power flow studies, Optimal power flow analysis Unit Commitment: Introduction to dynamic programming, Unit commitment using dynamic programming method Load Frequency Control: Automatic load frequency control (ALFC), Turbine speed governing system, Steady-state performance of the speed governing system, Responses of primary ALFC loop (steady-state and transient), Extension of ALFC loop to multi-area systems (two area only), Tie line power flow model Unit-III Hydro-thermal Scheduling: Optimum scheduling of hydro-thermal system, Aspects of hydro scheduling, Cost of water, Long-term energy scheduling in a hydro-thermal system, Short-term hydrothermal scheduling, Hydro-thermal scheduling with network losses considered, A modern approach to hydro-thermal scheduling Unit-IV State Estimation: Static as well as dynamic Unit-V Deregulation: What is deregulation? Background to deregulation and current situation, Benefits of a competitive electricity market, Books: 1. Abhijit Chakrabarti, and Sunita Halder, Power System Analysis: Operation and Control, India: Prentice Hall. 2. D. P Kothari, and I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, India: Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd edition. 3. O. I. Elegard, Electric Energy Systems Theory, An Introduction, India: Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd edition. 4. Mahalanabis, A.K., Kothari, D.P. and Ahson, S.I., “Computer Aided Power System analysis and Control”,

TMH, New Delhi, 1988. 5. Indulkar, C.S. and Kothari D.P., “Power System Transients: A Statistical Approach”, Prentice Hall of India,

New Delhi, 1996. EEE 602 Electrical System Design 0 0 2 : 1 UNIT – I DC machine design: Main dimensions, output equation, choice of number of poles, choice of type of winding, design of commutator and brush gear, design of field poles and field windings. UNIT – II Armature windings: Basic principles and classification of armature windings, single layer and double layer windings, simple and multiple windings. Different types of AC windings, commutator windings, AC winding factors. Armature reaction in AC machines, causes and elimination of harmonies. Skin effect and eddy current losses in armature conductors. Design of different types of motor starters, field regulators UNIT –III Transformer design: Single-phase and three-phase main dimensions, core and winding design, magnetizing current, losses, reactance of windings, tank design. UNIT – IV Induction motor design: Three-phase-main dimensions. Stator and rotor windings. Calculation of no load and pull out currents. Torque and speed calculations. UNIT – V Distribution design: Fixing location of distribution transformer. Plotting of load curves and determination of maximum demand. Design of distributors and feeders. Design of domestic wiring.




59

Department of EEE, 7th Semester

Subject Code Subject L T P Credit CSE – 701 Internet & Web Technology 3 0 2 4 HSS – 701 Mass Communication for Technology 3 0 0 3 XXX – 701 Research Paper Communication 0 0 2 1 EEE – 7XX Elective – I 3 0 0 3 EEE – 7XX Elective – II 3 0 0 3 EEE - 701 Power Plant Engineering 3 0 2 4 EEE - 702 Transducers & Sensor 3 0 2 4 18 0 8 22


Subject Code Subject L T P Credit XXX – 801 Industrial Training 0 0 2 1 XXX – 802 Project Works 0 0 16 8 XXX – 803 Seminar 0 0 2 1 XXX - 804 Grand Viva 0 0 12 6 0 0 32 16

Name of the Module: Internet & Web Technology Module Code: CSE 701 Semester: 7th



1. To complete an in-depth knowledge of web technology.




60

2. To know and to have the idea for different web applications that most web developers are likely to use.

3. To be aware of, and to have used, the enhancements of the web applications.

4. To know the different types of web application software.

Broad Objective of the module: To develop innovative web applications to serve the society by

offering top quality, reasonably priced products and services using different types of web application tools.

Learning outcomes: At the end of the course the participant will

1. Develop client/server applications 2. Update and retrieve the data from the databases using SQL 3. Develop server side programs in the form of servers






Subject Matter:

1. Introduction to HTML: HTML Common tags- List, Tables, images, forms, Frames; Cascading Style sheets;

2. Introduction to Java: Scripts, Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script 3. XML: Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model, Presenting XML,

Using XML Processors: DOM and SAX 4. Java Beans: Introduction to Java Beans, Advantages of Java Beans, BDK Introspection, Using Bound

properties, Bean Info Interface, Constrained properties Persistence, Customizes, Java Beans API, Introduction to EJB’s




61

5. Web Servers and Servlets: Tomcat web server, Introduction to Servelets: Lifecycle of a Serverlet, JSDK, The Servelet API, The javax.servelet Package, Reading Servelet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters. The javax.servelet HTTP package, Handling Http Request & Responses, Using Cookies-Session Tracking, Security Issues,



8. Database Access: Database Programming using JDBC, Studying Javax.sql.* package, Accessing a Database from a JSP Page, Application – Specific Database Actions, Deploying JAVA Beans in a JSP Page, Introduction to struts framework.

List of Practical: 1. Basic use of html tag, linking image table, frame, form design. 2. DHTML- inline styles, creating style sheets with the style element, linking external style sheet,

positioning elements, user style sheet. 3. Creating event handler that respond to mouse and keyboard event: Onload, onmouseover,

onmouseout, onfocus, onblur, onsubmit, onresult, onclick, onchange. 4. Structuring data with xml, xml parser, extensible style language (xsl); customising markup language. 5. Configuring apache-tomcat server. 6. Building simple jsp: Declaring variables and methods in jsp, inserting java expression in jsp,

processing request from user, generating dynamic response for the user. Accessing database from jsp, inserting applet into jsp.

Reading list:

1. Web Technology & Design - Xavier C., New Age Publication. 2. Java Server Programming, J2EE edition. (VOL I and VOL II); WROX publishers. 3. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, WILEY

Dreamtech 4. The complete Reference Java 2 Fifth Edition by Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt.

TMH (Chapters:25) 5. Java Server Pages –Hans Bergsten, SPD O’Reilly. 6. Internet and World Wide Web – How to program by Dietel and Nieto PHI/Pearson

Education Asia 7. Jocl Sklar, “Web Warrier guide to web design technologies”, Cengage Learning, New

Delhi

Name of the Module: Mass Communication for Technology Module Code: HSS 701 Semester: 7th Credit Value: 3 Module Leader:




62

Module Tutor(s): Subject Matter:


Name of the Module: Research Paper Communication Module Code: XXX 701 Semester: 7th


Introductory lecture is to be given to the students so that they get a clear idea of the syllabus and understand the need for having such a practice lab in the first place. Conversation practice is done on given situation topics. The students are also made to listen to prerecorded cassettes produced by British Council and also by the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. Group Discussions:- The students are made to understand the difference between the language of conversation and group discussion. Strategies of such discussions are to be taught to them. It is also helpful to use videocassettes produced by the U.G.C. on topics like group-discussion. Afterwards the class is divided into groups and the students have to discuss on given topics on current socioeconomic- political-educational importance. Interview sessions: students are taught the do’s and don’ts of facing a successful interview. They then have to face rigorous practices of mock-interviews. There would be simulations of real life interview sessions where students have to face an interview panel Presentations: The secrets of an effective presentation are taught to the students. Then each and every student has to make lab presentations with the help of the overhead projector/ using power point presentation and other audio-visual aids in the laboratory. They also have to face the question answer sessions at the end of their presentation Classes are also allotted to prepare the students for competitive examinations like the TOEFL by making the students listen to specially produced CD/ cassettes of such examinations. REFERENCES: 1. Business Correspondence & Report Writing by R.C. Sharma and K.Mohan, TMH 2. How to prepare for Group Discussion & Interview (With Audio Cassette) by Prasad, TMH 3. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to conversation practice (with Cassette) by Sasikumar, TMH




63

EEE 701 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING OBJECTIVE: To understand the various components, operations and applications of different types of power plants.

Unit I: .INTRODUCTION TO POWER PLANTS & BOILERS Layout of Steam, Hydel, Diesel, MHD, Nuclear and Gas Turbine Power Plants - Combined Power Cycles – Comparison and Selection, Load Duration Curves. Steam Boilers and Cycles – High Pressure and Super Critical Boilers – Fluidised Bed Boilers Unit II: STEAM POWER PLANT Fuel and Ash Handling, Combustion Equipment for burning coal, Mechanical Stokers, Pulveriser, Electrostatic Precipitator, Draught – different types, Surface Condenser Types, Cooling Towers Unit III: NUCLEAR AND HYDEL POWER PLANTS Nuclear Energy – Fission, Fusion Reaction, Types of Reactors, pressurized water reactor, Boiling Water Reactor, Waste Disposal and safety. Hydel Power Plant – Essential Elements, Selection of Turbines, Governing of Turbines- Micro Hydel developments. Unit IV: DIESEL AND GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT Types of Diesel Plants, Components, Selection of Engine Type, Applications Gas Turbine Power Plant – Fuels - Gas Turbine Material – Open and Closed Cycles – Reheating – Regeneration and Intercooling – Combined Cycle. Unit V: OTHER POWER PLANTS AND ECONOMICS OF POWER PLANTS Geo thermal –OTEC – Tidel - Pumped storage - Solar thermal central receiver system. Cost of Electric Energy – Fixed and operating Costs – Energy Rates – Types of Tariffs – Economics of load sharing, comparison of economics of various power plants. BOOKS 1. EI- Wakil M.M, “Power Plant Technology”, McGraw-Hill 1984. 2. Arora S.C and Domkundwar S, “A course in Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpatrai, 2001. 3. Nag P.K, “Power plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998. 4. G.R. Nagpal, “Power Plant Engineering”, Hanna Publishers, 1998. 5. K.K.Ramalingam, “Power Plant Engineering”, Scitech Publications, 2002. 6. G.D.Rai, “Introduction to Power Plant Technology”, Khanna Publishers, 1995. 7. R.K.Rajput, “Power Plant Engineering”, Laxmi Publications, 1995. 8. Frank D.Graham “Power Plant Engineers Guide”, D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co, New Delhi, 1993. 9. T.Morse Frederick, “Power Plant Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, 1998

EEE 702 Transducers & Sensors 3 0 2 : 4 Unit-I




64

Overview of measurement systems: Measurement devices; Difference between sensor, transmitter and transducer; Smart device; Primary measuring element selection and characteristics: Range; Response time; Accuracy; Precision; Sensitivity; Dead band; Dead time; Costs; Installation Problems. Signal transmission: Types of signal: Pneumatic signal; Hydraulic signal; Electronic Signal. Standard signal ranges: Electronic transmitter adjusted range; Pneumatic transmitter adjusted range; Transmission system dynamics; transmission Lag; Transmitter Gain; Smart transmitters. Unit-II Principles of Sensors: Classification of sensors. Characteristics and calibration of different sensors. Unit-III Displacement, position and motion sensors: Principles of variable resistance, variable inductance, variable reluctance, variable capacitance type sensors. Position and Motion sensors: Limit switches; Proximity sensors: Pneumatic Proximity sensor; Optical Proximity sensor; Inductive Proximity sensor; Capacitive Proximity sensor; Ultrasonic Proximity sensor. LVDT: construction; Working principle; signal conditioning; use of LVDT. The Tacho-generator: DC tachogenerator; Digital Tachogenerator; Optical type and magnetic type. Synchros and resolver. Encoders: types of encoder; Hall sensors: Working principle; Hall effect gear tooth sensor. Distance sensors. Light Sensor : Photovoltaic; Photoconductive (Photo resistors). Accelerometer : Definition; General Construction; Working Principle; Types of Accelerometer; Servo Type; Piezo Resistive Type; Capacitive Type; Variable reluctance type; Errors; Unit-IV Force, Torque, Tactile: Different types of load cells and its application, Piezoelectric transducer, Torque measurement: Tactile sensors : Types, construction and working principle of Tactile sensors. magnetic, Piezoelectric, Photoelectric, capacitive and ultrasonic methods, Manometer, elastic elements. Unit-V Strain Gauges: Working principle; construction; poisson’s ratio; Gauge factor, Piezo resistance Co-efficient; strain sensing alloys; characteristics; gauges length, rosettes; Types of Strain Gauge : Bonded; Unbonded; Metalic; Semiconductor. Strain Gauge Measurement : Wheatstone bridge measurement; Advantage between full bridge, half bridge and quarter bridge; ppm; disadvantage of .bridge circuit; linearity error; lead error, bridge constant; temperature compensation; practical implementation of strain gauge (Installation method). Unit-VI Pressure sensor: Few Definition on pressure; static, head, dynamic pressure. Classification of pressure; Pressure Measurement method : Manometric : U Tube manometer, well type; inclined tube manometer; dead weight; electric strain method. Mechanical Pressure measuring elements: Bourden Tube, Types- C Type, spiral, helical, twisted, bellows, diaphragm, design and construction of different types of pressure sensing elements. Application of diaphragm: capacitance type, Reluctance type, strain gauge type and inductive type. Application of




65

Bellows; Differential pressure, pneumatic servo mechanism type. Electrical and Piezoelectric pressure transducers, McLeod gage, Pirani gage and Ionisation gage. Unit-VII Flow: The flow pioneers; Reynolds numbers; principle of flow measurement. Types of Flow meter : Differential pressure type; positive displacement type; velocity type; mass meter type. Differential pressure type : orifices; venturi tubes; flow tubes; flow nozzles; pitot tubes; elbow-tap meters; target meters and variable area meters. Positive displacement type : Piston; Oval-gear; Nutating disk & Rotary-vane types. Velocity meters : Turbine; Vortex shedding; Electromagnetic and Sonic designs. Mass meters : Coriolis and Thermal types. Head type flow meter, Electromagnetic flow meter, Rotameter, Anemometer, Ultrasonic flow meter. Unit-VIII Sensors: Temperature sensor: Mechanical and Resistance type temperature sensors, Thermocouples, Thermistor, Optical pyrometer. Unit-IX Smart Sensor: Methods of internal compensation, information coding, integrated sensor principles, present trends. Unit-X Sensors in Robotics: Potentiometers, Synchros and Resolvers, Optical encoders, Tactile and Proximity sensors, Non-contact ranging sensors, Ultrasonic transducers, Opto-electric sensors, Geomagnetic sensors, Gyroscopes. BOOKS: 1. Transducers and Instrumentation of by D.V.S. Murty (PHI)India. 2. Instrumentation Devices & Systems by C.S. Rangan, G.R. Sarma, V.S.V. Mani (TMH) NewDelhi. 3. A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation by A.K.Sawhney. 4. Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuits by Robert F. Coughlin & Frederick F. Driscoll, (PHI)

India. 5. Measurement Systems (application & Design) by Ernest O. Doebelin Subject Code Subject L T P Credit

XXX – 801 Industrial Training 0 0 2 1 XXX – 802 Project Works 0 0 16 8 XXX – 803 Seminar 0 0 2 1 XXX - 804 Grand Viva 0 0 12 6 0 0 32 16




66


Elective – I (Open to all branches / all students) Department of CSE CSE – 701A : Bio-informatics CSE – 702A : Quantum Computing CSE – 703A : Robotics CSE – 704A : Data Mining & Warehousing CSE – 705A : Data Compression CSE – 706A : Real Time Systems CSE – 707A : Software Project Management CSE – 708A : Software Quality Engineering CSE – 709A : Neural Networks CSE – 710A : Fuzzy Systems CSE – 711A : Parallel Algorithms CSE – 712A : Real Time Operating Systems Department of ECE ECE – 701A : Mobile Communication ECE – 702A : Nano Technology ECE – 703A : Personal Communication Networks ECE – 704A : Fault Tolerant System ECE – 705A : CAD of VLSI Circuits ECE – 706A : EMI/EMC Techniques ECE – 707A : Television Engineering ECE – 708A : Multimedia Signal Processing ECE – 709A : Atmospheric Engineering ECE – 710A : Computational Electromagnetics Department of EEE EEE – 701A : Energy Audit EEE – 702A : High Voltage Engineering EEE – 703A : Special Electrical Machines




67

EEE – 704A : Computer Aided Power System EEE – 705A : Safety and Reliability Engineering EEE – 706A : Power System Planning & Management EEE – 707A : Biomedical Instrumentation EEE – 708A : Computer Aided Electrical Machine Design EEE – 709A : Nuclear Power Plant EEE – 710A : Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTs) EEE – 711A : Electrophysiology EEE – 712A : Photovoltaic Device and System

Elective – II (Open to all branches / all students)

Department of CSE CSE – 705B : Information & Coding Theory CSE – 706B : Pattern Recognition & Image Processing CSE – 707B : Embedded System Design CSE – 708B : Digital audio & speech Process CSE – 709B : Computational Geometry CSE – 710B : Computational Complexity CSE – 711B : Parallel Algorithms CSE – 712B : Natural Language Processing Department of ECE ECE – 705B : Bio-Medical Electronics ECE – 706B : Opto Electronics ECE – 707B : Microwave Circuit & Devices ECE – 708B : Molecular Electronics ECE – 709B : Optical Systems Design ECE – 710B : Quantum Phenomenon in Electrical Engineering ECE – 711B : Radar and Sonar Engineering Department of EEE EEE – 705B : Electrical Energy Management EEE – 706B : Microprocessor based Instrumentation EEE – 707B :Power Quality Issue & Remedial Measures EEE – 708B : Restructuring in Power System EEE – 709B : Non-Linear & Optimal Control




68

EEE – 710B : Computational Methods in Power system Analysis EEE – 711B : Power Semiconductor Devices & ICs EEE – 712B : Sustainable Energy Systems

Audit electives (Optional) XXX – 809 : Green Technology. XXX – 810 : Theory of Forecasting XXX – 811 : Safety & Reliability Engineering XXX – 812 : Bio-medical Instrumentation XXX – 813 : Waste Management XXX – 814 : Knowledge Management XXX – 815 : Project Management XXX – 815 : Cost Estimation Techniques XXX – 816 : Re- engineering XXX – 817 : Research Techniques & Methodology XXX – 818 : Human Computer Interface XXX – 819 : Quality Engineering XXX – 820 : Technology Management Strategy XXX – 821 : Engineering Product Development

EEE-701A: Energy Audit

Unit-I Energy Scenario : Commercial and Non-commercial energy, primary energy resources, commercial energy production, final energy consumption, Indian energy scenario, Sectoral energy consumption ( domestic, industrial and other sectors ), energy needs of growing economy, energy intensity, long term energy scenario, energy pricing, energy security, energy conservation and its importance, energy strategy for the future.

Unit-II Energy Management & Audit : Definition, energy audit, need, types of energy audit. Energy management ( audit ) approach-understanding energy costs, bench marking, energy performance, matching energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy requirements, fuel and energy substitution, energy audit instruments and metering, precautions, thermography, smart metering.

Unit-III Energy Action Planning : Key elements, force field analysis, Energy policy purpose, perspective, contents, formulation, ratification, Organizing – location of energy management, top management support,




69

managerial function, roles and responsibilities of energy manager, accountability. Human resource development techniques, Information system-designing barriers, strategies; Marketing and communicating-training and planning.

Unit-IV Energy Monitoring and Targeting: Defining monitoring & targeting, elements of monitoring & targeting, data and information-analysis, techniques – energy consumption, production, cumulative sum of differences ( CUSUM ). Energy Management Information Systems ( EMIS )

Unit-V New & Renewable sources ( NRES ) : Concept of renewable energy, Solar energy, wind energy, biomass boilers and gasifiers, biogas, biofuels, hydro, fuel cells, energy from wastes, biomethanation, wave, tidal, geothermal.

EEE-702A: High Voltage Engineering Unit-I Over voltages in Electric power systems, Causes of over voltages and its effect on power system –

Lightning, switching surges and temporary over voltages - protection against over voltages. Unit-II Electrical Breakdown In Gases, Solids And Liquids ,Gaseous breakdown in uniform and non-uniform

fields – corona discharges – Vacuum breakdown - conduction and breakdown in pure and commercial liquids – breakdown mechanisms in solid and composite dielectrics.

Unit-III Generation Of High Voltages And High Currents, Generation of High DC, AC, impulse voltages and currents. Tripping and control of impulse generators.

Unit-IV Measurement Of High Voltages And High Currents,Measurement of High voltages and High currents – digital techniques in high voltage measurement.

Unit-V High Voltage Testing & Insulation Coordination , High voltage testing of electrical power apparatus – power frequency, impulse voltage and DC testing – International and Indian standards – Insulation Coordination.

Books:

1. M.S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju, ‘High Voltage Engineering’, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2004. 2. E. Kuffel and W.S. Zaengl, ‘High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals’, Pergamon press,

Oxford,London,1986.

EEE-703 A : Special Electrical Machines Unit I Synchronous Reluctance Motors : Constructional features – Types – Axial and radial air gap motors –

Operating principle – Reluctance – Phasor diagram - Characteristics – Vernier motor. Unit II Stepping Motors: Constructional features – Principle of operation – Variable reluctance motor – Hybrid

motor – Single and multi stack configurations – Theory of torque predictions – Linear and non-linear analysis – Characteristics – Drive circuits.




70

Unit III Switched Reluctance Motors: Constructional features – Principle of operation – Torque prediction – Power controllers – Non-linear analysis – Microprocessor based control - Characteristics – Computer control.

Unit IV Permanent Magnet Brushless D.C. Motors: Principle of operation – Types – Magnetic circuit analysis – EMF and torque equations – Power controllers – Motor characteristics and control.

Unit V Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors: Principle of operation – EMF and torque equations – Reactance – Phasor diagram – Power controllers - Converter - Volt-ampere requirements – Torque speed characteristics - Microprocessor based control. L = 45 Total = 45

Books: 1. T.J.E. Miller, „Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives‟, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989. 2. P.P. Aearnley, „Stepping Motors – A Guide to Motor Theory and Practice‟, Peter Perengrinus, London, 1982. 3. T. Kenjo, „Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls‟, Clarendon Press London, 1984. 2. T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori, „Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors‟, Clarendon Press, London, 1988. EEE-704 A: Computer aided power system

Unit I General Introduction: Modern Power Systems Operation and Control, Different types of Power System Analysis.

Unit II AC Power Flow Analysis: Introduction, Modeling of Power System Components, Power Flow Equations, Formation of Ybus Matrix, Power Flow Solution Algorithms, Newton Raphson Load Flow Method, Fast Decoupled Load Flow Method And DC Load Flow Method, AC-DC System Power Flow Analysis Sequential and Simultaneous Solution Algorithms .

Unit III Sparse Matrices: Sparsity directed Optimal Ordering Schemes, Solution Algorithms - LU Factorization, Bifactorization and Iterative Methods.

Unit IV Analysis of Faulted Power System: Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Faults, Zbus Formulation, Short Circuit Analysis of Large Power Systems using Zbus, Analysis of Open Circuit faults.

Unit V Stability Analysis: Classification of Power System Stability, Classical Model of Synchronous Machines

and Excitation System, Transient Stability Analysis of Multi-Machine Systems, Eigen Analysis of Dynamical Systems, Small Signal Stability Analysis using Classical Model, Basic Concepts of Voltage Stability Analysis.

Books: 1. Modern Power System Analysis by I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari. 2. Power System Analysis and Design with Prsonal Computer Application by J.D. Glover and M.Sharma, PWS –KENT Publishing Company. 3. Computer Techniques to Power System Analysis by M.A.Pai. 4. Power System Analysis by J.J. Grainger and W.D.Steverson, MGH. 5. Electrical Power Systems by C.L.Wadhwa. 6. Power System Analysis and Design by B.R.Gupta. 7. Computer methods in power system analysis by G.W.Stagg and A.H.Li Abiad.




71

EEE 705A: Safety and Reliability Engineering Unit I System reliability - series, parallel and mixed configuration, Block diagram, r-out of-n structure,

Solving problems using mathematical models. Reliability improvement and allocation-Difficulty in achieving reliability, Method of improving reliability during design, different techniques available to improve reliability, Optimization.

Unit II Maintainability, Availability & Failure Analysis: Maintainability & Availability – Introduction, formulae, Techniques available to improve maintainability & availability, trade off among reliability, maintainability & availability, simple problems, Defect generation – Types of failures, defects reporting and recording, Defect analysis, Failure analysis, Equipment down time analysis, Breakdown analysis.

Unit III Maintenance planning – Overhaul and repair; Meaning and difference, Optimal overhaul/Repair/Replace maintenance policy for equipment subject to breakdown, Replacement decisions – Optimal interval between preventive replacements of equipment subject to breakdown, group replacement. Maintenance Systems: Fixed time maintenance, Condition based maintenance, Operate to failure, Opportunity maintenance, design out maintenance, Total productive maintenance, Inspection decision – Optimal inspection frequency, non-destructive inspection.

Unit IV Condition Monitoring: Techniques-visual monitoring, temperature monitoring, vibration monitoring, lubricant monitoring, Crack monitoring, Thickness monitoring, Noise and sound monitoring, Condition monitoring of hydraulic system, Machine diagnostics - Objectives, Monitoring strategies, Examples of monitoring and diagnosis, Control structure for machine diagnosis.

Unit V Safety Aspects: Importance of safety, Factors affecting safety, Safety aspects of site and plant, Hazards of commercial chemical reaction and operation, Instruments for safe operation, Safety education and training, Personnel safety, Disaster planning and measuring safety effectiveness, Future trends in industrial safety.

Books: 1. Concepts in Reliability Engineering L.S. Srinath Affiliated East West Press 2. Maintainability and Reliability Handbook Editors: Ireson W.A. and C.F. Coombs, McGraw Hill Inc. 3. Failure Diagnosis and Performance Monitoring L.F. Pau Marcel Dekker 4. Industrial Maintenance Management S.K. Srivastava S. Chand & Co Ltd. 5. Management of Industrial Maintenance Kelly and M.J. Harris Butterworth and Co. 6. Maintenance, Replacement and Reliability A.K.S.Jardine Pitman Publishing.

EEE 706A: Power system planning and Management Unit I Introduction of power planning, National and Regional Planning, structure of P.S., planning tools,

Electricity Regulation, Electrical Forecasting, forecasting techniques modeling. Unit II Generation planning, Integrated power generation cogeneration/captive power, Power pooling and power

trading. Transmission and distribution planning. Power system Economics. Power sector finance, financial planning, private participation Rural Electrification investment, concept of Rational tariffs.

Unit III Power supply Reliablity, Reliability planning. System operation planning, load management, load prediction, reactive power balance, online power flow studies, state estimation, computerized management, power system simulator.




72

Unit IV Computer aided planning, wheeling, Environmental effects, the green house effect, Technological impacts. Insulation coordination. Reactive compensation.

Unit V Optimal power system expansion planning : Formulation of least cost optimization problem incorporating the capital, operating and maintenance cost of candidate plants of different types (Thermal, Hydro, Nuclear, Non-conventional etc.) and minimum assured reliability constraint – optimization techniques for solution by programming.

Book :

1. Electrical Power System Planning by A.S.Pabla – Machmillan India Ltd.

EEE 707A: Biomedical Instrumentation

Unit I: Anatomy and Physiology: Elementary ideas of cell structure, heart and circulatory system, control nervous system, Musclo-skeletal system, Respiratory system Body temperature and reproduction system.

Unit II: Classification of Biomedical Equipment: Diagnostic, therapeutic and clinical laboratory equipment Unit III: Bioelectric signals and their recording: Bioelectric signals (ECG, EMG, ECG, EOG & ERG) and their

characteristics, Bioelectrodes, electrodes tissue interface, contact impedance, effects of high contact impedance, types of electrodes, electrodes for ECG, EEG and EMG.

Unit IV: Transducers for Biomedical Application: Resistive transducers - Muscle force and Stress (Strain guge), Spirometry (Potentiont), humidity, (Gamstrers), Respiration (Thermistor), Inductive Transducers - Flow measurements, muscle movement (LVDT) Capacitive Transducers - Heart sound measurement, Pulse pick up Photoelectric Transducers - Pulse transducers, Blood pressure, oxygen Analyses Piezoelectric Transducers - Pulse pickup, ultrasonic blood flowmeter Chemcial Transducer - Ag-Agfallas (Electrodes, PH electrode

Unit V: Bioldectric Signal recording machines : Physiological pre-amplifier and specialized amplifiers, ECG lead systems details of ECG, EMG, and EEG machines

Unit VI: Patient Monitoring system : Heart rate measurement pulse rate measurement, respiration, rate measurement, blood pressure measurement, microprocessor applications in patient monitoring

Unit VI: X- Ray Machine :Basic X-Ray components and circuits, types of X-ray machines e.g. general purpose, dental image intensifier system, table shooting and maintenance of X- Ray machine

Unit VII: Safety Aspect of Medical Gross current, Micro Current shock, safety standards rays and considerations, safety testing instruments, biological effects of X-rays and precaution.

Books: 1. Medical Instrumentation by John. G. Webster –John Wiley 2. Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation by Goddes & Baker – John Wiley 3. Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurement by Carr & Brown-Pearson 4. Biomedical Instrument by Cromwell-Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 5. Hand book of Medical instruments by R.S. Khandpur –TMH, New Delhi 6. Medical Electronics and Instrumentation by Sanjay Guha – University Publication 7. Introduction to Biomedical electronics by Edwand J. Bukstein –sane and Co. Inc. USA. EEE 708A: Computer Aided Electrical Machine Design




73

Unit I: Introduction : Conventional design procedures - Limitations - Need for field analysis based design – Review of Basic principles of energy conversion - Development of Torque/Force.

Unit II: Mathematical Formulation Of Field Problems: Electromagnetic Field Equations - Magnetic Vector/Scalar potential - Electrical vector /Scalar potential - Stored energy in Electric and Magnetic fields - Capacitance - Inductance- Laplace and Poisson’s Equations - Energy functional.

Unit II: Philosophy of FEM: Mathematical models - Differential/Integral equations - Finite Difference method - Finite element method - Energy minimization - Variation method- 2D field problems - Discretisation - Shape functions - Stiffness matrix - Solution techniques.

Unit IV: CAD PACKAGES: Elements of a CAD System -Pre-processing - Modeling - Meshing - Material properties- Boundary Conditions - Setting up solution - Post processing.

Unit V: DESIGN APPLICATIONS: Voltage Stress in Insulators - Capacitance calculation - Design of Solenoid Actuator - Inductance and force calculation - Torque calculation in Switched Reluctance Motor.

Books:

1. S.J Salon, ‘Finite Element Analysis of Electrical Machines’, Kluwer Academic Publishers, London, 1995. 2. Nicola Bianchi, ‘Electrical Machine Analysis using Finite Elements’, CRC Taylor&Francis, 2005. 3. Joao Pedro, A. Bastos and Nelson Sadowski, ‘Electromagnetic Modeling by finite Methods’, Marcell Dekker

Inc., 2003. 4. P.P.Silvester and Ferrari, ‘Finite Elements for Electrical Engineers’, Cambridge university press,1983. 5. D.A.Lowther and P.P Silvester, ‘Computer Aided Design in Magnetics’, Springer, verlax new York, 1986.

EEE-709A: Nuclear Power Plant

Unit I: Prediction of Load: Definition of connected load, maximum load, maximum demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity factor, plant capacity factor, plant utilization factor, load duration curve, mass curve. Choice of Power station and units: Types of power station, choice of type of generation, choice of size of generator units and number of units.

Unit II: Steam Power station: Main parts and working of a steam station, characteristics off steam turbines, characteristics of turbo alternators, steam station auxiliaries, steam station layout, super pressure steam stations.

Unit III:Hydro power stations: Hydrology, hydrographs, flow duration curve, mass curve, types of dam, principle of working of a hydro electric plant, tidal power plant, power to be developed, types of turbine and their characteristics, characteristics of generators, power station structure and layout.

Unit IV: (A) Nuclear power stations: main parts of nuclear power station principle of nuclear energy, main parts of reactor, types of power reactor, location of nuclear power plant, layout of power station, reactor control, nuclear waste disposal. (B) MHD generation: history of MHD generation, principle of MHD generation, MHD cycles and working fluids, open cycle MHD system, closed cycle MHD system, advantage of MHD generation.




74

UNIT V:(A) New Energy Sources: Solar radiation, Solar energy collectors, Conversion of solar energy into electric energy, Solar hydrogen energy cycle, Wind mills, Tidal power generation schemes, Tidal barrage, Environmental aspects of new and old electric energy generation. (B) Economic operation of power systms: Criteria for distribution of load between units of a plant and between plants, transmission loss as a function of plant generation, loss formula coefficients, brief aspects of load dispatching.

Books: 1. Generation of Electrical Energy by B.R. Gupta, S.Chand Pbs. 2. Car, T.H., Electric Power Station, Chappman & Hall 3. Elements of Electric Power Station Design by M.V. Deshpande 4. A Course in Electrical Power by Soni Gupta Bhatnagar, Dhanpat Rai 5. A Course in Electrical Power by J.B.Gupta, Kataria Pbs.

EEE-710A: Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTs)

Unit I: Introduction : The concept of flexible AC transmission - reactive power control in electrical power transmission lines -uncompensated transmission line – series and shunt compensation. Overview of FACTS devices - Static Var Compensator (SVC) – Thyristor Switched Series capacitor (TCSC) – Unified Power Flow controller (UPFC) - Integrated Power Flow Controller (IPFC).

Unit II: Static Var Compensator (Svc) And Applications: Voltage control by SVC – advantages of slope in dynamic characteristics – influence of SVC on system voltage. Applications - enhancement of transient stability – steady state power transfer – enhancement of power system damping – prevention of voltage instability.

Unit III: Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor(Tcsc)And Applications: Operation of the TCSC - different modes of operation – modeling of TCSC – variable reactance model – modeling for stability studies. Applications - improvement of the system stability limit – enhancement of system damping – voltage collapse prevention.

Unit IV: Emerging Facts Controllers: Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM) – operating principle – V-I characteristics – Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC) – Principle of operation - modes of operation – applications – modeling of UPFC for power flow studies.

Unit V: Co-Ordination Of Facts Controllers : FACTs Controller interactions – SVC–SVC interaction - co-ordination of multiple controllers using linear control techniques – Quantitative treatment of control coordination.

Book: 1. Mohan Mathur, R., Rajiv. K. Varma, “Thyristor – Based Facts Controllers for Electrical Transmission Systems”, IEEE press and John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2. A.T.John, “Flexible AC Transmission System”, Institution of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), 1999. 3. Narain G.Hingorani, Laszio. Gyugyl, “Understanding FACTS Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission System”, Standard Publishers, Delhi 2001. EEE-711A: Electrophysiology




75

Unit I: Introduction to the nervous system: Neuroanatomy, Resting cell potential (structure, protein, gradient, potential), Action potential (myelination, propagation), Synapses and neurotransmitters (receptors, packaging, recycling), Ion basis for conduction; Unit II: Analog to electrical system: Circuit theory, Electrical properties of neurons, Cable equation, Hodgkin-Huxley Model, Core-conductor theory, local circuit theory; Unit III: Electrophysiological methods: Ionic basis for conduction, Basic instrumentation (recording electrode, oscilloscope), Voltage- and current clamp in vitro, Single channel patch clamp, Stimuli and recording, Electroencephalography and cortical potential, Local synaptic decoupling and modeling. EEE-712A: Photovoltaic Device and System Unit I: The Solar Resource: solar spectrum, sun position, sun path diagrams, solar and clock times, clear sky

insolation on a collecting surface, solar radiation measurements, resource of solar data. Unit II: Photovoltaic Materials and Electrical Characteristics (Chap 8): semiconductor physics, generic PV cell

circuit model, modules and arrays, I-V curves, impact of temperature, shading impacts, crystalline silicon technologies, thin-film PV.

Unit III: Grid-Connected PV Systems (Chap 9): I-V Curves of simple loads and batteries, interfacing with the utility, system sizing, economic considerations.

Unit IV: Stand-Alone PV Systems (Chap 9): load estimation, batteries and their properties, array and battery sizing, hybrid-PV systems, case study of PV-powered water pumping.

Unit V: Mechanical Considerations: material properties, mechanical system requirements, design and installation guidelines, forces acting on PV arrays, array mounting systems design mechanical load and stress.

Unit VI: Codes and standards Related to PV Systems: National Electric Code(NEC) and IEEE Standard 1547. Books:

1. Applied Photovoltaics (Wenham, Green, Watt and Corkish) (Earthscan). 2. Crystalline Silicon Solar Cells (Goetzberger, Knobloch and Voss) (Wiley). 3. Thin Film Solar Cells (Y. Hamakawa) (Springer).

EEE-705B: Electrical Energy Management

Unit I: Introduction: Energy sources, energy demand and supply, Energy crisis, future scenario; Energy system efficiency; energy conservation aspects; Instrumentation and measurements.

Unit II: Principles of Energy Management and Energy Audit: General principles, planning and program; Introduction to energy audit; General methodology; Site surveys; Energy systems survey, energy audit; Instrumentation; Analysis of data and results.




76

Unit III: Heating and Cooling Management: General principles of energy managements in HVAC systems; Human comforts and health requirements; HVAC systems; Boiler and heat sources; Chillers, fans, pumps, cooling towers, Energy management opportunities; Modelling of heating and coolingloads in buildings.

Unit IV: Electrical Load and Lighting Management: General principles; Illumination and human comfort; Lighting systems; Equipments; Energy management opportunities; Electrical systems; Electrical load analysis; Peak load controls.

Unit V: Process Energy Management: Principles; Process heat, Combustion, Automatic fuel controls; Steam generation and distribution, Hot water and pumping, Furnaces and ovens; Process electricity; Compressed air; Manufacturing process; Energy storage for process industries; Process control.

Unit VI: Integrated Building systems: General principles; Environment conformation; Passive design considerations; Building envelope design consideration, Integration of building system, Energy storage-cold storage techniques, Economic analysis.

Unit VII: Economic Aspects of Energy Management: General considerations; Economic analysis methods; Life-cycle costing, Break even analysis, benefit cost analysis, payback period analysis, present worth analysis, equivalent annual cost analysis, Use of computers; Management of energy with environment aspects.

Books: 1. Rural Energy Management S Kaushik, T Verma Deep and Deep Publs. 2. Energy Management W R Murphy; G Mckay B.S. Publications 3. Renewable Energy and Energy Management S C Patra; B C Kurse; R Katak International Book Co. 4. Operations and Maintenance Manual for Energy Management

EEE-706B: Microprocessor based instrumentation

Unit I: Introduction to 8085: Architecture and operation, pin out diagram. Unit II: Assembly language programming for 8085 microprocessor instruction classification, instruction set study

in details, addressing modes, writing assembly language programs, stacks subroutines, floating point routines.

Unit III: Instruction set timing diagrams, a minimum configuration for 8085. Unit IV: Interfacing memories EPROM and RAM with 8085 with exhaustive and partial decoding techniques. Unit V: Interrupt structure of 8085, internal interrupt circuit, hardware and software interrupts, serial data transfer.




77

Unit VI: Following structure programmable peripheral devices are to be studied in details as regards block diagram, software for their interfacing with 8085: 8255, 8253, 8279, 8251.

Unit VII:Bus interfacing standards- RS 232, IEEE 488. Unit VIII:Interfacing application: Interfacing seven segment displays keyboard, A to D and D to A converter. Unit IX: Microprocessor based data acquisition and control system: Temperature control system, Flow control

system etc. Unit X: Introduction to 8086, 80486, and Pentium processors. Books: 1. K. L. Short “Microprocessor and programming logic”, Second Edition, Prentice- Hall India Pvt. Ltd. 2. R. S. Gaonkar “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and application with 8085/8085A”, Fourth Edition, Willey Eastern Ltd. 3. U. V. Kulkarni and T. R. Sontakke “The 8085A Basics: Programming and Interfacing”, Sadusudha Prakashan, Nanded. 4. Intel Mcs, “8085 users manual” Intel Corporation. 5. B. Ram “Fundamentals of microprocessor and Microcomputer”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi.




78

EEE-707B: Power quality issue and remedial measures Unit I: Power Quality –overview of power quality phenomena -Basic terminologies –Power

QualityIssues – Causes for reduction in Power Quality –– Power Quality Standards and indices Unit II: Voltage sags-Causes of voltage sags – magnitude & duration of voltage sags – effect ondrives and

peripherals– monitoring & mitigation of voltage sags.Interruptions -Origin of Long & Short interruptions – influence on various equipments – monitoring & mitigation of interruptions.Harmonics-important harmonic introducing devices-SMPS-Three phase power converters-arcing devices-saturable devices-harmonic distortion of fluorescent lamps-effect of powersystem harmonics on power system equipment and loads.

Unit III: Power Factor Improvement- Passive Compensation- Passive Filtering- Harmonicresonance - Impedance Scan Analysis- Active Power Factor Corrected Single Phase FrontEnd-Control Methods for Single Phase APFC-Three Phase APFC and Control Techniques-PFC Based on Bilateral Single Phase and Three Phase Converter-static var compensators-SVC and STATCOM

Unit IV: Active Harmonic Filtering-Shunt Injection Filter for single phase , three-phase three-wireand three-phase four-wire systems-d-q domain control of three phase shunt active filters-UPS-constant voltage transformers- series active power filtering techniques for harmonic cancellation and isolation . Dynamic Voltage Restorers for sag, swell and flicker problems. Grounding and wiring-introduction-NEC grounding requirements-reasons for grounding-typical grounding and wiring problems-solutions to grounding and wiring problems

Books:

1. Pogei C. Dugan, Mark F. McGranghan, Surya santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, Electrical power system quality, Second edition, McGraw Hill Pub.

2. G.T. Heydt, Electric Power Quality, Stars in a Circle Publications, 1991 3. J. Arrillaga, Power System Quality Assessment, John Wiley, 2000 4 . J . A r r i l l a g a , B .C . S m i t h , N . R . W a ts o n & A . R .W o o d , Power systemHarmonic Analysis, Wiley, 1997 5. Wilson E Kazibwe, Musoke H Sendaula, Electic Power quality control techniques, Van Nostrand Reinhold , NewYork,1993

EEE-708B: Restructuring in power system

Unit I: Introduction to restructuring of power industry: Introduction, Reasons for restructuring / deregulation of power industry, Understanding the restructuring process, Introduction to issues involved in deregulation, Reasons and objectives of deregulation of various power systems across the world.

Unit II: Fundamentals of Economics: Introduction, Consumer behavior, Supplier behavior, Market equilibrium, short-run and Long-run costs, Various costs of production, Relationship between short-run and long-run average costs, Perfectly competitive market.

Unit III: The Philosophy of Market Models: Introduction, Market models based on contractual arrangements, Comparison of various market models, Electricity vis-à-vis other commodities, Market architecture.

Unit IV: Transmission Congestion Management: Introduction: Classification of congestion management methods, Calculation of ATC, ATC calculation using PTDF and LODF based on DC model, Non-market




79

methods, Market based methods, Nodal pricing, Inter-zonal Intra-zonal congestion management, Price area congestion management, Capacity alleviation method, Comparison and conclusion.

Unit V: Reforms in Indian power sector: Introduction, Framework of Indian power sector, Reform initiatives during 1990-1995, The availability based tariff (ABT), The Electricity Act 2003, Open Access issues, Power exchange, Reforms in near future.

Books:

1. Understanding electric utilities and de-regulation, Lorrin Philipson, H. Lee Willis, Marcel Dekker Pub., 1998.

2. Power system economics: designing markets for electricity Steven Stoft, John Wiley & Sons, 2002. 3. Operation of restructured power systems. Kankar Bhattacharya, Jaap E. Daadler, Math H.J.

Boolen,Kluwer Academic Pub., 2001. 4. Restructured electrical power systems: operation, trading and volatility Mohammad

Shahidehpour,Muwaffaq Alomoush, Marcel Dekker Pub., 2001 EEE- 709B: Non linear & Optimal control EEE-710B: Computational Methods in Power System Analysis Unit I: Power System Network Matrices-1: Graph Theory: Definitions, Bus Incidence Matrix, Ybus formation by

Direct and Singular Transformation Methods, Numerical Problems. Unit II: Power System Network Matrices-2: Formation of ZBus: Partial network, Algorithm for the Modification of

ZBus Matrix for addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to reference, Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus, Addition of element between an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and Numerical Problems).- Modification of ZBus for the changes in network ( Problems )

Unit III: Power flow Studies-1: Necessity of Power Flow Studies – Data for Power Flow Studies – Derivation of

Static load flow equations – Load flow solutions using Gauss Seidel Method: Acceleration Factor, Load flow solution with and without P-V buses, Algorithm and Flowchart. Numerical Load flow Solution for Simple Power Systems (Max. 3-Buses): Determination of Bus Voltages, Injected Active and Reactive Powers (Sample One Iteration only) and finding Line Flows/Losses for the given Bus Voltages.

Unit IV: Power flow Studies-2: Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-Ordinates Form: Load Flow

Solution with or without PV Busses- Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods. - Comparison of Different Methods – DC load Flow.




80

Unit V: Short Circuit Analysis-1:Per-Unit System of Representation. Per-Unit equivalent reactance network of a

three phase Power System, Numerical Problems. Symmetrical fault Analysis: Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series Reactors, Numerical Problems.

Unit VI: Short Circuit Analysis-2: Symmetrical Component Theory: Symmetrical Component Transformation,

Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components: Voltages, Currents and Impedances. Sequence Networks: Positive, Negative and Zero sequence Networks, Numerical Problems. Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis: LG, LL, LLG faults with and without fault impedance, Numerical Problems.

UnitVII: Power System Steady State Stability Analysis: Elementary concepts of Steady State, Dynamic and Transient Stabilities. Description of: Steady State Stability Power Limit, Transfer Reactance, Synchronizing Power Coefficient, Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability and Methods to improve steady state stability.

Unit VIII: Power System Transient State Stability Analysis: Derivation of Swing Equation. Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle Calculation.- Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method. Methods to improve Stability - Application of Auto Reclosing and Fast Operating Circuit Breakers.

Books:

1. Power system Analysis Operation and control, Abhijit Chakrabarthi , Sunita Haldar, 3 ed , PHI,2010.

2. Modern Power system Analysis – by I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing company, 2nd edition.

3. Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis by M.A.Pai, TMH Publications Power System Analysis by Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Computer techniques and models in power systems, By K.Uma rao, I.K.International Power System Analysis by Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition.

EEE-711B: Power semiconductor Devices and ICs

1. Physics and Properties of Semiconductors: crystal structure, energy bands, statistics, Fermi level, carrier concentration at thermal equilibrium, carrier transport phenomena, Hall effect, recombination, optical and thermal properties, basic properties for semiconductor operation.

2. Device Processing Technology: oxidation, diffusion, ion-implantation, deposition, lithography, etching and interconnect.

3. p-n Junction: depletion region, diffusion, generation-recombination, current-voltage characteristics, junction breakdown, charge storage and transient behavior.

4. Integrated-Circuit Technology: understanding at the level of Muller and Kamins of integrated-circuit fabrication processes.

5. Bipolar transistor: transistor action and dependence on device structure, charge control switching model, Ebers-Moll Model, current-voltage characteristics, non-ideal and limiting effects at extremes of bias.

6. State-of-the-Art Bipolar Transistor Technology: poly-si emitters, narrow base, structural tradeoffs in optimizing performance.




81

7. Metal-Semiconductor Contacts: equilibrium, idealized metal semiconductor junctions, nonrectifying (ohmic) contacts, Schottky diodes, tunneling.

8. Metal-Oxide-Silicon System: MOS structure, capacitance, oxide and interface charge (charging of traps, tunneling through oxide).

9. MOS Field-Effect Transistor: threshold voltage, derivation of current-voltage characteristics, dependence on device structure.

10. State-of-the-Art MOS Technology: small-geometry effects, mobility degradation due to channel and oxide fields, velocity saturation, hot-electron effects, device wearout mechanisms.

Books:

R.S. Muller and T.I. Kamins, Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits, Wiley, 1986 OR Semiconductor Device Fundamentals by R. F. Pierret, Addison-Wesley, 1996.

Chapters 3, 4, 5, and 9 of S. Wolf, The Submicron MOSFET, volume 3 of Silicon Processing for the VLSI Era, Lattice Press, 1995.

Chapters 1, 5, 9, and 10 of J.P. McKelvey, Solid-State Semiconductor Physics, Krieger Publishing, 1993.

EEE-712 : Sustainable Energy systems

Unit I: GENERAL: Primary and commercial energy resources -study of availability, energy consumption pattern and growth rate in India, Non conventional energy sources. availability ,Economics and efficiency.

Unit II: SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICS: Silicon PN junction, PV circuit properties and laods, PV fed drives. Unit III : WIND ENERGY: Energy from the wind -General theory of wind mills -types of wind mills-performance

of wind machines -wind power -efficiency- wind generator characteristics. Unit IV: TIDAL ENERGY AND GEOTHERMAL: Energy from tides and waves -working principles of tidal plants

-tidal power generations . Geothermal energy -principle of working of geothermal power plants. Unit V: BIO-ENERGY:Energy from Bio-mass -Biogas plants -various types -Industrial wastes -Municipalwaste -

Burning -plants -Energy from the Agricultural wastes -Applications. Books:

1. John W. Turdell, Anthony W. Wein "Renewable energy resources" CLBS, 19872.Rai, G.D. 'Non conventional Energy Sources', Khanna publishers, 1993.Rai , G.D.,' Solar Energy Utilisation', M/S.Khanna publishers, 4th edition, 1991.12.

2. Ronald Shaw, 'Wave energy: (A design challenge)' Ellis Horwood Limited Publishers,Ist edition, 1982. 3. Daniel Hunt. V., 'Wind power -A hand book of WECS systems', Van Nostrand Co., New York, 1981.




82

XXX-809 Green Technology Introduction to Green Science & Tech., Green Technology Dimensions, Green Energy Technologies, Environmental Sustainability, Corporate Environmental Responsibility, Green Technological Applications, Green Laws ompliance Green Conventions, Case Studies in Green Technology. XXX-812: Biomedical Instrumentation Unit I: Introduction To Human Physiological Systems Cell and its Structure -Electrical and mechanical activity of heart- cardiovascular system- central nervous system -respiratory system -musculo-sketetal system-digestive system -kidney. Electrodes Origin of resting and action potential -propagation of action potential- electrode potential - electrode impedance- equivalent circuit for extra cellular electrodes -microelectrodes- micropipette and their equivalent circuits -PH, PO2 and PCO2 electrodes. Unit II : Measurement Of Non-Electrical Parameters Blood flow, blood pressure, respiration rate, temperature, mean and instantaneousheart rate measurements. Biosignal Acquisition Special requirements of physiological signal amplifiers -various types of preamplifiers - Isolation amplifier -Differential amplifier -Instrumentation amplifier -bridge amplifier -chopper amplifier - Biosignal analysis -signal recovery and Dataacquisition. Unit III Biopotential Recorders Electro cardiography -echocardiography -vector cardiography -electroencephalography - echo encephalography -applications of ECG and EEG in vartousinvestigations -Arrythonia monitor. Operation Theater Equipment Short wave Diathermy.: Microwave Diathermy -ultrasonic diathermy -surgicaldiathermy -anaesthetic monitor -Gas analyses -PH meters, Oxymeters. Unit IV Physiological Stimulators Cardiac pacemakers -Defibrillators -nerve and muscle stimulators -Heart valves-heart-lung machines -artificial kidney -bio telemetry . Radiotherapeutic Equipments Applications of X-rays in various investigations -Generation of X- rays -properties of X-rays - Diagnositic X-rays -Super voltage therapy -radiation detectors -properties of isotopes -usage , of isotopes in various investigation. Unit V Recent Trends In Biomedical Instiumentation Computer analysis of ECG and EEG -computers in patient monitoring system-computers in clinical laboratories -application of lasers in various investigations -endoscopes -computer tomography -thermography -Ultrasonic imaging systems-NMR imaging -application of microprocessors in medical instrumentation, electronmicroscopy. Unit V Patient -Safety




83

Micro and macro shocks -possible causes of electric shock -GFL and other measuresagainst shock -recent trends in patient isolation. Books:

1. Cromwell, L.,. Weibell, F.J. and Fliffer, E.A., 'Biomedical Instrumentation andMeasurements', Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,2nd edition, 1997.2. Dr. Arumugam, M., 'Biomedical Instrumentation', Anuradha agencies publishers,1992.

2. Khandpur, R.S., 'Handbook of Biomedical Instruments', Tata McGraw HillPublishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 1998.2.Jacobson and Webster, ' Clinical Engineering'; PHI, 1979.

XXX-813: Waste Management

Solid wastes-Sources, nature and characteristics, Quantities and qualities, Rates of generation and factors affecting them, Potential of diseases, nuisances and other problems due to solid wastes, Changing nature of solid wastes and its impact on solid waste management, Solid wastes management- Generation, on-site storage, collection, separation, processing and disposal On-site storage methods-containers, their type, size and location, Collection systems-Vehicles, routing, route balancing and transfer stations, Processing methods, recovery and reuse of materials and energy, Disposal methods such as sanitary landfill biological digestion etc. Industrial and Hazardous solid waste management, Urban solid waste management and its modeling.

XXX-811: Safety and Reliability

Fundamental Safety Engineering & Risk Management Concepts , Statistics & Probability for Safety, Reliability & Quality , Fire & Explosion Engineering, Offshore Oil & Gas Production Systems , Advanced Methods for Risk & Reliability Assessment , Applied Risk Analysis & Management , Process Safety & Reliability, Human Factors.

XXX – 814 : Knowledge Management MODULE 1




84

Introduction: Definition, evolution, need, drivers, scope, approaches in Organizations, strategies in organizations, components and functions, -understanding knowledge; Learning organization: five components of learning organization, knowledge sources, and documentation.

MODULE 2

Essentials Of Knowledge Management, knowledge creation process,knowledge management techniques, Knowledge creation process, systems and tools, organizational knowledge management architecture and implementation strategies, building the knowledge corporation and implementing knowledge management in organization.

MODULE 3

Knowledge management system life cycle, managing knowledge workers, -knowledge audit, and knowledge management practices in organizations, few case studies.

MODULE 4

Futuristic KM: Knowledge Engineering, Theory of Computation, Data Structure.(NOTE: Proportionate weightage - based on number of hours allotted -should be given to both the parts while setting question papers) Reading List:

1. Knowledge Management – a resource book – A Thohothathri Raman, Excel, 2004. 2. Knowledge Management- Elias M. Awad Hasan M. Ghazri, Pearson Education 3. The KM Toolkit – Orchestrating IT, Strategy & Knowledge Platforms, Amrit Tiwana, Pearson, PHI, 2nd Edition. 4. The Fifth Discipline Field Book – Strategies & Tools For Building A learning Organization – Peter Senge Et Al. – Nicholas Brealey –1994 5. Knowledge Management – Sudhir Warier, Vikas publications 6. Leading with Knowledge, Madanmohan Rao, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

XXX – 815 : Project Management MODULE 1




85

Introduction – Definitions – classifications – project risk – scope MODULE 2 Project management – definitions – overview – project plan – management principles applied to project management – project management life cycles and uncertainty MODULE 3 Project planning – scope – problem statement – project goals – objectives –success criteria – assumptions – risks – obstacles – approval process –projects and strategic planning MODULE 4 Project implementation – project resource requirements – types of resources– men – materials – finance MODULE 5 Project monitoring – evaluation – control – project network technique –planning for monitoring and evaluation – project audits – project management information system – project scheduling – PERT & CPM –project communication – post project reviews MODULE 6 Project team management – recruitment – organizing – human resources –team operating rules – project organization – various forms of project organizations – project organization charting – project contracts – principles – compilation of contracts – practical aspects – legal aspects – global tender –negotiations – insurance MODULE 7 Closing the project – types of project termination – strategic implications –project in trouble – termination strategies – evaluation of termination possibilities – termination procedures MODULE 8 Project inventory management – nature of project inventory – supply and transportation of materials – use of PERT & CPM techniques Reading List: 1. Project Management – for 21st Centrury-Beenet P Lientz, Kathyn P rea- Academic Press, 1995




86

2. Project Management –Denislok 3. Project management - David I Cleland - Mcgraw Hill International Edition, 1999 4. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. 5. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication XXX – 815 : Cost Estimation Techniques 1. Process Planning Types of Production - Standardization, Simplification - Production design and selection - Process planning, selection and analysis - Process planning, selection and analysis - Steps involved in manual experience based planning and computer aided process planning - Retrieval, generative - Selection of processes analysis - Breakeven analysis. 2. Estimating and Costing Importance and aims of Cost estimation - Functions of estimation - Costing - Importance and aims of Costing - Difference between costing and estimation - Importance of realistic estimates - Estimation procedure. 3. Element of Cost Introduction - Material Cost - Determination of Material Cost Labour Cost - Determination of Direct Labour Cost - Expenses - Cost of Product (Ladder of cost) - Illustrative examples. Analysis of overhead expenses - Factory expenses - Depreciation - Causes of depreciation - Methods of depreciation - Administrative expenses - Selling and Distributing expenses - Allocation of overhead expenses. 4. Product Cost Estimation Estimation in forging shop - Losses in forging - Forging cost - Illustrative examples. Estimation in welding shop - Gas cutting - Electric welding - illustrative examples. Estimation in foundry shop - Estimation of pattern cost and casting cost - Illustrative examples. 5. Estimation of Machining Time Estimation of machining time for Lathe operations - Estimation of machining time for drilling, boring, shaping, planning, milling and grinding operations - Illustrative examples. Text Books: 1. M.Adithan and B.S. Pabla, " Estimating and Costing ", Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 1989. 2. A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, " Product Design and Manufacturing ", Prentice Hall Pvt. Ltd., 1997. 3. Nanua Singh, " System approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing ", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1996.




87

4. Joseph G. Monks, " Operations Management, Theory & Problems ", McGraw Hill Book Company, 1982. 5. G.B.S. Narang and V.Kumar, " Production and Costing ", Khanna Publishers, 1995. 6. T.R. Banga and S.C. Sharma, " Estimating and Costing ", Khanna Publishers, 1986. XXX – 816 : Re- engineering Objective: To provide a greater understanding of effective solutions to change problems that need to combine technological, organizational and people-orientated strategies by adopting a process based approach to change management. To introduce the contingencies that affect management and the most effective measures for dealing with them. To introduce strategic IS/IT planning and how it must relate to business strategy. To demonstrate the use and validity of organizational development models through current real-life case studies. Business process reengineering An overview. Concepts and techniques. Changing business processes: the importance of technology as a driver for organisation. BPRE & TQM Benchmarking, ISO standards. Implementation of BPRE-business process management, principles, Business models, barriers. Change management Change and the manager: change and the human resource: the cultural web and the past: the cultural attributes of change. The importance of communication and the resistance to change Building the culture for successful strategy implementation; the influence IT will have on the internal appearance of organisations in the future. The concept of the learning organisation and its influence on systems development: restructuring the organisation.